2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Trk_Colorado_23142523A.

ai 1 6/25/2015 1:55:32 PM

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 25
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 101
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 150
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 193
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 343
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 361
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 371
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

2 Introduction

Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that A French language manual can be
was not purchased on the vehicle, obtained from your dealer, at
model variants, country www.helminc.com, or from:
specifications, features/applications Propriétaires Canadiens
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du
The names, logos, emblems, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
If this vehicle has the Duramax® suivante:
slogans, vehicle model names, and diesel engine, see the Duramax
vehicle body designs appearing in diesel supplement for additional and Helm, Incorporated
this manual including, but not limited specific information on this engine. Attention: Customer Service
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, 47911 Halyard Drive
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Refer to the purchase Plymouth, MI 48170
COLORADO are trademarks and/or documentation relating to your USA
service marks of General Motors specific vehicle to confirm the
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, features.
Using this Manual
or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference. To quickly locate information about
For vehicles first sold in Canada, the vehicle, use the Index in the
substitute the name “General back of the manual. It is an
Motors of Canada Limited” for alphabetical list of what is in the
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it manual and the page number where
appears in this manual. it can be found.

Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23142523 B Second Printing 2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

Caution Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more
labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to
hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
{ Danger Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning
this happen.” $ : Brake System Warning Light
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result Symbols " : Charging System
in serious injury or death. I : Cruise Control
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of ` : Do Not Puncture
text. Symbols are shown along with
{ Warning the text describing the operation or
^ : Do Not Service
Warning indicates a hazard that information relating to a specific B : Engine Coolant Temperature
could result in injury or death. component, control, message, O : Exterior Lamps
gauge, or indicator.
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
M : Shown when the owner
Caution manual has additional instructions # : Fog Lamps
or information. . : Fuel Gauge
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions
damage. or information.
0 : Shown when there is more
information on another page —
“see page.”
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

4 Introduction

+ : Fuses
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
5 : Hill Descent Control
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
} : Power
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 5

In Brief Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 20

Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Instrument Panel Driver Information Center (DIC)
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 (Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Initial Drive Information Driver Information Center (DIC)
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Lane Departure
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 22
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Performance and Maintenance
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 11 Traction Control/Electronic
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Passenger Sensing System . . . 12 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 23
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 23
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13 Driving for Better Fuel
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Roadside Assistance
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 15 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

6 In Brief

Instrument Panel
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 191 . ii 8. Heated Front Seats 0 47 (If ii 15. Steering Wheel Adjustment
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Equipped). 0 102 (Out of View).
ii

and Lane-Change Signals 9. Power Outlets 0 105 (If ii 16. Cruise Control 0 238 . ii

0 146 .ii Equipped). Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

Driver Information Center (DIC) 10. Shift Lever. See Automatic System 0 242 (If Equipped).ii

Controls. See Driver Transmission 0 220 or Manual ii

17. Transfer Case Knob (If

Information Center (DIC) (Base Transmission 0 225 . ii

Equipped). See Four-Wheel

Level) 0 123 or Driver
ii

11. Auxiliary Jack 0 164 . Drive 0 226 .

Information Center (DIC)
ii ii

(Uplevel) 0 126 . ii
USB Port 0 161 . ii 18. Hood Release. See Hood
12. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 261 .
ii

3. Instrument Cluster (Base

Level) 0 107 or Instrument
ii
0 146 .
ii 19. Parking Brake 0 233 . ii

Cluster (Uplevel) 0 109 . ii

Traction Control/Electronic 20. Data Link Connector (DLC)
4. Windshield Wiper/Washer Stability Control 0 235 . ii (Out of View). See Malfunction
0 103 .ii
Cargo Lamp 0 147 . ii
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 115 . ii

5. Light Sensor. See Automatic Lane Departure Warning

Headlamp System 0 145 . ii

(LDW) 0 244 (If Equipped).

ii
21. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 143 . ii

Vehicle Alarm System Indicator Hill Descent Control (HDC) Fog Lamps 0 146 (If ii

(If Equipped). See Vehicle 0 237 (If Equipped).

ii
Equipped).
Alarm System 0 34 . ii

22. Instrument Panel Illumination

Tow/Haul Selector Button (If
6. Infotainment 0 150 . ii
Equipped). See Tow/Haul Control 0 147 . ii

7. Climate Control Systems 0 187 ii

Mode 0 224 . ii

(If Equipped). 13. Steering Wheel Controls 0 103 ii

Automatic Climate Control (If Equipped).

System 0 189 (If Equipped).
ii
14. Horn 0 103 .ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

8 In Brief

Initial Drive Remote Vehicle Start

Information If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the Starting the Vehicle
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle. 1. Press and release Q on the
RKE transmitter.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be 2. Immediately press and hold /
found later in this owner manual. for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.
Remote Keyless Entry 3. Start the vehicle normally after
(RKE) System K : Press to unlock the driver door. entering.
The RKE transmitter functions may Press K again within three seconds When the vehicle starts, the parking
work from up to 60 m (197 ft) away to unlock all remaining doors. lamps will turn on.
from the vehicle. Q : Press to lock all doors. Lock Remote start can be extended.
and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle Canceling a Remote Start
Personalization 0 137 . ii
To cancel a remote start, do one of
7 : Press and release one time to the following:
initiate vehicle locator. Press 7 and . Press and hold / until the
hold for at least three seconds to parking lamps turn off.
sound the panic alarm. Press 7 . Turn on the hazard warning
again to cancel the panic alarm. flashers.
See Keys 0 25 and Remote Keyless
ii
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
Entry (RKE) System Operation
0 28 .
ii
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 30 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 9

Door Locks If equipped with power door locks: control that window. The power
Q : Press to lock the doors. windows work when the ignition is in
To lock or unlock a door from the ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
outside press Q or K on the K : Press to unlock the doors. or when Retained Accessory Power
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) See Door Locks 0 31 and Power
ii
(RAP) is active. See Retained
transmitter or use the key in the Door Locks 0 32 . ii
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 214 . ii

driver door. Press the switch to lower the

To lock a door from the inside, push Windows window. Pull the switch to raise it.
down on the door lock knob. To See Windows 0 39 . ii

unlock, pull the door handle once to Power Windows

unlock the door and again to Express Windows
unlatch it. If equipped, the express window
feature allows the windows to be
Power Door Locks raised or lowered without holding
the switch.
To use express-down, press the
switch down fully and release.
The driver window may have the
express-up feature. Pull the switch
up fully and release to activate.

Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab

Similar
The driver door has switches to
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab control all windows. Each
passenger door has a switch to
Similar
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

10 In Brief

Seat Adjustment Power Seats Power Lumbar

Manual Seats

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: If equipped, press and hold the top
. Move the seat forward or of the control to increase lumbar
To adjust a manual seat: support. Press and hold the bottom
rearward by sliding the control
1. Pull the handle at the front of forward or rearward. of the control to decrease lumbar
the seat. support. Release the control when
. Raise or lower the entire seat by the desired level of support is
2. Slide the seat to the desired moving the entire control up reached.
position and release the or down.
handle. See Lumbar Adjustment 0 46 . ii

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 45 ii

3. Try to move the seat back and and Reclining Seatbacks 0 46 .ii

forth to make sure it is locked

in place.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 11

Reclining Seatbacks 2. Push and pull on the seatback The indicator light comes on when
to make sure it is locked. this feature is on.
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 46 . ii See Heated Front Seats 0 47 . ii

Heated Seats Head Restraint

Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
To recline: restraint height in the proper
1. Lift the lever. position.
2. Move the seatback to the See Head Restraints 0 44 and Seat
ii

desired position, and then Adjustment 0 45 .ii

release the lever to lock the If equipped, the buttons are on the
seatback in place. center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked. This feature will heat the cushion
and back of the seats.
To return the seatback to the upright
position: Press + to heat the driver or
1. Lift the lever fully without passenger seatback only.
applying pressure to the Press z to heat the driver or
seatback. passenger cushion and seatback.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

12 In Brief

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status

indicator lights on the overhead
System console are visible when the vehicle
is started. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator 0 114 . ii

Mirror Adjustment
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
and add-on convex mirror
United States attachments could decrease mirror
performance.
Exterior Mirrors
Manual Mirrors
Refer to the following sections for If equipped, adjust the manual
important information on how to use mirror by moving it up and down or
safety belts properly: Canada and Mexico left to right to see a little of the side
. Safety Belts 0 50 . ii

The passenger sensing system will of the vehicle and to have a clear
. turn off the front outboard view behind the vehicle.
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly 0 51 .
ii
passenger frontal airbag under See Manual Mirrors 0 37 . ii

. certain conditions. No other airbag

Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 52 .
is affected by the passenger
ii

. Lower Anchors and Tethers for sensing system. See Passenger

Children (LATCH System) 0 76 . ii Sensing System 0 62 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 13

Power Mirrors Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

Adjustment Adjustment
Adjust the mirror for a clear view of
the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Dimming Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid the glare of
headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
If equipped, the rearview mirror
If equipped, adjust the power dims automatically to reduce the
mirrors: glare of the headlamps from behind. To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Move the selector switch to L The dimming feature comes on
(Left) or R (Right) to choose when the vehicle is started. 1. Pull the lever down.
driver or passenger mirror. 2. Move the steering wheel up
2. Press the arrows on the control or down.
pad to move each mirror in the 3. Pull the lever up to lock the
desired direction. steering wheel in place.
3. Return the selector switch to
the center position.
See Power Mirrors 0 37 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

14 In Brief

Tilt and Telescoping Steering Interior Lighting Reading Lamps (If Equipped)
Wheel
Dome Lamps
The interior lamps control in the
overhead console controls both the
front and rear interior lamps.

The front reading lamps are in the

overhead console.

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
( : Turns the lamps off.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
H : Turns the lamps on when any
door is opened.
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
' : Keeps the lamps on all
the time.
steering wheel in place.
The rear reading lamps are in the
Do not adjust the steering wheel headliner.
while driving.
# or $ : Press to turn each lamp
on or off.
For more information, see Dome
Lamps 0 148 .ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 15

Exterior Lighting . Taillamps ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move

. License Plate Lamps the windshield wiper lever to select
the wiper speed.
. Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps
HI : Use for fast wipes.
; : Turns on the parking lamps LO : Use for slow wipes.
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.

The exterior lamp control is on the See:

instrument panel to the left of the . Exterior Lamp Controls 0 143 . ii

steering wheel. . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) INT : Move the lever up to INT for
O : Turns off the automatic 0 144 .ii

intermittent wipes, then turn the x

headlamps and Daytime Running . Fog Lamps 0 146 .
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
ii
INT band up for more frequent
control to the off position again to wipes or down for less frequent
turn the automatic headlamps or Windshield Wiper/Washer wipes.
DRL back on. OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
will only work when the vehicle is in the wiper lever down. For several
P (Park). wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
AUTO : Automatically turns on the n L : Pull the windshield wiper
headlamps at normal brightness, lever toward you to spray windshield
together with the following: washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The windshield wiper/washer lever
. Parking Lamps is on the right side of the steering See Windshield Wiper/Washer
. Instrument Panel Lights column. With the ignition in ACC/ 0 103 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

16 In Brief

Climate Controls
These systems control the heating, cooling, and ventilation.
Climate Control System

1. Fan Control 5. TEMP (Temperature Control)

2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 6. Rear Window Defogger (If
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls Equipped)

4. Defrost 7. Air Recirculation

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 17

Automatic Climate Control System Transmission

Range Selection Mode

1. Fan Control 7. Rear Window Defogger (If

2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Equipped)
8. Air Recirculation Range Selection Mode helps control
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls the vehicle's transmission and
4. Defrost 9. Power Button vehicle speed while driving downhill
See Climate Control Systems 0 187 or towing a trailer by letting you
5. Temperature Control ii

select a desired range of gears.

or Automatic Climate Control
6. AUTO (Automatic Operation) System 0 189 (If Equipped).
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

18 In Brief

To enable: Electronic Transfer Case The transfer case knob is to the left
1. Move the shift lever to the of the steering column. Use it to
M (Manual Mode) position. The shift into and out of the different
current range will display next four-wheel drive modes.
to the M. This is the highest The different drive options that may
attainable range with all lower be available are described following.
gears accessible. For example,
when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected, 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : This
1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears setting is used for driving in most
are available. street and highway situations.
2. Press the plus/minus button on AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
the shift lever to select the Drive) : This setting is ideal for use
desired range of gears for when road surface traction
current driving conditions. See conditions are variable.
Manual Mode 0 223 . Automatic Transfer Case
ii

4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use

this setting when extra traction is
Four-Wheel Drive needed, such as on snowy or icy
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, roads or in most off-road situations.
the engine's driving power can be N (Neutral) : Shift to this setting
sent to all four wheels for extra only when towing the vehicle. See
traction. Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 330 ii

or Trailer Towing 0 251 .

ii

4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) :

Choose 4 n when driving in deep
sand, mud, or snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 226 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 19

Vehicle Features g : Press to seek the previous Satellite Radio

station.
Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite
Infotainment System l : Press to seek the next station. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
The base radio and base radio with See Overview 0 152 about these
ii
satellite radio subscription can
connectivity information is included and other radio features. receive SiriusXM programming.
in this manual. See the infotainment SiriusXM Satellite Radio
manual for information on the Storing Radio Station Presets
Service
uplevel radios, audio players, Up to 25 preset stations from all
phone, navigation system, Rear bands can be stored in the favorite SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
Seat Entertainment (RSE), and lists in any order. Up to five stations based in the 48 contiguous United
voice or speech recognition, can be stored in each favorite page States and 10 Canadian provinces.
if equipped. and the number of favorite pages SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
can be set. variety of programming and
Radio(s) commercial-free music, coast to
To store the station to a position in coast, and in digital-quality sound.
O : Press to turn the system on. the list, while on the active source A fee is required to receive the
Press and hold to turn it off. When main page, such as AM, FM, SiriusXM service.
on, press to mute; press again to or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and
unmute. Turn to increase or hold a favorites/soft key button on For more information refer to:
decrease the volume. the faceplate. . www.siriusxm.com or call
RADIO : Press to choose between See “Storing Radio Station Presets” 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).
FM, AM, and SiriusXM®, under AM-FM Radio 0 156 . ii
. www.xmradio.ca or call
if equipped. 1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
Setting the Clock
MEDIA : Press to change the audio See Satellite Radio 0 157 .
See Clock 0 104 .
ii

source between USB, AUX, and

ii

Bluetooth® Audio, if equipped.

{ : Press to go to the Home Page.
MENU : Press to select a menu.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

20 In Brief

Portable Audio Devices Steering Wheel Controls accelerate. If cruise control is

already active, use to increase
There is a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary If equipped, the infotainment system vehicle speed.
input jack and USB port on the front can be operated by using the
or under the armrest of the center steering wheel controls. See SET− : Press briefly to set the
console. External devices such as "Steering Wheel Controls" in the speed and activate cruise control.
iPods®, laptop computers, MP3 infotainment manual. If cruise control is already active,
players, and USB storage devices use to decrease vehicle speed.
may be connected, depending on Cruise Control * : Press to disengage cruise
the audio system. control without erasing the set
See USB Port 0 161 and Auxiliary
ii
speed from memory.
Jack 0 164 .ii
See Cruise Control 0 238 . ii

Bluetooth® Driver Information Center

®
The Bluetooth system allows users (DIC) (Base Level)
with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone The DIC display is in the center of
to make and receive hands-free the instrument cluster. It shows the
calls using the vehicle audio system status of many vehicle systems. The
and controls. controls for the DIC are on the turn
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone signal lever.
must be paired with the in-vehicle
Bluetooth system before it can be
used in the vehicle. Not all phones 5 : Press to turn the system on or
will support all functions. off. A white indicator comes on in
See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 171 or ii
the instrument cluster when cruise
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - is turned on.
Base Radio) 0 172 or Bluetooth
ii +RES : If there is a set speed in
(Infotainment Controls - Base memory, press briefly to resume to
Connected Radio) 0 176 . ii that speed or press and hold to
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 21

1. SET/CLR: Press to set, Forward Collision Alert

or press and hold to clear, the
menu item displayed.
(FCA) System
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
2. w / x : Use the band to reduce the harm caused by
scroll through the items in front-end crashes. FCA provides a
each menu.
green indicator, V, when a vehicle
3. MENU: Press to display the is detected ahead. This indicator
DIC menus. This button is also displays amber if you follow a
used to return to or exit the last vehicle much too closely. When
screen displayed on the DIC. approaching a vehicle ahead too
See Driver Information Center (DIC) quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
(Base Level) 0 123 or Driver alert on the windshield and rapidly
w or x : Press to move up or
ii

Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) beeps.

0 126 . down in a list.
ii
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
o or p : Press to move between System 0 242 .ii

Driver Information Center the interactive display zones in the

(DIC) (Uplevel) cluster. Lane Departure
The DIC display is in the instrument V : Press to open a menu or select Warning (LDW)
cluster. It shows the status of many a menu item. Press and hold to
reset values on certain screens. If equipped, LDW may help avoid
vehicle systems. unintentional lane departures at
If the vehicle has the uplevel See Driver Information Center (DIC) speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
instrument cluster, the right steering (Base Level) 0 123 or Driver
ii
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
wheel controls are used to operate Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) to detect the lane markings. The
the DIC. 0 126 .
ii

LDW light, @, is green if a lane

marking is detected. If the vehicle
departs the lane without using a turn
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

22 In Brief

signal in that direction, the light will Power Outlets Performance and
change to amber and flash. In
addition, beeps will sound. Accessory power outlets can be Maintenance
used to plug in electrical equipment,
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) such as a cell phone, MP3
0 244 .
ii

player, etc.
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Rear Vision The vehicle may have accessory
power outlets: Control
Camera (RVC) The Traction Control System (TCS)
. On the center stack below the
If equipped, RVC displays a view of climate control system, limits wheel spin. The system is on
the area behind the vehicle, on the if equipped. when the vehicle is started.
infotainment system display, when The StabiliTrak system assists with
. On the center floor console,
the vehicle is shifted into directional control of the vehicle in
R (Reverse). if equipped.
difficult driving conditions. The
. On the rear of the center storage system is on when the vehicle is
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
0 240 .
ii
console. started.
Lift the cover to access and replace . To turn off traction control, press
when not in use. and release the TCS/StabiliTrak
See Power Outlets 0 105 . ii
button g on the center stack. i
illuminates in the instrument
cluster.
. To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and hold
g on the center stack, until i
and g illuminate in the
instrument cluster.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 23

. Press and release g to turn on pressure shown on the Tire and Resetting the Oil Life System
Loading Information label. See
both systems. i and g turn off To reset the engine oil life system:
Vehicle Load Limits 0 205 . The
ii

in instrument cluster. warning light will remain on until the 1. Display the OIL LIFE
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on tire pressure is corrected. REMAINING on the Driver
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h Information System (DIC). See
The low tire pressure warning light Driver Information Center (DIC)
(35 mph). Traction control will may come on in cool weather when
remain off until the driver presses (Base Level) 0 123 or Driver
ii

the vehicle is first started, and then Information Center (DIC)

the g button or the ignition is cycled turn off as the vehicle is driven. This (Uplevel) 0 126 .
from Off then On.
ii

may be an early indicator that the

tire pressures are getting low and 2. Press and hold SET/CLR for
See Traction Control/Electronic
the tires need to be inflated to the several seconds. The oil life
Stability Control 0 235 .
will change to 100%.
ii

proper pressure.
Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal The oil life system can also be reset
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain as follows:
This vehicle may have a Tire
the correct tire pressures. 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
See Tire Pressure Monitor System with the engine off.
0 303 .
ii
2. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC.
Engine Oil Life System 3. Fully press the accelerator
The engine oil life system calculates pedal slowly three times within
engine oil life based on vehicle use five seconds. If the display
and, on most vehicles, displays a shows 100%, the system is
The low tire pressure warning light Driver Information Center (DIC) reset.
alerts to a significant loss in message when it is necessary to
pressure of one of the vehicle's See Engine Oil Life System 0 267 .
change the engine oil and filter. The
ii

tires. If the warning light comes on, oil life system should be reset to
stop as soon as possible and inflate 100% only following an oil change.
the tires to the recommended
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

24 In Brief

Driving for Better Fuel . Combine several trips into a

single trip.
Economy
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
Driving habits can affect fuel the same TPC Spec number
mileage. Here are some driving tips molded into the tire's sidewall
to get the best fuel economy near the size.
possible.
. Follow recommended scheduled
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
maintenance.
smoothly.
. Brake gradually and avoid Roadside Assistance
abrupt stops. Program
. Avoid idling the engine for long
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
periods of time.
. When road and weather TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control. Canada: 1-800-268-6800
. Always follow posted speed New Chevrolet owners are
limits or drive more slowly when automatically enrolled in the
conditions require. Roadside Assistance Program.
. Keep vehicle tires properly See Roadside Assistance Program
inflated. 0 365 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

Keys, Doors, and Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Keys and Locks
Windows Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Keys
Interior Mirrors
Keys and Locks
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 38
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 39
{ Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 the ignition key is dangerous and
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows children or others could be
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 seriously injured or killed. They
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 30 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 or other controls or make the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 vehicle move. The windows will
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 function with the keys in the
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 32 ignition, and children or others
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 could be caught in the path of a
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 closing window. Do not leave
Doors children in a vehicle with the
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ignition key.

Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 34
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 35
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

moving the key out of the RUN

Warning (Continued) position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
impacted, and airbags may not ignition key. Attach additional items
deploy. To reduce the risk of only to the second ring, and limit
unintentional rotation of the added items to a few essential keys
ignition key, do not change the or small, light items no larger than
way the ignition key and Remote an RKE transmitter.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.

The ignition key and key rings, and

{ Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
If the key is unintentionally
system to reduce the risk of
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition
moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow
This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring.
items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement
or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See
to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is
contacted by the driver or required.
steering wheel. If the ignition The combination and size of the
moves out of the RUN position, rings that came with your keys were
the engine will shut off, braking specifically selected for your
and steering power assist may be vehicle. The rings are connected to
(Continued) the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Programming Keys Programming without a

Recognized Key
Follow these procedures to program
up to eight keys to the vehicle. Program a new key to the vehicle
when a recognized key is not
Programming with a available. Canadian regulations
Recognized Key require that owners see their dealer.
To program a new key: If there are no currently recognized
1. Insert the original, already keys available, follow this procedure
programmed key in the ignition to program the first key.
and turn the key to the ON/ This procedure will take
RUN position. approximately 30 minutes to
Interference from radio-frequency 2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF and complete for the first key. The
identification (RFID) tags may remove the key. vehicle must be off and all of the
prevent the key from starting the keys you wish to program must be
3. Insert the new key to be
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from with you.
programmed and turn it to the
the key when starting the vehicle. ON/RUN position within 1. Insert the new vehicle key into
The key is used for the ignition and five seconds. the ignition.
all door locks. The security light will turn off 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
once the key has been light will come on.
programmed. 3. Wait 10 minutes until the
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional security light turns off.
keys are to be programmed. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
If a key is lost or damaged, see your 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
dealer to have a new key made. times. After the third time, turn
to ON/RUN; the key is learned
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

and all previously known keys If there is a decrease in the RKE

will no longer work with the operating range:
vehicle. . Check the distance. The
Remaining keys can be learned by transmitter may be too far from
following the procedure in the vehicle.
“Programming with a . Check the location. Other
Recognized Key.” vehicles or objects may be
The key has a bar-coded key tag blocking the signal.
that the dealer or qualified locksmith . Check the transmitter's battery.
can use to make new keys. Store See “Battery Replacement” later
this information in a safe place, not in this section.
in the vehicle.
. If the transmitter is still not With Remote Start (without
See your dealer if a replacement working correctly, see your Remote Start Similar)
key or additional key is needed. dealer or a qualified technician / (Remote Vehicle Start) :
If it becomes difficult to turn a key, for service. If equipped, / is used to start the
inspect the key blade for debris.
engine from outside the vehicle
Periodically clean with a brush Remote Keyless Entry using the RKE transmitter. See
or pick.
(RKE) System Operation Remote Vehicle Start 0 30 .ii

With an active OnStar subscription,

an OnStar Advisor may remotely
The RKE transmitter functions may Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors.
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from If enabled through the Driver
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
the vehicle. Information Center (DIC), the turn
Overview 0 375 . ii

Other conditions can affect the signal lamps flash once to indicate
Remote Keyless Entry performance of the transmitter. See locking has occurred. If enabled
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) through the DIC, the horn chirps
(RKE) System System 0 28 .ii
when Q is pressed again within
See Radio Frequency Statement three seconds. See Vehicle
0 371 .
ii
Personalization 0 137 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

Pressing Q arms the vehicle alarm Press and hold 7 for at least
Caution
system. See Vehicle Alarm System three seconds to sound the panic
0 34 .
ii alarm. The turn signal lamps flash When replacing the battery, do
K (Unlock) : Press once to unlock and the horn sounds repeatedly for not touch any of the circuitry on
30 seconds. The alarm turns off the transmitter. Static from your
only the driver door. If K is pressed when the ignition is moved to ON/
again within three seconds, all body could damage the
RUN or 7 is pressed again. The transmitter.
remaining doors unlock. The interior
lamps may come on and stay on for ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
20 seconds or until the ignition is the panic alarm to work.
To replace the battery:
turned on. Programming Transmitters to
If enabled through the DIC, the turn the Vehicle
signal lamps flash twice to indicate Only RKE transmitters programmed
unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle to this vehicle will work. If a
Personalization 0 137 . If enabled
ii

transmitter is lost or stolen, a

through the DIC, the exterior lamps replacement can be purchased and
may turn on. See Vehicle programmed through your dealer.
Personalization 0 137 .ii

Each vehicle can have up to

Pressing K on the RKE transmitter eight transmitters programmed to it.
disarms the vehicle alarm system. See your dealer for transmitter
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 34 . ii
programming.

7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic Battery Replacement

Alarm) : Press and release one Replace the battery in the 1. Separate and remove the back
time to initiate vehicle locator. The transmitter soon if the REPLACE cover of the transmitter with a
turn signal lamps flash and the horn BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY flat, thin object, such as a coin.
sounds three times. message displays in the DIC.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Vehicle Start The engine will turn off during a

remote vehicle start if:
If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle. . The coolant temperature gets
The climate controls and rear too high.
window defogger may also . The oil pressure gets low.
come on.
The RKE transmitter range may be
If the vehicle has heated seats and less while the vehicle is running.
the feature is turned on in vehicle
personalization, the heated seats Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
will turn on during colder outside
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
temperatures and will shut off when
the key is turned to ON/RUN. See System 0 28 or Vehicle
ii

2. Press and slide the battery Personalization 0 137 .

down toward the pocket of the Heated Front Seats 0 47 . ii
ii

transmitter in the direction of Laws in some communities may Starting the Engine Using Remote
the key ring. Do not use a restrict the use of remote starters. Start
metal object. Check local regulations for any 1. Press and release Q.
3. Remove the battery. requirements on remote starting of
vehicles. 2. Immediately press and hold /
4. Insert the new battery, positive until the turn signal lamps flash
side facing up. Replace with a Do not use remote start if the
vehicle is low on fuel. or for at least four seconds.
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
The vehicle cannot be remote When the vehicle starts, the
5. Push together the transmitter parking lamps will turn on. The
back cover top side first, and started if:
doors will be locked and the
then the bottom toward the . The key is in the ignition. climate control system may
key ring. . The hood is not closed. come on.
. There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
malfunction indicator lamp is on.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

The engine will continue to run for . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for Warning (Continued)
one 10-minute time extension. Place Door Locks permanent injuries or even
the key in ON/RUN to operate the
vehicle. death from heat stroke.
{ Warning Always lock the vehicle
Extending Engine Run Time whenever leaving it.
Unlocked doors can be
The engine run time can be . Outsiders can easily enter
dangerous.
extended by 10 minutes, for a total through an unlocked door
of 20 minutes, if during the first . Passengers, especially when you slow down or stop
10 minutes Steps 1–2 are repeated children, can easily open the vehicle. Locking the
while the engine is still running. An the doors and fall out of a doors can help prevent this
extension can be requested, moving vehicle. When a from happening.
30 seconds after starting. door is locked, the handle
will not open it. The chance
A maximum of two remote starts, of being thrown out of the To lock or unlock a door from the
or a single start with an extension, vehicle in a crash is outside press Q or K on the
is allowed between ignition cycles. increased if the doors are Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
The vehicle's ignition must be not locked. So, all transmitter or use the key in the
turned on and then back off to use passengers should wear driver door.
remote start again. safety belts properly and the To lock a door from the inside, push
doors should be locked down on the door lock knob. To
Canceling a Remote Start whenever the vehicle is unlock, pull the door handle once to
To cancel a remote start, do one of driven. unlock the door and again to
the following: . Young children who get into unlatch it.
. Press and hold / until the unlocked vehicles may be
parking lamps turn off. unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
. Turn on the hazard warning extreme heat and can suffer
flashers.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Door Locks Delayed Locking Delayed locking can be

programmed through the Driver
This feature delays the actual Information Center (DIC). See
locking of the doors until Vehicle Personalization 0 137 . ii

five seconds after all doors are

closed. Automatic Door Locks
Delayed locking can only be turned
The doors will lock automatically
on when the Unlocked Door Anti
when all doors are closed, the
Lockout feature has been turned off.
ignition is on, and the shift lever is
When Q is pressed on the power moved out of P (Park) for automatic
door lock switch with the door open, transmissions and vehicle speed is
a chime will sound three times above 13 km/h (8 mph) for manual
indicating that delayed locking is transmissions.
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab active. To unlock the doors:
Similar The doors will then lock
automatically five seconds after all
. Press K on a door.
If equipped with power door locks:
doors are closed. If a door is . Shift the transmission into
Q : Press to lock the doors. reopened before five seconds have P (Park) for an automatic
K : Press to unlock the doors. elapsed, the five-second timer will transmission.
reset once all the doors are closed . Remove the key from the
again. ignition for a manual
Press Q on the door lock switch transmission.
again, or press Q on the RKE Automatic door unlocking can be
transmitter, to override this feature programmed through the Driver
and lock the doors immediately. Information Center (DIC). See
Vehicle Personalization 0 137 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

Lockout Protection Doors

When locking is requested with the
driver door open and the key in the Tailgate
ignition, all the doors will lock and
then the driver door will unlock. This
can be manually overridden by
{ Warning
pressing and holding Q on the It is extremely dangerous to ride
power door lock switch. on the tailgate, even when the
vehicle is operated at low speeds.
If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is
People riding on the tailgate can
turned on, the vehicle is off with the
driver door open, and door locking easily lose their balance and fall
is requested, all the doors will lock in response to vehicle
Press { to activate the safety locks maneuvers. Falling from a moving
and only the driver door will unlock. on the rear doors. The indicator light
The Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout vehicle may result in serious
comes on when activated. The injuries or death. Do not allow
feature can be turned on or off using vehicle must be on, in ACC/
the vehicle personalization menus. people to ride on the tailgate. Be
ACCESSORY, or in Retained sure everyone in your vehicle is in
See Vehicle Personalization 0 137 . ii

Accessory Power (RAP). See

a seat and using a safety belt
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
Safety Locks 0 214 .
ii
properly.
If equipped, the rear door safety If the indicator light flashes, the
locks prevent passengers from feature may not be working properly. On vehicles with a lock on the
opening the rear doors from inside tailgate, use the key to lock or
the vehicle. unlock the tailgate. The power door
locks will not lock or unlock the
tailgate.
Open the tailgate by lifting up on its
handle while pulling the
tailgate down.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To shut the tailgate, firmly push it 1. Raise the tailgate and support Vehicle Security
upward until it latches. it firmly. Pull out and hold the
cable retaining clip (1). Push This vehicle has theft-deterrent
After closing the tailgate, pull it back
the cable (3) up and off of the features; however, they do not make
to be sure it latches securely.
bolt (2). Repeat on the the vehicle impossible to steal.
Tailgate Removal other side.
The tailgate can be removed to 2. With the tailgate about halfway Vehicle Alarm System
allow for different loading situations. open, lift the right edge of the If equipped with the anti-theft alarm
Assistance may be needed with the tailgate from the lower pivot. system, the indicator light, on the
removal to avoid damage to the On vehicles with the tailgate instrument panel near the
vehicle. assist feature, raise the tailgate windshield, indicates the status of
On vehicles with a Rear Vision nearly all the way to the closed the system.
Camera, it must be disconnected position prior to removing the
before removing the tailgate. See left edge.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 240 . ii

3. Move the tailgate to the right

To remove the tailgate: and away to release the
left edge.
Reverse this procedure to reinstall
the tailgate. Make sure the tailgate
is secure.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. If the driver door is opened without . Always unlock a door with the
A door or the hood is open. first unlocking with the RKE RKE transmitter.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is transmitter, the horn will chirp and Unlocking the driver door with the
armed. the lights will flash to indicate key will not disarm the system or
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not turn off the alarm.
Arming the Alarm System started, or the door is not unlocked
1. Turn off the vehicle. by pressing K on the RKE Detecting a Tamper Condition
transmitter during the 10-second If K is pressed on the RKE
2. Lock the vehicle with one of pre-alarm, the alarm will be
the following: transmitter and the horn chirps three
activated.
times, an alarm occurred previously
. Use the Remote Keyless If a door or the hood is opened while the alarm system was armed.
Entry (RKE) transmitter. without first disarming the system,
. With a door open, press Q the turn signals will flash and the Immobilizer
on the interior of the door. horn will sound for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will See Radio Frequency Statement
3. After 30 seconds the alarm then re-arm to monitor for the next 0 371 .
ii

system will arm, and the unauthorized event.

indicator light will begin to Immobilizer Operation
slowly flash indicating the Disarming the Alarm System
alarm system is operating. To disarm the alarm system or turn
Pressing Q on the RKE off the alarm if it has been activated:
transmitter a second time will
bypass the 30-second delay . Press K on the RKE transmitter.
and immediately arm the alarm . Start the vehicle.
system.
To avoid setting off the alarm by
The theft-deterrent alarm system will accident: This vehicle has a passive
not arm if the doors are locked with theft-deterrent system.
. Lock the vehicle after all
the key. The system does not have to be
occupants have left the vehicle
and all doors are closed. manually armed or disarmed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The vehicle is automatically If the engine still does not start, and Exterior Mirrors
immobilized when the vehicle is the key appears to be undamaged,
turned off. try another ignition key. It may be
necessary to check the fuse. See Convex Mirrors
The system is automatically
disarmed when the key is turned to Fuses 0 287 . If the engine still does
{ Warning
ii

ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, not start with the other key, the

or START from the LOCK/OFF vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
does start, the first key may be A convex mirror can make things,
position. like other vehicles, look farther
faulty. See your dealer.
The security light, in the instrument away than they really are. If you
cluster, comes on if there is a It is possible for the immobilizer
cut too sharply into the right lane,
problem with arming or disarming system to learn new or replacement
keys. Up to eight keys can be you could hit a vehicle on the
the theft-deterrent system. right. Check the inside mirror or
programmed for the vehicle. To
When trying to start the vehicle, the program additional transmitters, see glance over your shoulder before
security light comes on briefly when Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) changing lanes.
the ignition is turned on. System Operation 0 28 . ii

If the engine does not start and the Do not leave the key or device that The passenger side mirror is convex
security light stays on, there is a disarms or deactivates the vehicle shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
problem with the system. Turn the theft system in the vehicle. curved so more can be seen from
ignition off and try again. the driver seat.
See your dealer to get a new key
blank cut exactly as the ignition key
that operates the system.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

Manual Mirrors If equipped, adjust the power Driving with the Blind Spot
mirrors: Mirror
If equipped, adjust manual mirrors
by moving the mirror up and down 1. Move the selector switch to L
or left to right to see a little of the (Left) or R (Right) to choose
side of the vehicle and to have a driver or passenger mirror.
clear view behind the vehicle. 2. Press the arrows on the control
Using hood-mounted air deflectors pad to move each mirror in the
and add-on convex mirror desired direction.
attachments could decrease mirror 3. Return the selector switch to
performance. the center position.

Power Mirrors Heated Mirrors

If equipped, the rear window
defogger also heats the outside
mirrors.
= (Rear Window Defogger) :
Press to heat the outside mirrors.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Automatic Climate Control System
0 189 .
ii

Blind Spot Mirrors

The blind spot mirror is a small
convex mirror built into the upper
and outer corner of the driver Actual Mirror View
outside mirror. It can show objects
that may be in the vehicle's
blind zone.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

1. When the approaching vehicle Using the Outside Mirror with Interior Mirrors
is a long distance away, the the Blind Spot Mirror
image in the main mirror is
small and near the inboard 1. Set the main mirror so that the Interior Rearview Mirrors
edge of the mirror. side of the vehicle can just be
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
seen and the blind spot mirror
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the view of the area behind your
has an unobstructed view.
image in the main mirror gets vehicle.
larger and moves outboard. 2. When checking for traffic or
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
before changing a lane, look at
3. As the vehicle enters the blind may have three control buttons at
the main driver/passenger side
zone, the image transitions the bottom of the mirror. See your
mirror to observe traffic in the
from the main mirror to the dealer for more information about
adjacent lane, behind your
blind spot mirror. OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
vehicle. Check the blind spot
See OnStar Overview 0 375 .
mirror for a vehicle in the blind
ii

4. When the vehicle is in the blind

zone, the image only appears zone. Then, glance over your Do not spray glass cleaner directly
in the blind spot mirror. shoulder to double check on the mirror. Use a soft towel
before moving slowly into the dampened with water.
adjacent lane.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Manual Rearview Mirror Windows pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
If equipped, push the tab forward for windows are up. To reduce the
daytime use and pull it rearward for { Warning sound, open either a front window
nighttime use to avoid glare from or the sunroof, if equipped.
the headlamps from behind. Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
Power Windows
Automatic Dimming especially with the windows
Rearview Mirror closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the { Warning
If equipped, the mirror will extreme heat and suffer
automatically reduce the glare of the Children could be seriously
permanent injuries or even death
headlamps from behind. The injured or killed if caught in the
from heat stroke.
dimming feature comes on each path of a closing window. Never
time the vehicle is started. leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 25 .
ii

The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Press the switch down to lower the 2. Place the ignition in ACC/
window, and pull the switch to raise ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
the window. START.
Express-Down/Up Windows 3. From any partial open position,
close the window and continue
Windows that have the to pull the switch briefly after
express-down/up feature allow the the window has fully closed.
windows to be lowered and raised
fully without holding the window The window is now reprogrammed.
switch. Press the window switch Obstacle Detection Feature
fully and release it to activate the
express-down feature. Pull the The obstacle detection feature is
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab switch up fully and release to part of the express-up feature and is
activate the express-up feature. The active:
Similar
express mode can be canceled at . In the middle and upper portions
The driver door has a switch to any time by briefly pressing or of the window opening.
control all windows. Each pulling the switch.
passenger door has a switch to . During window up movements.
control that window. Programming the Power . In ignition OFF during window
The power windows:
Windows up movements and during
. Can be operated with the Programming the power windows express-up in ignition ON/RUN/
may be necessary if the vehicle START.
ignition in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. battery has been disconnected or If there is something blocking the
discharged. If the window will not window during automatic closing,
. Can be operated in Retained express-up after the power has the window will reverse direction for
Accessory Power (RAP). See been restored and a message a short distance. Weather conditions
Retained Accessory Power displays in the DIC: may cause the window to
(RAP) 0 214 .
1. Close all doors. auto-reverse. The window will return
ii

to normal operation once the object

or condition is removed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

If conditions prevent the window Rear Window Lockout (Crew Rear Windows
from closing and the window Cab Only)
continues to auto-reverse, it is Sliding Rear Window
possible to close the window by
activating the express override.
Hold the window switch in the
partially or fully pulled position.
Release of the switch from the
partially pulled up position will cause
the window to stop. Release of the
switch from the fully pulled position
will activate the express-up and
related obstacle detection features.

{ Warning
This feature prevents the rear
If express override is activated, passenger windows from operating, If the vehicle has this feature,
the window will not reverse except from the driver position. squeeze the latch in the center of
automatically. You or others could the window and slide the glass to
be injured and the window could Press Z to activate the window open it.
be damaged. Before you use lockout. The indicator light in the
Be sure the latch is engaged when
express override, make sure that switch will illuminate when
the window is closed.
all people and obstructions are activated.
clear of the window path. Press Z again to deactivate the
lockout switch.
If the indicator light flashes, the
feature may not be working properly.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to block

glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window or, if equipped, extend
along the rod.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 43

Seats and Airbag System

Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 58
When Should an Airbag
Infants and Young Children . . . . 70
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 72
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 74
Head Restraints What Makes an Airbag Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 76
How Does an Airbag Replacing LATCH System Parts
Front Seats Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 What Will You See after an Securing Child Restraints
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 45 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Passenger Sensing System . . . 62 Securing Child Restraints (Front
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Adding Equipment to the
Rear Seats Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 67
Rear Seats (Crew Cab) . . . . . . . . 48 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 68
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 55
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

44 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

top of the restraint is at the same
restraint after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in
The vehicle's front seats have height as the top of the occupant's place.
adjustable head restraints in the head. This position reduces the The front seat outboard head
outboard seating positions. chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraints are not removable.

{ Warning Rear Head Restraints

With head restraints that are not Crew Cab
installed and adjusted properly, The vehicle’s rear seats have head
there is a greater chance that restraints in the outboard seating
occupants will suffer a neck/ positions that cannot be adjusted up
spinal injury in a crash. Do not or down.
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.

Driver Seat, Inboard Button

The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the restraint The rear outboard head restraints
down. Try to move the head are designed to be folded. When
folding the seatback down the head
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 45

restraint must first be manually Front Seats 2. Slide the seat to the desired
folded forward out of the way to fold position and release the
the seatback down. handle.
Seat Adjustment
The head restraint can be folded 3. Try to move the seat back and
forward to allow for better visibility forth to be sure the seat is
when the rear seat is unoccupied. { Warning locked in place.
To fold the head restraint, press the You can lose control of the
button on the side of the head vehicle if you try to adjust a driver Power Seat Adjustment
restraint.
seat while the vehicle is moving.
When an occupant is in the seat, Adjust the driver seat only when
always return the head restraint to the vehicle is not moving.
the upright position until it locks into
place. Push and pull on the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 76 .ii

Extended Cab
The vehicle’s rear seats have To adjust the seat, if equipped:
headrests in the outboard seating . Move the seat forward or
positions that cannot be adjusted. rearward by sliding the control
If you are installing a child restraint forward or rearward.
in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors To adjust the seat: . Raise or lower the entire seat by
and Tethers for Children (LATCH moving the entire control up
1. Pull the handle at the front of
System) 0 76 .ii

the seat. or down.

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

46 Seats and Restraints

To adjust the seatback, see “Manual Reclining Seatbacks

Reclining Seatbacks” under
Reclining Seatbacks 0 46 . ii

{ Warning
Lumbar Adjustment Sitting in a reclined position when
Power Lumbar the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning
bones. This could cause serious
You can lose control of the
internal injuries.
If equipped, press and hold the top vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
of the control to increase lumbar For proper protection when the seat while the vehicle is moving.
support. Press and hold the bottom vehicle is in motion, have the Adjust the driver seat only when
of the control to decrease lumbar seatback upright. Then sit well the vehicle is not moving.
support. Release the control when back in the seat and wear the
the seatback reaches the desired safety belt properly.
level of lumbar support.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 47

2. Move the seatback to the

{ Warning desired position, and then Warning (Continued)
release the lever to lock the
If either seatback is not locked, it seatback in place. time. Do not place anything on
could move forward in a sudden the seat that insulates against
stop or crash. That could cause 3. Push and pull on the seatback heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
injury to the person sitting there. to make sure it is locked. cover, or similar item. This may
Always push and pull on the To return the seatback to the upright cause the seat heater to
seatbacks to be sure they are position: overheat. An overheated seat
locked. 1. Lift the lever fully without heater may cause a burn or may
applying pressure to the damage the seat.
seatback to return to the
upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

Heated Front Seats

{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
To recline a manual seatback: reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use If equipped, the buttons are on the
1. Lift the lever. care when using the seat heater, center stack. To operate, the engine
especially for long periods of must be running.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

48 Seats and Restraints

This feature will heat the cushion Remote Start Auto Heated Rear Seats
and back of the seats. Seats
Press + to heat the driver or During a remote start, the heated Rear Seats (Crew Cab)
passenger seatback only. seats can be turned on
On crew cab models, the rear
automatically. The heated seats are
Press z to heat the driver or seatbacks can be folded forward.
canceled when the ignition is turned
passenger cushion and seatback. on. Press the heated seat button to
The indicator light comes on when use the heated seats after the Caution
this feature is on. vehicle is started.
Folding a rear seat with the safety
Press the button once for the The heated seat indicator lights do belts still fastened may cause
highest setting. With each press of not turn on during a remote start. damage to the seat or the safety
the button, the seat will change to The temperature performance of an belts. Always unbuckle the safety
the next lower setting, and then to unoccupied seat may be reduced. belts and return them to their
the off setting. The indicator lights This is normal. normal stowed position before
next to the buttons indicate three for folding a rear seat.
the highest setting and one for the The heated seats will not turn on
lowest. If the heated seats are on during a remote start unless they
high, their level may automatically are enabled in the vehicle To fold a rear seatback:
be lowered after approximately personalization menu. See Remote
Vehicle Start 0 30 and Vehicle 1. Fold the head restraint. See
30 minutes. ii

Head Restraints 0 44 .
Personalization 0 137 . ii
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 49

{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.

3. Push and pull on the seatback

2. Disconnect the rear center 3. Pull the release strap on the to make sure it is locked in
safety belt latch from the outboard side of the seatback. place.
mini-buckle by inserting the tip 4. Fold the seatback forward.
of the safety belt tongue into
To return a seatback to the upright
{ Warning
the slot on the buckle. Let the
belt retract. position: A safety belt that is improperly
1. Lift the seatback up and push it routed, not properly attached,
rearward. or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
2. Return the head restraint to the person wearing the belt could be
upright position. See Head seriously injured. After raising the
Restraints 0 44 .
rear seatback, always check to be
ii

sure that the safety belts are

properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

50 Seats and Restraints

4. Reconnect the center safety Safety Belts

belt latch plate to the Warning (Continued)
mini-buckle. Make sure the This section of the manual
safety belt is not twisted. describes how to use safety belts passengers to ride in any area of
properly. It also describes some the vehicle that is not equipped
5. Push and pull on the latch with seats and safety belts.
things not to do with safety belts.
plate to be sure it is secure.
Always wear a safety belt, and
When the seatback is not in use, it
should be kept in the upright, locked
{ Warning check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
position. Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
Rear Seat Armrest properly. In a crash, if you or your This vehicle has indicators as a
passenger(s) are not wearing reminder to buckle the safety belts.
Crew Cab See Safety Belt Reminders 0 113 .
safety belts, injuries can be much ii

worse than if you are wearing This vehicle may have the Safety
safety belts. You can be seriously Belt Assurance System, which may
injured or killed by hitting things prevent the vehicle from shifting out
inside the vehicle harder or by of P (Park). See Safety Belt
being ejected from the vehicle. In Messages 0 134 . ii

addition, anyone who is not

buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
If equipped, pull the armrest to are more likely to be seriously
lower. There are two cupholders in injured or killed. Do not allow
the armrest. (Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 51

Why Safety Belts Work Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts
Safety Belts Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle This section is only for people of
after a crash if I am wearing a adult size.
safety belt?
There are special things to know
A: You could be — whether you are about safety belts and children. And
wearing a safety belt or not. there are different rules for smaller
Your chance of being conscious children and infants. If a child will be
during and after a crash, so you riding in the vehicle, see Older
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 68 or Infants and Young
ii

much greater if you are belted. Children 0 70 . Follow those rules for
ii

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why everyone's protection.

should I have to wear safety It is very important for all occupants
When riding in a vehicle, you travel belts? to buckle up. Statistics show that
as fast as the vehicle does. If the A: Airbags are supplemental unbelted people are hurt more often
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep systems only; so they work with in crashes than those who are
going until something stops you. safety belts — not instead of wearing safety belts.
It could be the windshield, the them. Whether or not an airbag
instrument panel, or the safety belts! There are important things to know
is provided, all occupants still about wearing a safety belt properly.
When you wear a safety belt, you have to buckle up to get the
and the vehicle slow down together. most protection.
There is more time to stop because Also, in nearly all states and in
you stop over a longer distance and, all Canadian provinces, the law
when worn properly, your strongest requires wearing safety belts.
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

52 Seats and Restraints

. Wear the shoulder belt over the If you are using a rear seating
shoulder and across the chest. position with a detachable safety
These parts of the body are best belt and the safety belt is not
able to take belt restraining attached, see Rear Seats (Crew
forces. The shoulder belt locks if Cab) 0 48 for instruction on
ii

there is a sudden stop or crash. reconnecting the safety belt to the

mini-buckle.
{ Warning The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
You can be seriously injured, properly.
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
. adjustable, so you can sit up
Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or straight. To see how, see
your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become “Seats” in the Index.
of you. loose or twisted.
. Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder
for your seating position. belt under both arms or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low behind your back.
and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or
touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an
this applies force to the strong armrest.
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt Lap-Shoulder Belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause All seating positions in the vehicle
serious or even fatal injuries. have a lap-shoulder belt.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 53

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull If the webbing locks in the latch 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
the belt across you. Do not let plate before it reaches the height adjuster, move it to the
it get twisted. buckle, tilt the latch plate to flat height that is right for you. See
The lap-shoulder belt may lock to unlock. “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
if you pull the belt across you later in this section for
very quickly. If this happens, let instructions on use and
the belt go back slightly to important safety information.
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the 5. To make the lap part tight, pull
belt is not long enough, see up on the shoulder belt.
Safety Belt Extender 0 55 . ii

Position the release button on

the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

54 Seats and Restraints

Before a door is closed, be sure the

safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
To unlatch the belt, push the button and not falling off of it. The belt Push up on the release button and
on the buckle. The belt should should be close to, but not move the height adjuster to the
return to its stowed position. contacting, the neck. Improper desired position.
shoulder belt height adjustment
Always stow the safety belt slowly. After the adjuster is set to the
could reduce the effectiveness of
If the safety belt webbing returns desired position, try to move it down
the safety belt in a crash. See How
quickly to the stowed position, the without pushing the release button
to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 51 .
retractor may lock and cannot be to make sure it has locked into
ii

pulled out. If this happens, pull the position.

safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then Safety Belt Pretensioners
release it. If the webbing is still This vehicle has safety belt
locked in the retractor, see your pretensioners for front outboard
dealer. occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 55

moderate to severe frontal, near Safety Belt Use During that the fetus will not be hurt in a
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold crash. For pregnant women, as for
conditions for pretensioner
Pregnancy anyone, the key to making safety
activation are met. Safety belt Safety belts work for everyone, belts effective is wearing them
pretensioners can also help tighten including pregnant women. Like all properly.
the safety belts in a side crash or a occupants, they are more likely to
rollover event. be seriously injured if they do not Safety Belt Extender
Pretensioners work only once. If the wear safety belts.
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
pretensioners activate in a crash, around you, you should use it.
they will need to be replaced, and
the vehicle's safety belt system will But if a safety belt is not long
probably need other new parts. See enough, your dealer will order you
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts an extender. When you go in to
after a Crash 0 56 .
ii
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
Rear Safety Belt Comfort long enough for you. To help avoid
Guides personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
Rear safety belt comfort guides may seat it is made to fit. The extender
provide added safety belt comfort has been designed for adults. Never
for older children who have use it for securing child seats. To
outgrown booster seats and for wear it, attach it to the regular safety
some adults. When installed on a A pregnant woman should wear a belt. For more information, see the
shoulder belt, the comfort guide lap-shoulder belt, and the lap instruction sheet that comes with
positions the belt away from the portion should be worn as low as the extender.
neck and head. possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
Comfort guides are available Safety System Check
through your dealer for the rear The best way to protect the fetus is
outboard seating positions. to protect the mother. When a safety Now and then, check that the safety
Instructions are included with the belt is worn properly, it is more likely belt reminder light, safety belts,
guide. buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

56 Seats and Restraints

anchorages are all working properly. Replacing Safety Belt New parts and repairs may be
Look for any other loose or necessary even if the safety belt
damaged safety belt system parts
System Parts after a system was not being used at the
that might keep a safety belt system Crash time of the crash.
from doing its job. See your dealer Have the safety belt pretensioners
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
{ Warning checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
crash. They can rip apart under A crash can damage the safety stays on after you start the vehicle
impact forces. If a belt is torn or belt system in the vehicle. or while you are driving. See Airbag
frayed, get a new one right away. A damaged safety belt system Readiness Light 0 114 .ii

Make sure the safety belt reminder may not properly protect the
light is working. See Safety Belt person using it, resulting in
Reminders 0 113 . ii
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
safety belt systems are working
See Safety Belt Care 0 56 . ii

properly after a crash, have them

inspected and any necessary
Safety Belt Care replacements made as soon as
Keep belts clean and dry. possible.

{ Warning After a minor crash, replacement of

safety belts may not be necessary.
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
But the safety belt assemblies that
It may severely weaken them. In were used during any crash may
a crash, they might not be able to have been stressed or damaged.
provide adequate protection. See your dealer to have the safety
Clean safety belts only with mild belt assemblies inspected or
soap and lukewarm water. replaced.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 57

Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word

AIRBAG is on the center of the Warning (Continued)
The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on
airbags: the instrument panel for the front designed to work with safety
outboard passenger. belts, not replace them. Also,
. A frontal airbag for the driver. airbags are not designed to inflate
. A frontal airbag for the front For seat-mounted side impact in every crash. In some crashes
outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the safety belts are the only restraint.
side of the seatback closest to See When Should an Airbag
. A seat-mounted side impact the door.
airbag for the driver. Inflate? 0 59 .
ii

For roof-rail airbags, the word

. A seat-mounted side impact Wearing your safety belt during a
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
airbag for the front outboard crash helps reduce the chance of
passenger. Airbags are designed to supplement hitting things inside the vehicle or
the protection provided by safety being ejected from it. Airbags are
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags “supplemental restraints” to the
and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce
directly behind the driver. safety belts. Everyone in the
the risk of injury from the force of an vehicle should wear a safety belt
. A roof-rail airbag for the front inflating bag, all airbags must inflate properly, whether or not there is
outboard passenger and the very quickly to do their job.
an airbag for that person.
passenger seated directly Here are the most important things
behind the front outboard to know about the airbag system:
passenger.
{ Warning
All vehicle airbags have the word { Warning Because airbags inflate with great
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening. You can be severely injured or force and faster than the blink of
killed in a crash if you are not an eye, anyone who is up
wearing your safety belt, even against, or very close to any
with airbags. Airbags are airbag when it inflates can be
(Continued) (Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

58 Seats and Restraints

Where Are the Airbags?

Warning (Continued) { Warning
seriously injured or killed. Do not Children who are up against,
sit unnecessarily close to any or very close to, any airbag when
airbag, as you would be if sitting it inflates can be seriously injured
on the edge of the seat or leaning or killed. Always secure children
forward. Safety belts help keep properly in the vehicle. To read
you in position before and during how, see Older Children 0 68 orii

a crash. Always wear a safety Infants and Young Children 0 70 . ii

belt, even with airbags. The driver

should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The safety belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when The driver frontal airbag is in the
you are sitting well back and center of the steering wheel.
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor. There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
Occupants should not lean on or
shows the airbag symbol. The
sleep against the door or side
system checks the airbag electrical
windows in seating positions with system for malfunctions. The light
seat-mounted side impact airbags tells you if there is an electrical
and/or roof-rail airbags. problem. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 114 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 59

The front outboard passenger

frontal airbag is in the passenger Warning (Continued)
side instrument panel.
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, block the inflation path of a
Passenger Side and Extended Cab seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Similar
Never secure anything to the roof
Driver Side Shown, Passenger The roof-rail airbags for the driver, of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
Side Similar front outboard passenger, and by routing a rope or tie‐down
The driver and front outboard second row outboard passengers through any door or window
passenger seat-mounted side are in the ceiling above the side opening. If you do, the path of an
impact airbags are in the side of the windows. inflating roof-rail airbag will be
seatbacks closest to the door. blocked.
{ Warning
If something is between an When Should an Airbag
occupant and an airbag, the Inflate?
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into This vehicle is equipped with
that person causing severe injury airbags. See Airbag System 0 57 . ii

Airbags are designed to inflate if the

(Continued) impact exceeds the specific airbag
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

60 Seats and Restraints

system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow airbags are not designed to inflate in
predict how severe a crash is likely or wide. rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
to be in time for the airbags to Frontal airbags are not intended to will inflate when either side of the
inflate and help restrain the inflate during vehicle rollovers, in vehicle is struck, if the sensing
occupants. The vehicle has rear impacts, or in many side system predicts that the vehicle is
electronic sensors that help the impacts. about to roll over on its side, or in a
airbag system determine the severe frontal impact.
severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal In any particular crash, no one can
thresholds can vary with specific say whether an airbag should have
vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint inflated simply because of the
Frontal airbags are designed to according to crash severity. vehicle damage or repair costs.
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help Seat-mounted side impact airbags What Makes an Airbag
reduce the potential for severe are designed to inflate in moderate
injuries, mainly to the driver's or to severe side crashes depending Inflate?
front outboard passenger's head on the location of the impact. In a deployment event, the sensing
and chest. Seat-mounted side impact airbags system sends an electrical signal
are not designed to inflate in frontal triggering a release of gas from the
Whether the frontal airbags will or impacts, near frontal impacts, inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
should inflate is not based primarily rollovers, or rear impacts. airbag causing the bag to break out
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. A seat-mounted side impact airbag of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
It depends on what is hit, the is designed to inflate on the side of and related hardware are all part of
direction of the impact, and how the vehicle that is struck. the airbag module.
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to For airbag locations, see Where Are
Frontal airbags may inflate at inflate in moderate to severe side the Airbags? 0 58 .
different crash speeds depending on
ii

crashes depending on the location

whether the vehicle hits an object of the impact. In addition, these
straight on or at an angle, and roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 61

How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many prevent the driver from seeing out of
types of collisions, primarily the windshield or being able to steer
Restrain? because the occupant's motion is the vehicle, nor does it prevent
In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When people from leaving the vehicle.
near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 59 .ii

occupants can contact the steering

wheel or the instrument panel. In
Airbags should never be regarded { Warning
as anything more than a supplement
moderate to severe side collisions, to safety belts. When an airbag inflates, there
even belted occupants can contact may be dust in the air. This dust
the inside of the vehicle. could cause breathing problems
What Will You See after
Airbags supplement the protection for people with a history of
provided by safety belts by
an Airbag Inflates? asthma or other breathing trouble.
distributing the force of the impact After the frontal airbags and To avoid this, everyone in the
more evenly over the seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle should get out as soon as
occupant's body. inflate, they quickly deflate, so it is safe to do so. If you have
quickly that some people may not breathing problems but cannot
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
even realize an airbag inflated. get out of the vehicle after an
are designed to help contain the
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least airbag inflates, then get fresh air
head and chest of occupants in the
partially inflated for some time after by opening a window or a door.
outboard seating positions in the
they inflate. Some components of If you experience breathing
first and second rows. The rollover
the airbag module may be hot for problems following an airbag
capable roof-rail airbags are
several minutes. For location of the deployment, you should seek
designed to help reduce the risk of
airbags, see Where Are the
full or partial ejection in rollover medical attention.
Airbags? 0 58 .
events, although no system can
ii

prevent all such ejections. The parts of the airbag that come
The vehicle has a feature that may
into contact with you may be warm,
automatically unlock the doors, turn
but not too hot to touch. There may
on the interior lamps and hazard
be some smoke and dust coming
warning flashers, and shut off the
from the vents in the deflated
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

62 Seats and Restraints

The feature may also activate, Additional windshield breakage may Passenger Sensing
without airbag inflation, after an also occur from the front outboard
event that exceeds a predetermined passenger airbag.
System
threshold. You can lock the doors, . Airbags are designed to inflate The vehicle has a passenger
and turn off the interior lamps, and only once. After an airbag sensing system for the front
turn off the hazard warning flashers inflates, you will need some new outboard passenger position. The
by using the controls for those parts for the airbag system. passenger airbag status indicator
features. If you do not get them, the will light on the overhead console
airbag system will not be there when the vehicle is started.
{ Warning to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
A crash severe enough to inflate airbag modules and possibly
the airbags may have also other parts. The service manual
damaged important functions in for the vehicle covers the need
the vehicle, such as the fuel to replace other parts.
system, brake and steering
. The vehicle has a crash sensing United States
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
and diagnostic module which
appears to be drivable after a
records information after a
moderate crash, there may be crash. See Vehicle Data
concealed damage that could Recording and Privacy 0 372 ii

make it difficult to safely operate and Event Data Recorders

the vehicle. 0 373 .
ii

Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians

to restart the engine after a crash Canada and Mexico
work on the airbag systems.
has occurred. Improper service can mean that The words ON and OFF, or the
an airbag system will not work symbol for on and off, will be visible
properly. See your dealer for during the system check. When the
In many crashes severe enough to
service. system check is complete, either the
inflate the airbag, windshields are
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for
broken by vehicle deformation.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 63

on and off, will be visible. See Never put a rear-facing child seat in
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator the front. This is because the risk to Warning (Continued)
0 114 .
ii the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates. Never put a rear-facing child
The passenger sensing system restraint in the front seat, even if
turns off the front outboard the airbag is off. If securing a
passenger frontal airbag under { Warning forward-facing child restraint in
certain conditions. No other airbag the front outboard passenger
is affected by the passenger A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far
sensing system.
or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to
The passenger sensing system airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear
works with sensors that are part of the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another
the front outboard passenger seat vehicle to transport the child
restraint would be very close to
and safety belt. The sensors are when a rear seat is not available.
the inflating airbag. A child in a
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and forward-facing child restraint can
determine if the front outboard be seriously injured or killed if the If the vehicle does not have a rear
passenger frontal airbag should be passenger frontal airbag inflates seat that will accommodate a
allowed to inflate or not. and the passenger seat is in a rear-facing child restraint, a
forward position. rear-facing child restraint should not
According to accident statistics, be installed in the vehicle, even if
children are safer when properly Even if the passenger sensing
the airbag is off.
secured in a rear seat in the correct system has turned off the
child restraint for their weight passenger frontal airbag, no The passenger sensing system is
and size. system is fail-safe. No one can designed to turn off the front
guarantee that an airbag will not outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in deploy under some unusual . The front outboard passenger
a rear seating position. circumstance, even though the seat is unoccupied.
airbag is turned off. . The system determines that an
(Continued) infant is present in a rear-facing
infant seat.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

64 Seats and Restraints

. The system determines that a properly in the front outboard
small child is present in a child passenger seat. When the Warning (Continued)
restraint. passenger sensing system has
allowed the airbag to be enabled, away. See Airbag Readiness
. The system determines that a Light 0 114 for more information,
small child is present in a the on indicator will light and stay lit ii

as a reminder that the airbag is including important safety

booster seat. information.
active.
. A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the For some children who have
outgrown child restraints, and for If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
seat for a period of time.
very small adults, the passenger Child Restraint
. The front outboard passenger sensing system may or may not turn
seat is occupied by a smaller If a child restraint has been installed
off the front outboard passenger
person, such as a child who has and the on indicator is lit:
frontal airbag, depending upon the
outgrown child restraints. person's seating posture and body 1. Turn the vehicle off.
. There is a critical problem with build. Everyone in the vehicle who 2. Remove the child restraint from
the airbag system or the has outgrown child restraints should the vehicle.
passenger sensing system. wear a safety belt properly —
whether or not there is an airbag for 3. Remove any additional items
When the passenger sensing that person. from the seat such as blankets,
system has turned off the front cushions, seat covers, seat
outboard passenger frontal airbag, heaters, or seat massagers.
the off indicator will light and stay lit { Warning
4. Reinstall the child restraint
as a reminder that the airbag is off. If the airbag readiness light ever following the directions
See Passenger Airbag Status comes on and stays on, it means provided by the child restraint
Indicator 0 114 .
that something may be wrong manufacturer and refer to
ii

The passenger sensing system is with the airbag system. To help Securing Child Restraints
designed to turn on the front avoid injury to yourself or others, (Rear Seat) 0 89 or Securing
ii

outboard passenger frontal airbag have the vehicle serviced right Child Restraints (Front
anytime the system senses that a Passenger Seat) 0 95 .
(Continued)
ii

person of adult size is sitting

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 65

5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material
restraint and restarting the Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as
vehicle, the on indicator is still blankets, cushions, seat
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then covers, seat heaters, or seat
slightly recline the vehicle massagers.
seatback and adjust the seat 3. Place the seatback in the fully
cushion, if adjustable, to make upright position.
sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child 4. Have the person sit upright in
restraint into the seat cushion. the seat, centered on the seat
Also make sure the child cushion, with legs comfortably
restraint is not trapped under extended.
the vehicle head restraint. 5. If the shoulder portion of the
If this happens, adjust the head belt is pulled out all the way,
restraint. See Head Restraints the child restraint locking
0 44 .ii
feature will be engaged. This
If a person of adult-size is sitting in
6. Restart the vehicle. may unintentionally cause the
the front outboard passenger seat,
passenger sensing system to
If the on indicator is still lit, secure but the off indicator is lit, it could be
turn the airbag off for some
the child in the child restraint in a because that person is not sitting
adult-sized occupants. If this
rear seat position in the vehicle, and properly in the seat or that the child
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
check with your dealer. restraint locking feature is engaged.
the belt go back all the way,
Use the following steps to allow the
If no rear seat is available, do not and then buckle the belt again
system to detect that person and
install a child restraint in this vehicle without pulling the belt out all
enable the front outboard passenger
and check with your dealer. the way.
frontal airbag:
6. Restart the vehicle and have
1. Turn the vehicle off.
the person remain in this
position for two to
three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

66 Seats and Restraints

A thick layer of additional material,

{ Warning such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued)
or aftermarket equipment such as
If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the
airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger
adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system sensing system.
will not be able to inflate and help operates. We recommend that you
protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other
resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when
Servicing the
serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle
ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 67 ii
should be serviced. There are parts
passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about of the airbag system in several
airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your
the system operates. dealer and the service manual have
Additional Factors Affecting The on indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the
object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To
System Operation purchase a service manual, see
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
Safety belts help keep the or other electronic device, is put on Service Publications Ordering
passenger in position on the seat an unoccupied seat. If this is not Information 0 370 .
ii

during vehicle maneuvers and desired remove the object from

braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
the seat. { Warning
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
{ Warning For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
in the Index for additional Stowing of articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag
information about the importance of passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper
proper restraint use. passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you
(Continued) (Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 67

Adding accessories that change the designed for a different vehicle. Any
Warning (Continued) vehicle's frame, bumper system, object, such as an aftermarket seat
height, front end, or side sheet heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
are close to an airbag when it metal may keep the airbag system or device, installed under or on top
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. from working properly. The of the seat fabric, could also
They are probably part of the operation of the airbag system can interfere with the operation of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow also be affected by changing any passenger sensing system. This
proper service procedures, and parts of the front seats, safety belts, could either prevent proper
make sure the person performing the airbag sensing and diagnostic deployment of the passenger
work for you is qualified to do so. module, steering wheel, instrument airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
panel, any of the airbag modules, sensing system from properly
ceiling or pillar garnish trim, turning off the passenger airbag(s).
Adding Equipment to the overhead console, front sensors, See Passenger Sensing System
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle side impact sensors, or airbag 0 62 .
ii

wiring. If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail

{ Warning Your dealer and the service manual airbags, see Different Size Tires
have information about the location and Wheels 0 311 for additional
ii

If a snow plow or similar of the airbag sensors, sensing and important information.
equipment is installed on the diagnostic module, and airbag
vehicle, the airbag system may If you have to modify your vehicle
wiring. because you have a disability and
not function properly. An airbag
In addition, the vehicle has a you have questions about whether
could inflate when it is not
passenger sensing system for the the modifications will affect the
supposed to inflate. People riding
front outboard passenger position, vehicle's airbag system, or if you
in the vehicle could be injured, which includes sensors that are part have questions about whether the
and the vehicle and/or snow plow of the passenger seat. The airbag system will be affected if the
could be damaged. Do not install passenger sensing system may not vehicle is modified for any other
a snow plow or similar equipment operate properly if the original seat reason, call Customer Assistance.
on the vehicle. trim is replaced with non-GM See Customer Assistance Offices
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with 0 363 . ii

GM covers, upholstery, or trim

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

68 Seats and Restraints

Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints

The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash
regularly scheduled maintenance or Older Children
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
{ Warning
Airbag Readiness Light 0 114 . ii A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
Caution A damaged airbag system may
not work properly and may not
If an airbag covering is damaged, protect you and your
opened, or broken, the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
may not work properly. Do not in serious injury or even death. To
open or break the airbag help make sure the airbag
coverings. If there are any systems are working properly
opened or broken airbag after a crash, have them
coverings, have the airbag inspected and any necessary
covering and/or airbag module replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown
replaced. For the location of the possible. booster seats should wear the
airbags, see Where Are the vehicle safety belts.
Airbags? 0 58 . See your dealer The manufacturer instructions that
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
ii

for service. replace airbag system parts. See come with the booster seat state the
your dealer for service. weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
If the airbag readiness light stays on
lap-shoulder belt until the child
after the vehicle is started or comes
passes the fit test below:
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 114 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 69

. Sit all the way back on the seat. Q: What is the proper way to
Do the knees bend at the seat wear safety belts? { Warning
edge? If yes, continue. If no, A: An older child should wear a
return to the booster seat. Never allow more than one child
lap-shoulder belt and get the to wear the same safety belt. The
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. additional restraint a shoulder safety belt cannot properly spread
Does the shoulder belt rest on belt can provide. The shoulder the impact forces. In a crash, they
the shoulder? If yes, continue. belt should not cross the face or can be crushed together and
If no, try using the rear safety neck. The lap belt should fit seriously injured. A safety belt
belt comfort guide, if equipped. snugly below the hips, just
must be used by only one person
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort touching the top of the thighs.
at a time.
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt This applies belt force to the
0 52 . If a comfort guide is not
ii child's pelvic bones in a crash.
available, or if the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the
still does not rest on the abdomen, which could cause
shoulder, then return to the severe or even fatal internal
booster seat. injuries in a crash.
. Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, 0 52 .
ii

return to the booster seat. According to accident statistics,

. Can proper safety belt fit be children are safer when properly
maintained for the length of the restrained in a rear seating position.
trip? If yes, continue. If no, In a crash, children who are not
return to the booster seat. buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

70 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning { Warning
Never allow a child to wear the Children can be seriously injured
safety belt with the shoulder belt or strangled if a shoulder belt is
behind their back. A child can be wrapped around their neck. The
seriously injured by not wearing shoulder belt can tighten but
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a cannot be loosened if it is locked.
crash, the child would not be The shoulder belt locks when it is
restrained by the shoulder belt. pulled all the way out of the
The child could move too far retractor. It unlocks when the
forward increasing the chance of shoulder belt is allowed to go all
head and neck injury. The child the way back into the retractor,
might also slide under the lap Infants and Young but it cannot do this if it is
belt. The belt force would then be Children wrapped around a child’s neck.
applied right on the abdomen. If the shoulder belt is locked and
That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs tightened around a child’s neck,
protection! This includes infants and
injuries. The shoulder belt should the only way to loosen the belt is
all other children. Neither the
go over the shoulder and across to cut it.
distance traveled nor the age and
the chest. size of the traveler changes the Never leave children unattended
need, for everyone, to use safety in a vehicle and never allow
restraints. In fact, the law in every children to play with the safety
state in the United States and in belts.
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle. Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 71

the vehicle's safety belt system nor

its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not Q: What are the different types of
possible to hold it during a crash.
{ Warning add-on child restraints?
For example, in a crash at only Children who are up against, A: Add-on child restraints, which
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) or very close to, any airbag when are purchased by the vehicle
infant will suddenly become a it inflates can be seriously injured owner, are available in four basic
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's or killed. Never put a rear-facing types. Selection of a particular
arms. An infant should be child restraint in the front restraint should take into
secured in an appropriate consideration not only the child's
outboard seat. Secure a
restraint. weight, height, and age but also
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
whether or not the restraint will
seat. It is also better to secure a be compatible with the motor
forward-facing child restraint in a vehicle in which it will be used.
rear seat. If you must secure a
For most basic types of child
forward-facing child restraint in
restraints, there are many
the front outboard seat, always
different models available. When
move the front passenger seat as purchasing a child restraint, be
far back as it will go. sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

72 Seats and Restraints

restraint will have a label saying Child Restraint Systems

that it meets federal motor { Warning
vehicle safety standards.
A young child's hip bones are still
The restraint manufacturer so small that the vehicle's regular
instructions that come with the safety belt may not remain low on
restraint state the weight and
the hip bones, as it should.
height limitations for a particular
Instead, it may settle up around
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints the child's abdomen. In a crash,
available for children with the belt would apply force on a
special needs. body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
{ Warning injuries. To reduce the risk of
To reduce the risk of neck and serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat
head injury in a crash, infants and crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat provides
toddlers should be secured in a always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
rear-facing child restraint until age child restraints. against the back of the infant.
two, or until they reach the The harness system holds the infant
maximum height and weight limits in place and, in a crash, acts to
of their child restraint. keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 73

Warning (Continued)
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,

the child restraint must be secured
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats in the vehicle. Child restraint
A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the seats by lap belts or the lap belt
harness. vehicle's safety belt system. portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
A booster seat can also help a child the LATCH system. See Lower
to see out the window. Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 76 . Children can
ii

Securing an Add-On Child be endangered in a crash if the child

Restraint in the Vehicle restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.
{ Warning When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which
killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a
restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual.
the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

74 Seats and Restraints

important, so if they are not Securing the Child Within the

available, obtain a replacement Child Restraint { Warning
copy from the manufacturer.
A child in a rear-facing child
Keep in mind that an unsecured { Warning restraint can be seriously injured
child restraint can move around in a or killed if the front passenger
collision or sudden stop and injure A child can be seriously injured or
airbag inflates. This is because
people in the vehicle. Be sure to killed in a crash if the child is not
the back of the rear-facing child
properly secure any child restraint in properly secured in the child
restraint would be very close to
the vehicle — even when no child is restraint. Secure the child
the inflating airbag. A child in a
in it. properly following the instructions
forward-facing child restraint can
In some areas of the United States that came with that child restraint.
be seriously injured or killed if the
and Canada, Certified Child front passenger airbag inflates
Passenger Safety Technicians Where to Put the and the passenger seat is in a
(CPSTs) are available to inspect forward position.
and demonstrate how to correctly Restraint
use and install child restraints. In Even if the passenger sensing
According to accident statistics,
the U.S., refer to the National children and infants are safer when system has turned off the front
Highway Traffic Safety properly restrained in a child passenger frontal airbag, no
Administration (NHTSA) website to restraint system or infant restraint system is fail-safe. No one can
locate the nearest child safety seat system secured in a rear seating guarantee that an airbag will not
inspection station. For CPST position. deploy under some unusual
availability in Canada, check with circumstance, even though it is
Transport Canada or the Provincial Whenever possible, children aged turned off.
Ministry of Transportation office. 12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position. Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to is off. If you secure a
the rear-facing child is so great if the forward-facing child restraint in
airbag deploys. (Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 75

When securing a child restraint in a

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
the front seat, always move the A child could be seriously injured restraint to make sure it is
front passenger seat as far back or killed in a sudden stop or compatible with this vehicle.
as it will go. It is better to secure crash.
the child restraint in a rear seat. Child restraints and booster seats
A rear-facing or forward-facing vary considerably in size, and some
See Passenger Sensing System child restraint can be installed in may fit in certain seating positions
0 62 for additional information.
ii the right rear seating position better than others.
using the seat cushion extension
Depending on where you place the
If the vehicle does not have a rear in an extended cab model. Never
child restraint and the size of the
seat that will accommodate a install a child restraint in the right child restraint, you may not be able
rear-facing child restraint, a rear seating position without the to access adjacent safety belt
rear-facing child restraint should not seat cushion extension. See assemblies or LATCH anchors for
be secured in the vehicle, even if Lower Anchors and Tethers for additional passengers or child
the airbag is off. Children (LATCH System) 0 76 ii
restraints. Adjacent seating
and Securing Child Restraints positions should not be used if the
{ Warning (Rear Seat) 0 89 or Securing
ii

Child Restraints (Front Passenger

child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the
Never secure a rear-facing or Seat) 0 95 .
ii safety belt.
forward-facing child restraint in Wherever a child restraint is
the left rear seating position in an Never secure a rear-facing or installed, be sure to secure the child
extended cab model. This seating forward-facing child restraint in the restraint properly.
position is not suitable for child left rear seating position in an
restraint installation. The seat Keep in mind that an unsecured
extended cab model. child restraint can move around in a
cushion is too short to properly
collision or sudden stop and injure
support a rear-facing or
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
forward-facing child restraint.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

76 Seats and Restraints

properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicle’s The following explains how to attach
the vehicle — even when no child is safety belts to secure the child in a child restraint with these
in it. the booster seat. If the manufacturer attachments in the vehicle.
recommends that the booster seat Not all vehicle seating positions or
Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system, child restraints have lower anchors
this can be done as long as the
Tethers for Children booster seat can be positioned
and attachments or top tether
(LATCH System) anchors and attachments. In this
properly and there is no interference case, the safety belt must be used
The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the (with top tether where available) to
restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child. secure the child restraint. See
LATCH attachments on the child Make sure to follow the instructions Securing Child Restraints (Rear
restraint are used to attach the child that came with the child restraint, Seat) 0 89 or Securing Child
ii

restraint to the anchors in the and also the instructions in this Restraints (Front Passenger Seat)
vehicle. The LATCH system is manual. 0 95 .
ii

designed to make installation of a

child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with Lower Anchors
a top tether, you must also use
In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the
your vehicle, you need a child safety belts to properly secure the
restraint that has LATCH child restraint. A child restraint must
attachments. LATCH-compatible never be installed using only the top
rear-facing and forward-facing child tether.
restraints can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight
use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is
LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH
child seat. anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 77

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars reduce the forward movement and Lower Anchor and Top Tether
built into the vehicle. There are two rotation of the child restraint during Anchor Locations
lower anchors for each LATCH driving or in a crash.
seating position that will The child restraint may have a
accommodate a child restraint with single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
lower attachments (2). Either will have a single attachment
Top Tether Anchor hook (2) to secure the top tether to
the anchor.
Some child restraints with top
tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have Crew Cab
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
I : Seating positions with
top tether anchors.
the instructions for your child
restraint. H : Seating positions with
two lower anchors.
A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure For crew cab models, there are
the top of the child restraint to the exposed metal lower anchors for
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built each rear outboard seating position,
into the vehicle. The top tether where the seatback meets the back
attachment hook (2) on the child of the seat cushion.
restraint connects to the top tether A child restraint in the rear center
anchor in the vehicle in order to seating position must be installed
with safety belts as it is not
equipped with lower LATCH
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

78 Seats and Restraints

anchors. See Securing Child Even though LATCH anchors are

Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 89 or ii required for this position, a child
Securing Child Restraints (Front restraint (forward-facing or
Passenger Seat) 0 95 . ii rear-facing) should not be installed
in the left rear seat.

I : Seating positions with

top tether anchors.
For extended cab without rear seat
and crew cab models, there are top
tether anchor symbols to assist you
in locating the top tether anchors.

Extended Cab (Rear Seats Shown)

I : Seating positions with Extended Cab without Rear Seats
top tether anchors. (Front Seats Shown)
H : Seating positions with For extended cab models without
two lower anchors. rear seats, there is a top tether
anchor provided for the front
For extended cab models with rear passenger seat.
seats, there are exposed metal
lower anchors for each rear seating
Crew Cab
position, attached to the back wall,
near the seat cushion. The top tether anchors in a crew
cab model are on the back wall
behind each rear seating position.
Fold down the rear seatback to
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 79

access the anchor. See instructions Do not attach a top tether to the that the top tether be attached, or if
for crew cab under Rear Seats loop near the top of the seatback of the instructions that come with the
(Crew Cab) 0 48 . Be sure to use an
ii the seating position in which the child restraint say that the top tether
anchor directly behind the seating child restraint is installed. must be attached.
position where the child restraint will According to accident statistics,
be placed. children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 74 for additional
ii

information.
Securing a Child Restraint with
the LATCH System

Extended Cab without Rear Seats { Warning

The top tether anchor in an If a LATCH-type child restraint is
Extended Cab with Rear Seats extended cab without rear seats is a not attached to anchors, the child
The top tether anchors in an metal wire on the lower inboard side restraint will not be able to protect
extended cab model are loops near of the cab wall directly behind the the child correctly. In a crash, the
the top of each rear seatback. See front passenger seat. child could be seriously injured or
the instructions under “Securing a Do not place heavy objects on the killed. Install a LATCH-type child
Child Restraint with the LATCH top tether anchor or use it as a tie restraint properly using the
System” later in this section on how down for cargo as this may cause anchors, or use the vehicle's
to attach a top tether. damage to the anchor. safety belts to secure the
Do not secure a child restraint in a restraint, following the instructions
position without a top tether anchor (Continued)
if a national or local law requires
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

80 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Caution

that came with the child restraint cannot be loosened if it is locked. Do not let the LATCH
and the instructions in this The shoulder belt locks when it is attachments rub against the
manual. pulled all the way out of the vehicle’s safety belts. This may
retractor. It unlocks when the damage these parts. If necessary,
shoulder belt is allowed to go all move buckled safety belts to
{ Warning the way back into the retractor, avoid rubbing the LATCH
but it cannot do this if it is attachments.
To reduce the risk of serious or wrapped around a child’s neck.
fatal injuries during a crash, do Do not fold the rear seatback
If the shoulder belt is locked and when the seat is occupied. Do not
not attach more than one child tightened around a child’s neck,
restraint to a single anchor. fold the empty rear seat with a
the only way to loosen the belt is safety belt buckled. This could
Attaching more than one child to cut it.
restraint to a single anchor could damage the safety belt or the
cause the anchor or attachment Buckle any unused safety belts seat. Unbuckle and return the
to come loose or even break behind the child restraint so safety belt to its stowed position,
during a crash. A child or others children cannot reach them. Pull before folding the seat.
could be injured. the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock, If you need to secure more than one
and tighten the belt behind the child restraint in the rear seat, see
{ Warning child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.
Where to Put the Restraint 0 74 .
ii

Children can be seriously injured Crew Cab

or strangled if a shoulder belt is 1. When installing a rear-facing
wrapped around their neck. The child restraint, it may be
shoulder belt can tighten but necessary to move the front
(Continued) seat forward to properly install
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 81

per the child restraint 3.3. Route the top tether

manufacturer instructions. See according to your child
Seat Adjustment 0 45 or Power
ii restraint instructions and
Seat Adjustment 0 45 . ii the following instructions:
2. For rear outboard seating
positions, if the head restraint
interferes with the proper
installation of the child
restraint, the head restraint
may be removed. See “Head
Restraint/Headrest Removal
and Reinstallation” at the end
of this section. If the position you are
3. If the child restraint using has a fixed head
If the position you are restraint and you are
manufacturer's instructions using does not have a
recommend that the top tether using a single tether, route
head restraint and you are the tether around the
be attached, attach the top using a single tether, route
tether to the top tether inboard or outboard side
the tether over the of the head restraint.
anchor (1). Refer to the child seatback.
restraint instructions and the
following steps:
3.1. Release and pull the rear
seatback forward to
access the top tether
anchors (1). See Rear
Seats (Crew Cab) 0 48 . ii

3.2. Put the child restraint on

the seat.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

82 Seats and Restraints

If the position you are 4. Attach and tighten the lower

using does not have a attachments to the lower
head restraint and you are anchors. If the child restraint
using a dual tether, route does not have lower
the tether over the attachments or the desired
seatback. seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the safety belts
and the top tether. Refer to
your child restraint
manufacturer instructions and
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) 0 89 or Securing
ii

3.4. Adjust the top tether to its Child Restraints (Front

full length and attach the Passenger Seat) 0 95 . ii

top tether hook to the

anchor. Make sure that 5. Tighten the top tether.
If the position you are you secure the top tether
using has a fixed head 6. Before placing a child in the
to the top tether anchor child restraint, make sure it is
restraint and you are and not to the seatback
using a dual tether, route securely held in place. To
latch. check, grasp the child restraint
the tether around the
sides of the head restraint. 3.5. Push rearward on the at the LATCH path and attempt
seatback until it locks into to move it side to side and
its upright position. Push back and forth. There should
and pull on the seatback be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
to make sure it is secured movement for proper
properly. installation.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 83

Extended Cab with Rear Seats

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
{ Warning properly installed according to the a passenger to sit properly in the
child restraint manufacturer’s front outboard passenger seat.
Never secure a rear-facing or
instructions. The passenger could be seriously
forward-facing child restraint in
A rear-facing or forward-facing injured or killed in a sudden stop
the left rear seating position in an
child restraint can be installed in or crash.
extended cab model. This seating
position is not suitable for child the right rear seating position
restraint installation. The seat using the seat cushion extension
cushion is too short to properly in an extended cab model. Never { Warning
support a rear-facing or install a rear-facing or Do not attach a top tether to the
forward-facing child restraint. forward-facing child restraint in loop near the top of the seatback
A child could be seriously injured the right rear seating position and directly behind the seating
or killed in a sudden stop or without the seat cushion position in which the child
crash. extension. restraint is installed in an
A booster seat can be used in the extended cab with rear seats. The
left or right rear seating position if top tether will not be able to be
the base of the booster seat fits { Warning properly tightened. See
on the seat cushion and does not Do not let anyone ride in the front instructions below for how to
extend past the front edge. If it passenger seat when a properly attach a top tether.
does, it should be installed in the rear-facing child restraint is
right rear seating position using installed in the right rear seating Extended Cab Rear Seat Cushion
the seat cushion extension. Only position. To properly fit the Extension
install a booster seat in either rear rear-facing child restraint, the The vehicle is equipped with a
seating position if it can be front seatback will need to be headrest that is used as a seat
(Continued) tilted forward which will not allow cushion extension for installation of
(Continued) child restraints in the right rear seat.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

84 Seats and Restraints

seat cushion extension for

{ Warning booster seats that extend past
the front edge of the seat
The right rear seat cushion cushion.
extension is designed to support
the weight of a child in a child
restraint or booster seat. It is
neither designed nor intended to
support the weight of an adult.
Use the seat cushion extension
only when a child restraint or
booster seat is installed in the
right rear seating position. 3. Insert the headrest posts into
the holes on the front of the
When installing a rear-facing child passenger side seat cushion to
restraint in the right rear seating install the seat cushion
position, move the front seat all the extension. The notch on the
way forward and tilt the seatback 2. Press the button for the posts should face the
forward to properly install the child passenger side headrest at the passenger side of the vehicle.
restraint. See Power Seat top of the seatback and pull up. Try to move the headrest to
Adjustment 0 45 , Seat Adjustment
ii
make sure it is locked in place.
0 45 and Reclining Seatbacks 0 46 .
ii ii
4. If the child restraint
When a rear-facing child restraint is manufacturer recommends that
installed properly, the front the top tether be attached,
passenger seat cannot be used. adjust the top tether to its full
1. Always install the seat cushion length and attach the top tether
extension in the right rear hook to the anchor. Refer to
seating position when installing the child restraint instructions
a forward-facing or rear-facing and the following:
child restraint. Also use the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 85

and the top tether (if Extended Cab without Rear

appropriate). See Securing Seats
Child Restraints (Rear Seat)
0 89 or Securing Child
ii

Restraints (Front Passenger

{ Warning
Seat) 0 95 .
ii

A child in a rear-facing child

6. Tighten the top tether. The restraint can be seriously injured
child restraint instructions will or killed if the right front
show you how. passenger airbag inflates. This is
7. Before placing a child in the because the back of the
child restraint, make sure it is rear-facing child restraint would
securely held in place. To be very close to the inflating
Route the top tether (1) through check, grasp the child restraint airbag. A child in a forward-facing
the loop (2) at the top of the at the LATCH path and attempt child restraint can be seriously
seatback directly behind the to move it side to side and injured or killed if the right front
child restraint and attach the back and forth. There should passenger airbag inflates and the
top tether hook to the top tether be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of passenger seat is in a forward
loop at the top of the seatback movement for proper position.
for the opposite rear seating installation.
position (3). Even if the passenger sensing
8. Always reinstall the headrest system has turned off the right
5. Attach and tighten the lower before the seating position is front passenger frontal airbag, no
attachments to the lower used by another occupant. See system is fail-safe. No one can
anchors. If the child restraint “Head Restraint/Headrest guarantee that an airbag will not
does not have lower Removal and Reinstallation” at
attachments, secure the child deploy under some unusual
the end of this section. circumstance, even though it is
restraint with the safety belts
turned off.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

86 Seats and Restraints

1. Put the child restraint on the

Warning (Continued) right front passenger seat.
Since this vehicle does not have 2. If the child restraint
a rear seat that will accommodate manufacturer's instructions
a rear-facing child restraint, a recommend that the top tether
rear-facing child restraint should be attached, attach and tighten
not be installed in your vehicle, the top tether hook to the top
even if the airbag is off. tether anchor.
2.1. Route the top tether If you are using a dual
See Passenger Sensing System
according to your child tether, route the tether
0 62 for additional information.
restraint instructions and
ii

around the head restraint.

the following instructions:
The vehicle has a front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and a
passenger sensing system. The
passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
passenger frontal airbag when an
infant in a rear-facing infant seat or
a small child in a forward-facing
child restraint or booster seat is
detected. See “Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger Seat)” If you are using a single
later in this section and Passenger tether, raise the head
Sensing System 0 62 for important
ii
restraint and route the
safety information and additional tether under the head 2.2. Attach the top tether hook
information on installing a child restraint and in between to the metal wire on the
restraint in the front passenger the headrest or head lower inboard side of the
position. restraint posts. cab wall directly behind
the front passenger seat.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 87

2.3. Tighten the top tether. Crew Cab 4. Always reinstall the head
3. Before placing a child in the The rear outboard head restraints restraint before the seating
child restraint, make sure it is can be removed if they interfere with position is used by another
securely held in place. To the proper installation of the child occupant.
check, grasp the child restraint restraint. To reinstall the head restraint:
at the LATCH path and attempt To remove the head restraint:
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper
installation.
Head Restraint/Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation

{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly, 1. Insert the posts into the holes
there is a greater chance that in the top of the seatback. The
occupants will suffer a neck/ 1. Partially fold the seat forward.
notch on the post should face
spinal injury in a crash. Do not 2. Press the button on the side of the driver side of the vehicle.
drive until the head restraints for the head restraint post at the
all occupants are installed and top of the seatback and pull up 2. Push the head restraint down.
adjusted properly. on the head restraint. Pull up on the head restraint to
make sure it is locked in place.
3. Store the head restraint in the
storage compartment under the
left rear seat cushion. See
Underseat Storage 0 100 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

88 Seats and Restraints

Extended Cab instructions in “Securing a

To remove the headrest: Child Restraint with the LATCH
System” earlier in this section.
4. Always reinstall the headrest
before the seating position is
used by another occupant.
To reinstall the headrest:

2. If removing the headrest to

install a booster seat in the left
rear seating position, store the
1. Press the button on the side of headrest in the left rear seat
the headrest post on the top of storage area as shown. See
Underseat Storage 0 100 .
the seatback and pull up.
ii

Never install a forward-facing

or rearward-facing child
restraint in the left rear seating 1. If installed as a seat cushion
position.
extension, first press both
3. If removing the headrest to buttons on the front of the seat
install as a seat cushion cushion to remove the
extension for a forward-facing headrest.
or rearward-facing child
restraint in the right rear
seating position, see the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 89

Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints

Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
{ Warning rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with your
A crash can damage the LATCH child restraint to make sure it is
system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle.
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint, If your child restraint has the LATCH
resulting in serious injury or even system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
death in a crash. To help make
System) 0 76 for how to install your
sure the LATCH system is
ii

2. To reinstall the headrest, insert child restraint using LATCH. If you

the posts into the holes in the working properly after a crash, secure a child restraint using a
top of the seatback. The see your dealer to have the safety belt and it uses a top tether,
notches on the posts should system inspected and any see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
face the driver side of the necessary replacements made as Children (LATCH System) 0 76 forii

vehicle. soon as possible. top tether anchor locations.

3. Push the headrest down. Pull Do not secure a child restraint in a
up on the headrest to make If the vehicle has the LATCH system position without a top tether anchor
sure it is locked in place. and it was being used during a if a national or local law requires
crash, new LATCH system parts that the top tether be anchored, or if
may be needed. the instructions that come with the
New parts and repairs may be child restraint say that the top strap
necessary even if the LATCH must be anchored.
system was not being used at the In Canada, the law requires that
time of the crash. forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

90 Seats and Restraints

If your child restraint or vehicle seat

position does not have the LATCH Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint in A child could be seriously injured the right rear seating position
this position. Be sure to follow the or killed in a sudden stop or without the seat cushion
instructions that came with the child crash. extension.
restraint. Secure the child in the A booster seat can be used in the
child restraint when and as the left or right rear seating position if
instructions say. the base of the booster seat fits { Warning
If you need to install more than one on the seat cushion and does not Do not let anyone ride in the front
child restraint in the rear seat, be extend past the front edge. If it passenger seat when a
sure to read Where to Put the does, it should be installed in the rear-facing child restraint is
Restraint 0 74 . right rear seating position using installed in the right rear seating
ii

the seat cushion extension. Only position. To properly fit the

Extended Cab
install a booster seat in either rear rear-facing child restraint, the
seating position if it can be
{ Warning properly installed according to the
front seatback will need to be
tilted forward which will not allow
child restraint manufacturer’s a passenger to sit properly in the
Never secure a rear-facing or
instructions. front outboard passenger seat.
forward-facing child restraint in
the left rear seating position in an A rear-facing or forward-facing The passenger could be seriously
extended cab model. This seating child restraint can be installed in injured or killed in a sudden stop
position is not suitable for child the right rear seating position or crash.
restraint installation. The seat using the seat cushion extension
cushion is too short to properly in an extended cab model. Never
support a rear-facing or install a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint. forward-facing child restraint in
(Continued) (Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 91

A booster seat may be used in the 3. Insert the headrest posts into
left rear seating position if the base the holes on the front of the
of the booster seat fits on the seat passenger side seat cushion to
cushion and does not extend past install the seat cushion
the front edge of the seat cushion. extension. The notch on the
If the booster seat extends past the post should face the passenger
front of the seat cushion, it should side of the vehicle. Try to move
be used in the right rear seating the headrest to make sure it is
position with the seat cushion locked in place.
extension. 4. Put the child restraint on
When using the lap-shoulder belt to the seat.
secure the child restraint in this When installing a rear-facing
position, follow the instructions that 2. Press the button on the
child restraint, move the front
came with the child restraint and the passenger side headrest and
seat all the way forward and tilt
following instructions: pull up.
the seatback forward to
1. Always install the seat cushion properly install the child
extension in the right rear seat restraint per the child restraint
position when installing a manufacturer instructions. See
forward-facing or rear-facing Seat Adjustment 0 45 and
ii

child restraint. Also use the Reclining Seatbacks 0 46 . ii

seat cushion extension for When a rear-facing child

booster seats that extend past restraint is installed properly,
the front edge of the seat the front passenger seat
cushion. cannot be used.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

92 Seats and Restraints

5. If the child restraint Tilt the latch plate to adjust the

manufacturer recommends belt if needed.
using a top tether, adjust the
top tether to its full length and
attach it to the top tether
anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)
0 76 .ii

6. Pick up the latch plate, and run

the lap and shoulder portions 8. Pull the shoulder belt all the
of the vehicle's safety belt way out of the retractor to set
through or around the restraint. the lock. When the retractor
The child restraint instructions 7. Push the latch plate into the lock is set, the belt can be
will show you how. buckle until it clicks. tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 93

10. Tighten the top tether. See Crew Cab

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
Children (LATCH System)
secure the child restraint in this
0 76 .
position, follow the instructions that
ii

11. Before placing a child in the came with the child restraint and the
child restraint, make sure it is following instructions:
securely held in place. To
1. If the head restraint interferes
check, grasp the child restraint
with the proper installation of
at the safety belt path and
the child restraint, the head
attempt to move it side to side
restraint may be removed. See
and back and forth. When the
“Head Restraint/Headrest
child restraint is properly
Removal and Reinstallation”
9. To tighten the belt, push down installed, there should be no
under Lower Anchors and
on the child restraint, pull the more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
Tethers for Children (LATCH
shoulder portion of the belt to movement.
System) 0 76 . ii

tighten the lap portion of the To remove the child restraint,

belt, and feed the shoulder belt 2. If the child restraint
unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt
back into the retractor. When manufacturer recommends
and let it return to the stowed
installing a forward-facing child using a top tether, adjust the
position. If the top tether is attached
restraint, it may be helpful to top tether to its full length and
to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
use your knee to push down on attach it to the top tether
Reinstall the headrest in the
the child restraint as you anchor. Refer to the
seatback before the seating position
tighten the belt. instructions that came with the
is used. See “Head Restraint/
child restraint and see Lower
Try to pull the belt out of the Headrest Removal and
Anchors and Tethers for
retractor to make sure the Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
Children (LATCH System)
retractor is locked. If the and Tethers for Children (LATCH
0 76 .
System) 0 76 for additional
ii

retractor is not locked, repeat ii

Steps 6 and 7. information on installing the 3. Put the child restraint on

headrest properly. the seat.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

94 Seats and Restraints

4. Pick up the latch plate, and run

the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

6. Pull the shoulder belt all the 7. To tighten the belt, push down
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the
tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt
the retractor. back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
5. Push the latch plate into the restraint, it may be helpful to
buckle until it clicks. use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
Position the release button on
tighten the belt.
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled Try to pull the belt out of the
if necessary. retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 6 and 7.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 95

8. Tighten the top tether. See Securing Child Restraints Warning (Continued)
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System)
(Front Passenger Seat)
0 76 .ii This vehicle has airbags. A rear This is because the back of the
seat is a safer place to secure a rear-facing child restraint would
9. Before placing a child in the be very close to the inflating
child restraint, make sure it is forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 74 . airbag. A child in a forward-facing
securely held in place. To ii

child restraint can be seriously

check, grasp the child restraint In addition, the vehicle has a injured or killed if the front
at the safety belt path and passenger sensing system which is outboard passenger frontal airbag
attempt to move it side to side designed to turn off the front
inflates and the passenger seat is
and back and forth. When the outboard passenger's frontal airbag
child restraint is properly in a forward position.
under certain conditions. See
installed, there should be no Passenger Sensing System 0 62 ii Even if the passenger sensing
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of and Passenger Airbag Status system has turned off the front
movement. Indicator 0 114 for more information,
ii
outboard passenger frontal
To remove the child restraint, including important safety airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt information. one can guarantee that an airbag
and let it return to the stowed Never put a rear-facing child seat in will not deploy under some
position. If the top tether is attached the front. This is because the risk to unusual circumstance, even
to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. the rear-facing child is so great, though it is turned off.
If the head restraint was removed, if the airbag deploys. Secure rear-facing child restraints
reinstall it before the seating
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
position is used. See “Head
Restraint/Headrest Removal and
{ Warning is off. If you secure a
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors forward-facing child restraint in
A child in a rear-facing child
and Tethers for Children (LATCH the front seat, always move the
restraint can be seriously injured
System) 0 76 for additional
ii
or killed if the front outboard (Continued)
information on installing the head passenger frontal airbag inflates.
restraint properly.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

96 Seats and Restraints

In Canada, the law requires that 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
Warning (Continued) forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions
a top tether, and that the tether be of the vehicle's safety belt
front passenger seat as far back attached. through or around the restraint.
as it will go. It is better to secure The child restraint instructions
the child restraint in a rear seat. When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this will show you how.
See Passenger Sensing System position, follow the instructions that
0 62 for additional information.
ii
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
If the vehicle does not have a rear 1. Move the seat as far back as it
seat that will accommodate a will go before securing the
rear-facing child restraint, a forward-facing child restraint.
rear-facing child restraint should not
When the passenger sensing
be installed in your vehicle, even if
the airbag is off. system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
If a child restraint uses a top tether, airbag, the off indicator on the
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for passenger airbag status
Children (LATCH System) 0 76 for ii
indicator should light and stay
top tether anchor locations. lit when you start the vehicle. Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
Do not secure a child seat in a See Passenger Airbag Status belt if needed.
position without a top tether anchor Indicator 0 114 .
ii

if a national or local law requires 2. Put the child restraint on

that the top tether be anchored, or if the seat.
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 97

4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 7. To tighten the belt, push down
buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the
Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to
the buckle so that the safety lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the
belt could be quickly unbuckled tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt
if necessary. the retractor. back into the retractor. When
6. If the vehicle does not have a installing a forward-facing child
rear seat and the child restraint restraint, it may be helpful to
manufacturer recommends use your knee to push down on
using a top tether anchor, the child restraint as you
attach the top tether to the top tighten the belt.
tether anchor. Refer to the Try to pull the belt out of the
instructions that came with the retractor to make sure the
child restraint and to Lower retractor is locked. If the
Anchors and Tethers for retractor is not locked, repeat
Children (LATCH System) Steps 5 and 7.
0 76 .ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

98 Seats and Restraints

8. Tighten the top tether. See If the airbag is off, the off indicator
Lower Anchors and Tethers for on the passenger airbag status
Children (LATCH System) indicator will come on and stay on
0 76 .ii when the vehicle is started. If a child
9. Before placing a child in the restraint has been installed and on
child restraint, make sure it is indicator is lit, see “If the On
securely held in place. To Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint”
check, grasp the child restraint under Passenger Sensing System
at the safety belt path and 0 62 .
ii

attempt to move it side to side To remove the child restraint,

and back and forth. When the unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
child restraint is properly let it return to the stowed position.
installed, there should be no If the top tether is attached to a top
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of tether anchor, disconnect it.
movement.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Storage 99

Storage Storage Cupholders

Compartments Crew Cab
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 99 { Warning
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Do not store heavy or sharp
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 100 objects in storage compartments.
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 100 In a crash, these objects may
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 100 cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.

Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
If equipped, pull the armrest to
lower. There are two cupholders in
the armrest.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

100 Storage

Sunglasses Storage Underseat Storage Center Console Storage

Extended Cab Shown, Crew Model

If equipped, press and release to Similar There is storage under the armrest
access. in the center console. Press the
If equipped, there is storage under button and lift. Depending on the
the rear seat. Pull the release strap options, there may be a USB port or
or lever and then raise the seat auxiliary jack inside.
cushion. Pull the strap or lever
again to lower the cushion. See USB Port 0 161 and Auxiliary
ii

Jack 0 164 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 101

Instruments and Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Door Ajar Light (Uplevel
Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Controls Charging System Light . . . . . . . 115
Malfunction Indicator Lamp Information Displays
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 115 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Brake System Warning (Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Controls Driver Information Center (DIC)
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 102 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Antilock Brake System (ABS) (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 103
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Vehicle Messages
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 103 Up-Shift Light (Manual Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Battery Voltage and Charging
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 118 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . 118 Brake System Messages . . . . . 130
Lane Departure Warning Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 130
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 130
Indicators Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 119 Engine Cooling System
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 119 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 131
Instrument Cluster (Base Traction Control System (TCS)/ Engine Power Messages . . . . . 132
Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 132
Instrument Cluster Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 132
(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 121 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Low Fuel Warning Light (Base Object Detection System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Low Fuel Warning Light Ride Control System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Airbag System Messages . . . . 134
Engine Coolant Temperature High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 122 Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 134
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 122 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 113 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 122
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 114 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 122
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

102 Instruments and Controls

Steering System Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Wheel
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Transmission Messages . . . . . . 135 Steering Wheel
Vehicle Reminder Adjustment
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 136
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 137

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
To adjust the steering wheel:
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
1. Pull the lever down. closer or away from you.
2. Move the steering wheel up 4. Pull the lever up to lock the
or down. steering wheel in place.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the Do not adjust the steering wheel
steering wheel in place. while driving.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 103

Steering Wheel Controls activated. See Washer Fluid 0 276 ii

for information on filling the

If equipped, the infotainment system windshield washer fluid reservoir.
can be operated by using the
steering wheel controls. See
"Steering Wheel Controls" in the { Warning
infotainment manual. In freezing weather, do not use
INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Move the washer until the windshield is
Horn the lever up to INT for intermittent warmed. Otherwise the washer
To sound the horn, press a on the wipes, then turn the x INT band fluid can form ice on the
steering wheel. up for more frequent wipes or down windshield, blocking your vision.
for less frequent wipes.
Windshield Wiper/Washer OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades and windshield before using
1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, briefly them. If frozen to the windshield,
move the wiper lever down. For carefully loosen or thaw them.
several wipes, hold the wiper Damaged blades should be
lever down. replaced. See Wiper Blade
n L(Windshield Washer) : Pull the Replacement 0 283 .ii

windshield wiper lever toward you to Heavy snow or ice can overload the
spray windshield washer fluid and wiper motor.
The windshield wiper/washer lever activate the wipers. The wipers will
is on the right side of the steering continue until the lever is released Wiper Parking
column. With the ignition in ACC/ or the maximum wash time is
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move If the ignition is turned to LOCK/
reached. When the windshield wiper OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI,
the windshield wiper lever to select lever is released, additional wipes
the wiper speed. or INT, they will immediately stop.
may occur depending on how long
HI : Use for fast wipes. the windshield washer had been
LO : Use for slow wipes.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

104 Instruments and Controls

If the windshield wiper lever is then will automatically determine when a If auto timing is set, the time
moved to off before the driver door GPS signal is restored and provide displayed on the clock may not
is opened or within 10 minutes, the a heading again. See Compass update immediately when driving
wipers will restart and move to the Messages 0 130 for the messages
ii into a new time zone.
base of the windshield. that may be displayed for the To set the clock display:
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ compass.
1. Select SETTINGS from the
OFF while the wipers are performing Home Page, then select Time
wipes due to windshield washing, Clock
and Date.
the wipers continue to run until they Setting the Time and Date with
reach the base of the windshield. 2. Select Clock Display.
Faceplate Controls
3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
Compass To set the time or date: or On.
The vehicle may have a compass 1. Select SETTINGS from the 4. Press the MENU knob to
display on the Driver Information Home Page, then select Time select.
Center (DIC). The compass receives and Date.
its heading and other information Press o BACK to go to the last
2. Select the desired function.
from the Global Positioning menu and save the changes.
System (GPS) antenna, 3. Turn the MENU knob to
increase or decrease the value. Setting the Time and Date with
StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
information.
Touchscreen Controls
4. Press the MENU knob to go to
The compass system is designed to the next value. After the last To set the time:
operate for a certain number of value is selected, the system 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
miles or degrees of turn before will update and return to the Page, then touch Time
needing a signal from the GPS Settings menu. Press o BACK and Date.
satellites. When the compass to go to the last menu and
display shows CAL, drive the save the changes.
vehicle for a short distance in an Auto Set requires an active
open area where it can receive a connection to OnStar.
GPS signal. The compass system
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 105

2. Touch Set Time, then touch « To set the clock display:

or ª to increase or decrease 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home
{ Warning
hours, minutes, and AM or PM. Page, then touch Time Power is always supplied to the
Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or and Date. outlets. Do not leave electrical
24 hour clock. 2. Touch Clock Display, then equipment plugged in when the
touch Off or On to turn the vehicle is not in use because the
3. Touch S to go back to the
clock display off or on. vehicle could catch fire and cause
previous menu.
injury or death.
Auto Set requires an active 3. Touch S to go back to the
connection to OnStar. previous menu.
If auto timing is set, the time Caution
displayed on the clock may not
Power Outlets
update immediately when driving Accessory power outlets can be Leaving electrical equipment
into a new time zone. used to plug in electrical equipment, plugged in for an extended period
such as a cell phone, MP3 of time while the vehicle is off will
To set the date: drain the battery. Always unplug
player, etc.
1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home electrical equipment when not in
Page, then touch Time The vehicle may have accessory
use and do not plug in equipment
and Date. power outlets:
that exceeds the maximum
. On the center stack below the 15 amp rating.
2. Touch Set Date, then touch « climate control system,
or ª to increase or decrease if equipped.
month, day, or year. Certain power accessory plugs may
. On the center floor console, not be compatible with the
3. Touch S to go back to the if equipped. accessory power outlet and could
previous menu. . On the rear of the center storage overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
console. If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

106 Instruments and Controls

When adding electrical equipment, Warning Lights,

be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with Gauges, and
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 257 .ii
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
Caution signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
Hanging heavy equipment from to cause an expensive repair or
the power outlet can cause replacement. Paying attention to the
damage not covered by the warning lights and gauges could
vehicle warranty. The power prevent injury.
outlets are designed for Some warning lights come on briefly
accessory power plugs only, such when the engine is started to
as cell phone charge cords. indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 107

Instrument Cluster (Base Level)

English Shown, Metric Similar

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

108 Instruments and Controls

If the vehicle has a diesel engine,

see the Duramax diesel supplement
for more information.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 109

Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)

English Shown, Metric Similar

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

110 Instruments and Controls

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, . Info app. This is where you can Phone
see the Duramax diesel supplement view the selected Driver
for more information. Information Center (DIC) Press V to select the Phone app,
displays. See Driver Information then press p to enter the Phone
Cluster Menu Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123 ii menu. In the Phone menu, if there is
There is an interactive display area or Driver Information Center no active phone call, view recent
in the center of the instrument (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 126 .
ii calls, scroll through contacts,
cluster. . Audio or select from the favorites. If there
is an active call, mute or unmute the
. Phone phone or switch to handset or
. Navigation handsfree operation.
. Settings Navigation
Audio Press V to select the Navigation
In the main view of the Audio app, app, then press p to enter the
press w or x to scroll through Navigation menu. If there is no
radio stations or move to the next/ active route, you can resume the
previous track of a CD/USB/ last route and turn the voice
Bluetooth device that is connected prompts on/off. If there is an active
to the vehicle. Press V to select the route, press V to cancel route
guidance or turn the voice prompts
Use the right steering wheel control Audio app, then press p to enter on/off.
to open and scroll through the the Audio menu. In the Audio menu
different items and displays. browse for music, select from the Settings
favorites, or change the audio
Press o to access the cluster Press V to select the Settings app.
source.
applications. Use w or x to scroll Use w or x to scroll through the
through the list of available items in the Settings menu.
applications. Not all applications will
be available on all vehicles.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 111

Units : Press p while Units is Speedometer Fuel Gauge

displayed to enter the Units menu. The speedometer shows the
Choose U.S. or metric units by vehicle's speed in either kilometers
pressing V while the desired item is per hour (km/h) or miles per
highlighted. hour (mph).
Info Pages : Press p while Info
Pages is displayed to enter the Info
Odometer
Pages menu and select the items to The odometer shows how far the
be displayed in the Info app. See vehicle has been driven, in either
Driver Information Center (DIC) kilometers or miles.
(Base Level) 0 123 or Driver
ii

Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Trip Odometer

0 126 .
ii

The trip odometer shows how far Metric

Speed Warning : The Speed the vehicle has been driven since
Warning display allows the driver to the trip odometer was last reset.
set a speed that they do not want to
exceed. To set the Speed Warning, The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
press p when Speed Warning is
Center (DIC). See Driver
displayed. Press w or x to adjust Information Center (DIC) (Base
the value. Press V to set the speed. Level) 0 123 or Driver Information
ii

Once the speed is set, this feature Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 126 .
ii

can be turned off by pressing V

while viewing this page. If the Tachometer
selected speed limit is exceeded, a The tachometer displays the engine
pop-up warning is displayed with a speed in revolutions per
chime. minute (rpm).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

112 Instruments and Controls

Here are four things that some Engine Coolant

owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Temperature Gauge
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge indicated the tank was
half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the
English
tank's capacity to fill the tank.
When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge moves a little while
gauge indicates about how much
turning a corner or speeding up. Metric
fuel is left in the tank.
. The gauge takes a few seconds
An arrow on the fuel gauge
to stabilize after the ignition is
indicates the side of the vehicle the
turned on, and goes back to
fuel door is on.
empty when the ignition is
When the indicator nears empty, the turned off.
low fuel light comes on. There is a
small amount of fuel left, but the fuel
tank should be filled soon.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 113

Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt

Reminder Light
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light There is a passenger safety belt
reminder light near the passenger
There is a driver safety belt airbag status indicator. See
reminder light on the instrument Passenger Sensing System 0 62 . ii

cluster.

English
This gauge shows the engine When the vehicle is started, this
coolant temperature. When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come
If the pointer moves toward the light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten
warning area at the high end of the on to remind the driver to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays
gauge, the engine is too hot. their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled.
on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if
This reading indicates the same This cycle may continue several the passenger remains or becomes
thing as the warning light. It means times if the driver remains or unbuckled while the vehicle is
that the engine coolant has becomes unbuckled while the moving.
overheated. If the vehicle has been vehicle is moving.
operating under normal driving If the passenger safety belt is
conditions, pull off the road, stop the If the driver safety belt is buckled, buckled, neither the chime nor the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as neither the light nor the chime light comes on.
soon as possible. See Engine comes on.
The front passenger safety belt
Overheating 0 274 . ii
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

114 Instruments and Controls

grocery bag, laptop, or other

electronic device. To turn off the { Warning
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle If the airbag readiness light stays
the safety belt. on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
Airbag Readiness Light the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in United States
This light shows if there is an the vehicle might not inflate in a
electrical problem with the airbag crash, or they could even inflate
system. The system check includes without a crash. To help avoid
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger injury, have the vehicle serviced
sensing system, the pretensioners, right away.
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the If there is a problem with the airbag Canada and Mexico
airbag system, see Airbag System system, a Driver Information Center When the vehicle is started, the
0 57 .ii
(DIC) message may also come on. passenger airbag status indicator
See Airbag System Messages will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
0 134 .
ii
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
Passenger Airbag Status several more seconds, the status
Indicator indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or either the on or off symbol, to let
The vehicle has a passenger you know the status of the front
sensing system. See Passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag.
The airbag readiness light comes on
Sensing System 0 62 for important
for several seconds when the
ii

safety information. The overhead

vehicle is started. If the light does
console has a passenger airbag
not come on then, have it fixed
status indicator.
immediately.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 115

If the word ON or the on symbol is Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator

lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
Lamp (Check Engine
outboard passenger frontal airbag is Light)
allowed to inflate. This light is part of the vehicle’s
If the word OFF or the off symbol is emission control on-board
lit on the airbag status indicator, it diagnostic system. If this light is on
means that the passenger sensing while the engine is running, a
system has turned off the front The charging system light comes on malfunction has been detected and
outboard passenger frontal airbag. briefly when the ignition is turned the vehicle may require service. The
on, but the engine is not running, as light should come on to show that it
If, after several seconds, both status
a check to show the light is working. is working when the ignition is in
indicator lights remain on, or if there
It should go out when the engine is ON/RUN and the engine is not
are no lights at all, there may be a
started. running. See Ignition Positions
problem with the lights or the
0 212 .
passenger sensing system. See
ii

If the light stays on or comes on

your dealer for service. while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging
{ Warning system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
If the airbag readiness light ever could drain the battery.
comes on and stays on, it means
When this light comes on, the Driver
that something may be wrong
Information Center (DIC) also Malfunctions are often indicated by
with the airbag system. To help displays a message. See Battery
avoid injury to yourself or others, the system before any problem is
Voltage and Charging Messages noticeable. Being aware of the light
have the vehicle serviced right 0 129 .
ii
and seeking service promptly when
away. See Airbag Readiness
If a short distance must be driven it comes on may prevent damage.
Light 0 114 for more information,
ii

including important safety with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
information.
and air conditioner.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

116 Instruments and Controls

If the light is flashing : A driving trips with the cap

Caution malfunction has been detected that properly installed may turn the
could damage the emission control light off.
If the vehicle is driven continually system and increase vehicle
with this light on, the emission . Poor fuel quality can cause
emissions. Diagnosis and service inefficient engine operation and
control system may not work as may be required.
well, the fuel economy may be poor driveability, which may go
lower, and the vehicle may not To help prevent damage, reduce away once the engine is warmed
run smoothly. This could lead to vehicle speed and avoid hard up. If this occurs, change the
accelerations and uphill grades. fuel brand. It may require at
costly repairs that might not be
If towing a trailer, reduce the least one full tank of the proper
covered by the vehicle warranty.
amount of cargo being hauled as fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel
soon as possible. 0 245 .
ii

Caution If the light continues to flash, find a If the light remains on, see your
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle dealer.
Modifications to the engine, off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the Emissions Inspection and
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system, or the use of light is still flashing, follow the Maintenance Programs
replacement tires that do not previous guidelines and see your If the vehicle requires an Emissions
meet the original tire dealer for service as soon as Inspection/Maintenance test, the
specifications, can cause this light possible. test equipment will likely connect to
to come on. This could lead to If the light is on steady : A the vehicle's Data Link
costly repairs not covered by the malfunction has been detected. Connector (DLC).
vehicle warranty. This could also Diagnosis and service may be
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass required.
an Emissions Inspection/ Check the following:
Maintenance test. See
. A loose or missing fuel cap may
Accessories and Modifications
cause the light to come on. See
0 259 .
Filling the Tank 0 247 . A few
ii

ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 117

The DLC is under the instrument See your dealer if the vehicle will When the ignition is on, the brake
panel to the left of the steering not pass or cannot be made ready system warning light also comes on
wheel. Connecting devices that are for the test. when the parking brake is set. The
not used to perform an Emissions light stays on if the parking brake
Inspection/Maintenance test or to Brake System Warning does not fully release. If it stays on
service the vehicle may affect after the parking brake is fully
vehicle operation. See Add-On
Light released, it means the vehicle has a
Electrical Equipment 0 257 . See
ii The vehicle brake system consists brake problem.
your dealer if assistance is needed. of two hydraulic circuits. If one
If the light comes on while driving,
circuit is not working, the remaining
The vehicle may not pass pull off the road and stop carefully.
circuit can still work to stop the
inspection if: The pedal might be harder to push,
vehicle. For normal braking
. The light is on when the engine or the pedal can go closer to the
performance, both circuits need to
is running. floor. It may take longer to stop.
be working.
If the light is still on, have the
. The light does not come on If the warning light comes on, there vehicle towed for service. See
when the ignition is in ON/RUN is a brake problem. Have the brake Towing the Vehicle 0 329 . ii

while the engine is off. system inspected right away.

. Critical emission control systems { Warning
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the The brake system might not be
vehicle would not be ready for working properly if the brake
inspection and might require system warning light is on.
several days of routine driving Driving with the brake system
before the system is ready for Metric English warning light on can lead to a
inspection. This can happen if crash. If the light is still on after
the 12-volt battery has recently This light should come on briefly
the vehicle has been pulled off
been replaced or run down, or if when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it the road and carefully stopped,
the vehicle has been recently have the vehicle towed for
serviced. will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem. service.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

118 Instruments and Controls

Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake Tow/Haul Mode Light
system warning light are on, the
(ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 117 and Brake System Messages
ii

0 130 . ii
For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
This light comes on briefly when the Mode feature, this light comes on
engine is started. Up-Shift Light (Manual when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
If the light does not come on, have it
Transmission) activated.
fixed so it will be ready to warn if See Tow/Haul Mode 0 224 . ii

there is a problem.
Hill Descent Control Light
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on,
This light comes on when an
or comes on again while driving, the
up-shift is recommended for best
vehicle needs service. A chime may
fuel economy. The number
also sound when the light comes on
displayed with the arrow indicates If equipped, the Hill Descent Control
steady.
the recommended gear. light comes on when the system is
If the ABS light is the only light on, ready for use. When the light
the vehicle has regular brakes, but flashes, the system is active.
the antilock brakes are not
functioning. See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
0 237 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 119

Lane Departure Warning Vehicle Ahead Indicator dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
(LDW) Light turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
If equipped, this indicator will This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
If equipped, this light comes on display green when a vehicle is light come on when StabiliTrak is
briefly while starting the vehicle. If it detected ahead and amber when turned off.
does not come on, have the vehicle you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
serviced. limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
This light is green if LDW is on and See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 242 . See Traction Control/Electronic
ready to operate. ii

Stability Control 0 235 .

ii

This light changes to amber and Traction Off Light

flashes to indicate that the lane StabiliTrak® OFF Light
marking has been crossed without
using a turn signal in that direction.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 244 .
ii

This light comes on briefly while

starting the engine. If it does not, This light comes on briefly while
have the vehicle serviced by your starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

120 Instruments and Controls

This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the When the Light Is On Steady
StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak This indicates that one or more of
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled. A DIC the tires are significantly
Control System (TCS) is also off. message may display. Check the underinflated.
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning A Driver Information Center (DIC)
system does not assist in controlling tire pressure message may also
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and and whether the vehicle requires
service. display. See Tire Messages 0 135 . ii

the StabiliTrak systems, and the Stop as soon as possible, and

warning light turns off. If the light is on and flashing, the inflate the tires to the pressure value
See Traction Control/Electronic TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system shown on the Tire and Loading
Stability Control 0 235 .
ii
is actively working. Information label. See Tire Pressure
See Traction Control/Electronic 0 302 .
ii

Traction Control System Stability Control 0 235 . ii

When the Light Flashes First and

(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light Then Is On Steady
Tire Pressure Light
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 304 .ii

This light comes on briefly when the

engine is started. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
If the light does not come on, have comes on briefly when the engine is
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. started. It provides information
If the system is working normally, about tire pressures and the TPMS.
the indicator light turns off.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 121

Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it The low fuel warning light comes on
means that oil is not flowing through and a chime sounds when the
the engine properly. The vehicle vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
Caution could be low on oil and might have off when fuel is added to the
Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See fuel tank.
your dealer.
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil Low Fuel Warning Light
low can also damage the engine. Low Fuel Warning Light (Uplevel)
The repairs would not be covered (Base Level)
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule This light is near the fuel gauge and
for changing engine oil. comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.
It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
English Shown when fuel is added. If it does not,
This light comes on for a few have the vehicle serviced.
seconds when the ignition is turned
on as a check to indicate it is
This light should come on briefly as working. If it does not come on,
the engine is started. If it does not have it fixed.
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

122 Instruments and Controls

Security Light High-Beam On Light Lamps On Reminder

The security light should come on This light comes on when the This light comes on when the
briefly as the engine is started. If it high-beam headlamps are in use. exterior lamps are in use. See
does not come on, have the vehicle See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exterior Lamp Controls 0 143 .
ii

serviced by your dealer. If the Changer 0 144 .

system is working normally, the Cruise Control Light
ii

indicator light turns off.

Front Fog Lamp Light
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
0 35 .
ii

The cruise control light is white

The fog lamp light comes on when when the cruise control is on and
the fog lamps are in use. ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog The light goes out when the cruise
Lamps 0 146 for more information.
ii
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control 0 238 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 123

Door Ajar Light (Uplevel Information Displays 2. w x : Use the band to scroll
Cluster) through the items in
Driver Information Center each menu.
(DIC) (Base Level) 3. MENU: Press to display the
Trip/Fuel Menu, the Vehicle
The DIC displays information about Information Menu, and the
your vehicle. It also displays ECO Menu. This button is also
warning messages if a system used to return to or exit the last
problem is detected. See Vehicle screen displayed on the DIC.
Messages 0 129 . All messages
This light comes on when a door is
ii

appear in the DIC display in the If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
open or not securely latched. Before see the Duramax diesel supplement
center of the instrument cluster.
driving, check that all doors are for additional DIC pages.
properly closed. DIC Operation and Displays
Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items
The DIC has different displays
which can be accessed by using the Press MENU on the turn signal
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever. lever until the TRIP menu displays.
Use w x to scroll through the
DIC Buttons menu items. Not all items are
available on every vehicle. The
following is a list of all possible
menu items:
Digital Speed : Displays how fast
the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer
1. SET/CLR: Press to set,
cannot be reset.
or press and hold to clear, the
menu item displayed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

124 Instruments and Controls

Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel and the amount of fuel remaining in Navigation : Used for the OnStar
Economy : Displays the current the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be Turn-by-Turn guidance. See OnStar
distance traveled, in either reset. Overview 0 375 .ii

kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from Average Vehicle Speed : Displays Blank Display : Displays no
the last reset for the trip odometer. the average vehicle speed of the information.
The trip odometer can be reset to vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
zero by pressing and holding the or miles per hour (mph). This Vehicle Information Menu
SET/CLR button while the trip average is based on the various (VEHICLE) Items
odometer display is showing. vehicle speeds recorded since the Press MENU on the turn signal
Also displays the approximate last reset. Reset the average speed lever until the VEHICLE menu is
average liters per 100 kilometers by pressing SET/CLR when it is displayed. Use w x to scroll
(L/100 km) or miles per gallon displayed.
through the menu items. Not all
(mpg). This number is based on the Timer : To start the timer, press items are available on every vehicle.
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded SET/CLR while Timer is displayed. The following is a list of all possible
since the last time this menu item The display will show the amount of menu items:
was reset. This number reflects only time that has passed since the timer
the approximate average fuel Remaining Oil Life : Displays an
was last reset, not including time the
economy that the vehicle has right estimate of the oil's remaining useful
ignition is off. Time will continue to
now, and will change as driving life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
be counted as long as the ignition is
conditions change. Reset the displayed, that means 99% of the
on, even if another display is being
average consumption by pressing current oil life remains.
shown on the DIC. The timer will
SET/CLR when it is displayed. record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, When the remaining oil life is low,
Fuel Range : Displays the and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
approximate distance the vehicle which the display will return to zero. message will appear on the display.
can be driven without refueling. The To stop the timer, press SET/CLR See Engine Oil Messages 0 131 . ii

fuel range estimate is based on an briefly while Timer is displayed. To The oil should be changed as soon
average of the vehicle's fuel reset the timer to zero, press and as possible. See Engine Oil 0 265 . ii

economy over recent driving history hold SET/CLR. In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 125

recommended in the Maintenance the DIC will display a message. See ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)
Schedule in this manual. See Battery Voltage and Charging Items
Maintenance Schedule 0 344 . ii Messages 0 129 . ii

This menu is only available on some

The Oil Life display must be reset Engine Hours : Shows the total vehicles. Press MENU on the turn
after each oil change. Do not reset number of hours the engine has run. signal lever until the ECO menu is
the Oil Life display accidentally at Transmission Fluid displayed. Use w x to scroll
any time other than when the oil has Temperature : Shows the through the menu items. Not all
just been changed. It cannot be temperature of the automatic items are available on every vehicle.
reset accurately until the next oil transmission fluid in either degrees The following is a list of all possible
change. To reset the engine oil life Celsius (°C) or degrees menu items:
system, see Engine Oil Life System Fahrenheit (°F).
0 267 .
ii
Best Average Fuel Economy : The
Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : bottom displays the best average
Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer fuel economy (AFE) that is achieved
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) gain setting. This setting can be for a selected distance. The top
or in pounds per square inch (psi). adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either displays a running average of fuel
Tire Pressure : Displays a vehicle a trailer connected or disconnected. economy for the most recently
with the approximate pressures of OUTPUT shows the power output to traveled selected distance. The
all four tires. Tire pressure is the trailer anytime a trailer with center bar graph displays the
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) electric brakes is connected. Output instantaneous fuel economy.
or in pounds per square inch (psi). is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes Quickly press the SET/CLR button
See Tire Pressure Monitor System may appear in the OUTPUT display to change the settings for the
0 303 and Tire Pressure Monitor
ii

if a trailer is not connected. distance options.

Operation 0 304 .
When viewing best AFE, a several
ii

Battery Voltage : Displays the Units : Move w x to change second press and hold of SET/CLR
current battery voltage, if equipped. between Metric or US when the Unit will reset the best value. The best
Battery voltage changes are normal display is active. Press SET/CLR to value will show “- - -“ until the
while driving. See Charging System confirm the setting. This will change selected distance has been
Light 0 115 . If there is a problem
ii
the displays on the DIC to the type traveled.
with the battery charging system, of measurements you select.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

126 Instruments and Controls

The display provides feedback on DIC Info Page Options

how current driving behavior in the
The info pages on the DIC can be
bar graph affects the running
turned on or off through the
average in the top display and how
Settings menu.
well recent driving compares to the
best that has been achieved. 1. Press o to access the cluster
applications.
Driver Information Center
2. Press w or x to scroll to the
(DIC) (Uplevel) Settings application.
The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster in 3. Press V to enter the
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster Settings menu.
(Base Level) 0 107 or Instrument
ii

w or x : Press to move up or 4. Scroll to Info Pages and

Cluster (Uplevel) 0 109 . The
ii

down in a list. press p.

displays show the status of many
vehicle systems. The controls for o or p : Press to move between 5. Press w or x to move
the DIC are on the right steering the interactive display zones in the through the list of possible
wheel control. cluster. information displays.
V (Set/Reset) : Press to open a
menu or select a menu item. Press 6. Press V while an item is
and hold to reset values on certain highlighted to select or
screens. deselect that item. When an
item is selected, a checkmark
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, will appear next to it.
see the Duramax diesel supplement
for additional DIC pages. DIC Info Pages
The following is the list of all
possible DIC info page displays.
Some may not be available for your
particular vehicle. Some items may
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 127

not be turned on by default but can Fuel Range : Shows the The Oil Life display must be reset
be turned on through the Settings approximate distance the vehicle after each oil change. It will not
app. See “DIC Info Page Options” can be driven without refueling. reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil
earlier in this section. LOW will be displayed when the Life display at any time other than
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel when the oil has just been changed.
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or range estimate is based on an It cannot be reset accurately until
miles per hour (mph). average of the vehicle's fuel the next oil change. To reset the
economy over recent driving history engine oil life system, press and
Trip A or Trip B : Shows the and the amount of fuel remaining in hold V for several seconds while
current distance traveled, in either the fuel tank. the Oil Life display is active. See
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the Engine Oil Life System 0 267 .
the trip odometer was last reset.
ii

oil's remaining useful life. Tire Pressure : Shows the

This also shows the approximate If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is approximate pressures of all four
average liters per 100 kilometers displayed, that means 99% of the tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
(L/100 km) or miles per current oil life remains. either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
gallon (mpg). This number is per square inch (psi). If the pressure
calculated based on the number of When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON is low, the value for that tire is
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
message will appear on the display. shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
last time this menu item was reset. Monitor System 0 303 and Tire
This number reflects only the See Engine Oil Messages 0 131 . ii
ii

The oil should be changed as soon Pressure Monitor Operation 0 304 .

approximate average fuel economy
ii

that the vehicle has right now, and as possible. See Engine Oil 0 265 . ii

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :

will change as driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life Displays the current fuel economy in
change. system monitoring the oil life, liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
additional maintenance is or miles per gallon (mpg). This
Press and hold V while this display recommended in the Maintenance number reflects only the
is active to reset the trip odometer Schedule. See Maintenance approximate fuel economy that the
and the average fuel economy. Trip Schedule 0 344 . ii

vehicle has right now and changes

A and Trip B can also be reset by
pressing p and choosing reset.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

128 Instruments and Controls

frequently as driving conditions Press w and x to select “Reset Battery Voltage : Displays the
change. This display cannot be current battery voltage, if equipped.
Best Score.” Press V to reset the
reset. Battery voltage changes are normal
best average fuel economy. After while driving. See Charging System
Average Vehicle Speed : Displays reset, the best value displays “-,-”
the average vehicle speed of the Light 0 115 . If there is a problem
ii

until the selected distance has been with the battery charging system,
vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) traveled.
or miles per hour (mph). This the DIC will display a message. See
average is based on the various The display provides information on Battery Voltage and Charging
vehicle speeds recorded since the how current driving behavior affects Messages 0 129 . ii

last reset. Reset the average speed the running average and how well Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is
by pressing SET/CLR when it is recent driving compares to the best displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
displayed. that has been achieved for the or in pounds per square inch (psi).
selected distance.
Fuel Economy : The center Engine Hours : Shows the total
displays the approximate Timer : This display can be used as number of hours the engine has run.
instantaneous fuel economy as a a timer. To start the timer, press V
Transmission Fluid
number and bar graph. Displayed while this display is active. The
Temperature : Shows the
above the bar graph is a running display will show the amount of time
temperature of the automatic
average of fuel economy for the that has passed since the timer was
transmission fluid in either degrees
most recently traveled selected last reset. To stop the timer, press V Celsius (°C) or degrees
distance. Displayed below the bar briefly while this display is active Fahrenheit (°F).
graph is the best average fuel and the timer is running. To reset
economy that has been achieved for Trailer Brake (If Equipped) :
the timer to zero, press and hold V TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
the selected distance. The selected
while this display is active, or press gain setting. This setting can be
distance is displayed at the top of
the page as “last xxx mi/km.”
p and select reset. adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
Speed Limit : Shows sign a trailer connected or disconnected.
Press p to select the distance or information, which comes from a OUTPUT shows the power output to
reset best value. Use w and x to roadway database in the onboard the trailer anytime a trailer with
choose the distance and press V. navigation, if equipped. electric brakes is connected. Output
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 129

is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and

may appear in the OUTPUT display
if a trailer is not connected. Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages
indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY LOW START
Blank Page : Shows no
some action that may be needed to VEHICLE
information.
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may display one after the When the vehicle’s battery is
other. severely discharged, this message
will display and four chimes will
The messages that do not require
sound. Start the vehicle
immediate action can be
immediately. If the vehicle is not
acknowledged and cleared by
started and the battery continues to
pressing SET/CLR or V. The discharge, the climate controls,
messages that require immediate heated seats, and audio systems
action cannot be cleared until that will shut off and the vehicle may
action is performed. All messages require a jump start. These systems
should be taken seriously and will function again after the vehicle
clearing the messages does not is started.
correct the problem.
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
The following are some of the
vehicle messages that may be This message displays when the
displayed depending on your battery voltage drops below
vehicle content. expected levels and features are
disabled. Turn off all unnecessary
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, accessory features.
see the Duramax diesel supplement
for additional messages.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

130 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE BATTERY Brake System Messages SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

CHARGING SYSTEM This message may be displayed
BRAKE FLUID LOW
On some vehicles, this message when there is a problem with the
displays if there is a problem with This message is displayed when the brake boost assist system. When
the battery charging system. Under brake fluid level is low; see Brake this message is displayed, the brake
certain conditions, the charging Fluid 0 278 .
ii
boost assist motor may be heard
system light may also turn on in the operating and you might notice
HILL START ASSIST ACTIVE pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
instrument cluster. See Charging
System Light 0 115 . Driving with
ii
This message is displayed when the normal under these conditions. Take
this problem could drain the battery. vehicle is stopped on a grade the vehicle to your dealer for
Turn off all unnecessary sufficient to activate HSA. HSA service.
accessories. Have the electrical holds the braking pressure for a
system checked as soon as maximum of two seconds to ensure Compass Messages
possible. See your dealer. that there is no rolling, which will
assist the driver to transition Dashes may be displayed if the
TRANSPORT MODE ON between releasing the brake pedal vehicle temporarily loses
and accelerating to drive off while communication with the Global
This message is displayed when the Positioning System (GPS).
vehicle is in transport mode. Some on the grade. The brakes will
features can be disabled while in automatically release when the
this mode, including Remote accelerator pedal is applied within Door Ajar Messages
Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start, the two-second window. See Hill
Start Assist (HSA) 0 234 .
DOOR OPEN
and the vehicle alarm system. Take ii

the vehicle to your dealer for service This message displays and a chime
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE may sound if a door is not fully
to turn transport mode off.
This message is displayed as a closed. Stop and turn off the
reminder that the parking brake is vehicle, check the door for
on. Release it before you attempt to obstructions, and close the door
drive. again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 131

HOOD OPEN ENGINE OVERHEATING, IDLE Engine Oil Messages

This message displays and a chime ENGINE
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
may sound if the hood is not fully This message displays when the
closed. Stop and turn off the engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the
vehicle, check the hood for hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed.
obstructions, and close the hood idle until it cools down. See Engine When you change the engine oil, be
again. Check to see if the message Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 112 . ii
sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE
still appears on the DIC. OIL SOON message. See Engine
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode Oil Life System 0 267 for
ii

to prevent damage to the engine or information on how to reset the

Engine Cooling System transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode message. See Engine Oil 0 265 and
Messages 0 224 .
ii

Maintenance Schedule 0 344 . ii

ii

AIR CONDITIONING OFF ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL
This message displays when the ENGINE
On some vehicles, this message
engine coolant becomes hotter than This message displays and a chime displays when the engine oil level
the normal operating temperature. may sound if the engine cooling may be too low. Check the oil level
See Engine Coolant Temperature system reaches unsafe before filling to the recommended
Gauge 0 112 . To avoid added strain
ii
temperatures for operation. Stop level. If the oil is not low and this
on a hot engine, the air conditioning and turn off the vehicle as soon as it message remains on, take the
compressor automatically turns off. is safe to do so to avoid severe vehicle to your dealer for service.
When the coolant temperature damage. This message clears when See Engine Oil 0 265 .ii

returns to normal, the air the engine has cooled to a safe

conditioning compressor turns back operating temperature. ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE
on. You can continue to drive your ENGINE
vehicle.
This message displays when the
If this message continues to appear, engine oil becomes hotter than the
have the system repaired by your normal operating temperature. Stop
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
damage to the engine.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

132 Instruments and Controls

and allow the vehicle to idle until it accelerate. If this message is on, diagnostic system can determine if
cools down. See Engine Coolant but there is no reduction in the fuel cap has been left off or
Temperature Gauge 0 112 . ii performance, proceed to your improperly installed. A loose or
destination. The performance may missing fuel cap allows fuel to
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP be reduced the next time the vehicle evaporate into the atmosphere.
ENGINE is driven. The vehicle may be driven A few driving trips with the cap
This message displays if low oil at a reduced speed while this properly installed should turn this
pressure levels occur. Stop the message is on, but acceleration and light and message off.
vehicle as soon as safely possible speed may be reduced. Anytime
and do not operate it until the cause this message stays on, the vehicle Key and Lock Messages
of the low oil pressure has been should be taken to your dealer for
corrected. Check the oil as soon as service as soon as possible. REPLACE BATTERY IN
possible and have the vehicle REMOTE KEY
serviced by your dealer. See Engine Fuel System Messages This message displays if a Remote
Oil 0 265 .
ii
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
FUEL LEVEL LOW
battery is low. The battery needs to
Engine Power Messages This message displays and a chime be replaced in the transmitter. See
may sound if the fuel level is low. “Battery Replacement” under
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Refuel as soon as possible. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
This message displays and a chime Fuel Gauge 0 111 and Fuel 0 245 .
ii ii
System Operation 0 28 . ii

may sound when the cooling system

TIGHTEN GAS CAP
temperature gets too hot and the Lamp Messages
engine further enters the engine This message may display along
coolant protection mode. See with the malfunction indicator lamp TURN SIGNAL ON
Engine Overheating 0 274 for more
ii
on the instrument cluster if the This message displays and a chime
information. vehicle's fuel cap is not tightened sounds if a turn signal is left on for
properly. See Malfunction Indicator 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
This message also displays when
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 115 . signal lever to the off position.
the vehicle's engine power is
ii

Reinstall the fuel cap fully. See

reduced. Reduced engine power
Filling the Tank 0 247 . The
can affect the vehicle's ability to
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 133

Object Detection System LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM should see your dealer for service.
UNAVAILABLE The vehicle is safe to drive;
Messages however, you do not have the
If your vehicle has the Lane benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
FORWARD COLLISION Departure Warning (LDW) system,
ALERT OFF your speed and drive accordingly.
this message may display if the
If your vehicle has the Forward LDW system cannot activate due to SERVICE TRACTION
Collision Alert (FCA) system, this a temporary condition. See Lane CONTROL
message may display if the FCA Departure Warning (LDW) 0 244 for ii

more information. This message displays when there

system cannot activate due to a is a problem with the Traction
temporary condition. See Forward Control System (TCS). When this
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 242 . ii

message displays, the system will

This message displays when the
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED, not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and
CLEAN WINDSHIELD driving accordingly. See your dealer
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
for service. See Traction Control/
This message displays when the systems are disabled and need
Electronic Stability Control 0 235 .
service. See your dealer.
ii

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) STABILITRAK INITIALIZING
systems are disabled because the Ride Control System This message may come on if the
camera view is blocked and cannot Messages StabiliTrak system has not fully
operate properly. It may also initialized because of road
activate during heavy rain or due to SERVICE STABILITRAK conditions or the incorrect tire size.
road spray. To clean the system, If this message displays, it means When the StabiliTrak system is fully
clean the outside of the windshield there may be a problem with the initialized, the message will turn off.
area in front of the LDW/FCA StabiliTrak system. If you see this See Traction Control/Electronic
camera sensor. message, try to reset the system. Stability Control 0 235 . If this
ii

Stop; turn off the engine for at least message continues to be displayed
15 seconds; then start the engine for multiple ignition cycles and on
again. If this message still comes different road surfaces, see your
on, it means there is a problem. You dealer for service.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

134 Instruments and Controls

Airbag System Messages If the driver or front outboard restart, so you may want to take the
passenger unbuckles their safety vehicle to your dealer before turning
SERVICE AIRBAG belt while driving, the safety belt off the engine. See Immobilizer
This message displays if there is a reminder chime and light(s) will Operation 0 35 .ii

problem with the airbag system. come on. See Safety Belt
Take the vehicle to your dealer for Reminders 0 113 . ii
Steering System
service. SHIFTER UNLOCKED. BRAKE Messages
TO SHIFT STEERING ASSIST IS
Safety Belt Messages
This message displays when the REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE
SHIFTER LOCKED. BUCKLE Safety Belt Assurance System times
This message may display if a
SEATBELT out and allows the vehicle to be
problem occurs with the electric
shifted out of P (Park) after
This message displays if the vehicle power steering system. If this
30 seconds following brake apply.
is equipped with the Safety Belt message appears, steering effort
See “Safety Belts” and “Child
Assurance System and the driver may be slightly higher than normal.
Restraints” in the Index for
and front outboard passenger, The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
information about the importance of
if present, safety belts are not caution while in reduced assist
proper restraint use.
buckled. The vehicle will not shift mode. If this message is persistent
out of P (Park). Buckle the safety This system may not function or appears repeatedly, take the
belt(s) to unlock the shift lever. properly if the airbag readiness light vehicle to your dealer for service.
is on. See Airbag Readiness Light See Steering 0 195 .
This system may not allow the
ii

0 114 .
ii

vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an SERVICE POWER STEERING

object — such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
Security Messages This message displays when there
or other electronic device — is on is a problem with electric power
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT steering. If this message displays
the front outboard passenger seat. SYSTEM
If this happens, remove the object and a reduction in steering
from the seat or buckle the This message displays when there performance or loss of power
safety belt. is a problem with the theft-deterrent steering assistance is noticed, see
system. The vehicle may or may not your dealer. See Steering 0 195 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 135

Tire Messages TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD Transmission Messages

AIR TO TIRE
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR 4WD OFF
SYSTEM If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this If equipped with four-wheel drive,
If equipped with the Tire Pressure message displays when the this message displays when the
Monitor System (TPMS), this pressure in one or more of the four-wheel-drive system is
message displays if a part on the vehicle's tires is low. This message temporarily disabled due to an
system is not working properly. The also displays with a vehicle picture overheated condition. The vehicle
tire pressure light also flashes and to indicate the location of the low will run in two-wheel drive when this
then remains on during the same tire. The low tire pressure warning message is present. Once the
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure light will also come on. See Tire four-wheel-drive system cools down,
Light 0 120 . Several conditions may
ii
Pressure Light 0 120 . You can
ii
the message turns off and the
cause this message to appear. See receive more than one tire pressure four-wheel-drive system returns to
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation message at a time. If a tire pressure normal operation.
0 304 . If the warning comes on and message appears on the DIC, stop 4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS
ii

stays on, there may be a problem as soon as you can. Have the tire
with the TPMS. See your dealer. pressures checked and set to those This message will display while the
shown on the Tire and Loading four-wheel-drive system is shifting.
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE Information label. See Tires 0 295 ,
FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX
ii

If equipped with the Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 0 205 , and Tire
ii

Monitor System (TPMS), this Pressure 0 302 . The DIC also

ii If a four-wheel drive shift into
message displays when the system shows the tire pressure values. See Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested,
is relearning the tire positions on Driver Information Center (DIC) but the vehicle speed is too high,
your vehicle. The tire positions must (Base Level) 0 123 or Driver
ii this message will display until the
be relearned after rotating the tires Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) correct vehicle speed is reached.
or after replacing a tire or sensor. 0 126 .
ii

See Tire Inspection 0 307 , Tireii

Rotation 0 308 , Tire Pressure

ii

Monitor System 0 303 , and Tire

ii

Pressure 0 302 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

136 Instruments and Controls

FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
NEUTRAL TO XXX to prevent damage to the engine or
transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode
If a four-wheel drive shift into If a four-wheel drive shift out of 0 224 .
ii

Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested,

and the vehicle speed is correct, but but the vehicle speed is too high, VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW
the transmission is not in this message will display until the
This message will display if the
N (Neutral), this message will correct vehicle speed is reached.
vehicle is driven in Four-Wheel
display until the transmission is
TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO Drive Low for about 10 minutes
shifted to N (Neutral).
NEUTRAL above 72 km/h (45 mph).
SERVICE 4WD
If a four-wheel drive shift out of Vehicle Reminder
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested,
this message may display if a and the vehicle speed is correct, but Messages
problem occurs with the the transmission is not in
four-wheel-drive system. If this ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
N (Neutral), this message will
message appears, stop as soon as display until the transmission is WITH CARE
possible and turn off the vehicle. shifted to N (Neutral). This message is displayed when ice
Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ conditions are possible.
OFF position for at least TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
one minute, then restart the vehicle ENGINE Vehicle Speed Messages
and check for the message on the This message displays and a chime
DIC display. If the message is still may sound if the transmission fluid REDUCE SPEED FOR HILL
displayed or appears again when in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with DESCENT CONTROL
you begin driving, the the transmission fluid temperature This message displays when
four-wheel-drive system needs high can cause damage to the attempting to enable Hill Descent
service. See your dealer. vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it Control (HDC) when the vehicle
idle to allow the transmission to speed is too high. See Hill Descent
cool. This message clears and the Control (HDC) 0 237 .ii

chime stops when the fluid

temperature reaches a safe level.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 137

3. Press o BACK on the . Return to Factory Settings

Vehicle
Personalization faceplate or the 0 screen . Software Information
button to return to the previous Detailed information for each menu
Use the audio system controls to menu or exit. follows.
access the personalization menus
Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to
for customizing vehicle features. Time and Date
access the Settings menu, then
The following are all possible select SETTINGS from the Home Manually set the time and date. See
personalization features. Depending page on the infotainment system Clock 0 104 .
ii

on the vehicle, some may not be display.

available. Language (Language)
Personalization Menus
Base Radio Audio System Select Language, then select from
Controls The following list of menu items may the available language(s).
be available:
MENU : Press the center of the The selected language will display
. Time and Date on the system, and voice
knob to enter menus and select
menu items. Turn the knob to scroll . Language (Language) recognition will reflect the selected
through the menus. language.
. Valet Mode
o BACK : Press to return to the Valet Mode (If Equipped)
. Radio
previous menu or exit. This will lock the infotainment
. Vehicle
Uplevel Radio Audio System system and steering wheel controls.
Controls . Bluetooth It may also limit access to vehicle
. Apple CarPlay storage locations (if equipped).
1. Press the desired feature to
display a list of available . Android Auto To enable valet mode:
options. 1. Enter a four-digit code on the
. Voice
2. Press to select the desired keypad.
. Display
feature setting. 2. Select Enter to go to the
. Rear Camera confirmation screen.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

138 Instruments and Controls

3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Select the desired number or select . Climate and Air Quality
Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or Auto and the infotainment system . Comfort and Convenience
unlock the system. Press Back to go will automatically adjust the number
of favorites shown. . Lighting
back to the previous menu.
Audible Touch Feedback . Power Door Locks
Radio
This allows Audible Touch . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Press to display the Radio menu
Feedback to be turned on or off. Climate and Air Quality
and the following may display:
. Manage Favorites Select Off or On. Select and the following may
Auto Volume display:
. Number of Favorites Shown
This feature adjusts the volume . Auto Fan Speed
. Audible Touch Feedback
based on vehicle speed and . Auto Defog
. Auto Volume ambient noise.
. Auto Rear Defog
. Maximum Startup Volume Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Medium, Medium-High, or High. Auto Fan Speed
Manage Favorites
Maximum Startup Volume This feature will set the maximum
This allows favorites to be edited. auto fan speed.
See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio This feature sets the maximum
Setup” under Home Page 0 153 or ii
startup volume. If the vehicle is Select Low, Medium, or High.
“Manage Favorites” in “Settings” started and the volume is greater Auto Defog
under “Radio” in the infotainment than this level, the volume is
manual. adjusted to this level. To set the This allows the feature to be turned
maximum startup volume, press + on or off.
Number of Favorites Shown
or − to increase or decrease. Select Off or On.
Press to set the number of favorites
to display. Vehicle Auto Rear Defog
Select and the following may This allows the feature to be turned
display: on or off.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 139

Select Off or On. Exit Lighting with an automatic transmission or

This allows the selection of how when the vehicle is turned off with a
Comfort and Convenience manual transmission.
long the exterior lamps stay on
Select and the following may when leaving the vehicle when it is Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
display: dark outside.
. Chime Volume Delayed Door Lock
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60
Seconds, or 120 Seconds. When on, this feature will delay the
Chime Volume locking of the doors. To override the
This allows the selection of the Power Door Locks delay, press the power door lock
chime volume level. Select and the following may switch on the door.
Select + or − to adjust the volume. display: Select Off or On.
Lighting . Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Select and the following may . Auto Door Unlock Select and the following may
display: . Delayed Door Lock display:
. Vehicle Locator Lights . Remote Unlock Light Feedback
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
. Exit Lighting . Remote Lock Feedback
When on, this feature will keep the
Vehicle Locator Lights driver door from locking when the . Remote Door Unlock
door is open. If Off is selected, the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
This feature will flash the exterior
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
lamps and allows the headlamps, Remote Unlock Light Feedback
available.
parking lamps, taillamps, and most
of the interior lamps to turn on Select Off or On. When on, the exterior lamps will
briefly when K on the Remote flash when unlocking the vehicle
Auto Door Unlock with the RKE transmitter.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
pressed to locate the vehicle. This allows selection of which of the Select Off or Flash Lights.
doors will automatically unlock when
Select Off or On. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

140 Instruments and Controls

Remote Lock Feedback . Text Message Alerts button. Type a new number, then
This allows selection of what type of select SAVE or press the SAVE
Pair New Device button.
feedback is given when locking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Select to pair a new device. See
“Pairing” under Bluetooth Text Message Alerts
Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights (Overview) 0 171 or Bluetooth
ii This allows the feature to be turned
Only, or Horn Only. (Infotainment Controls - Base on or off.
Remote Door Unlock Radio) 0 172 or Bluetooth
ii

Select Off or On.

(Infotainment Controls - Base
This allows selection of which doors Connected Radio) 0 176 or ii Apple CarPlay™
will unlock when pressing K on the “Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”
Select and the following may
RKE transmitter. under “Bluetooth” in the infotainment
display:
manual.
Select All Doors or Driver Door. . Apple CarPlay
Device Management
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
Select to connect to a different
If equipped and turned on, this phone source, disconnect a phone, Apple CarPlay
feature will turn the heated seats on or delete a phone.
when using remote start on This feature allows Apple devices to
cold days. Ringtones be connected to the infotainment
system through a USB port. See
Select Off or On. Press to change the ring tone for “Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”
the specific phone. The phone does under “Phone” in the infotainment
Bluetooth not need to be connected to change manual.
Select and the following may the ring tones.
display: Select Off or On.
Voice Mail Numbers
. Pair New Device
This feature displays the voice mail
. Device Management number for all connected phones.
. Ringtones To change the voice mail number,
select EDIT or press the EDIT
. Voice Mail Numbers
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 141

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Voice Display “What Can I Say?” Tips
Select to manage Apple devices. Select and the following may This feature gives voice
Apple CarPlay must be on for this display: command tips.
feature to be accessed. See “Apple . Confidence Threshold Select Off or On.
CarPlay and Android Auto” under
“Phone” in the infotainment manual. . Prompt Length Display
Android Auto™ . Audio Feedback Speed Select and the following may
. Display “What Can I Say?” Tips display:
Select and the following may
display: . Mode
Confidence Threshold
. Android Auto . Calibrate Touchscreen
This feature allows the adjustment
. Manage Android Auto Devices of the sensitivity of the speech . Turn Display Off
recognition system.
Android Auto Mode
Select Confirm More or
This feature allows Android devices Confirm Less. Select to change the display
to be connected to the infotainment screen mode.
system through a USB port. See Prompt Length Select Auto, Day, or Night.
“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto” This feature adjusts the voice
under “Phone” in the infotainment prompt length. Calibrate Touchscreen
manual. Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
Select Short or Long.
Select Off or On. then follow the prompts.
Audio Feedback Speed
Manage Android Auto Devices Turn Display Off
This feature adjusts the audio
Select to manage Android devices. feedback speed. Select to turn the display off. Press
Android Auto must be on for this anywhere on the display area or any
feature to be accessed. See “Apple Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. faceplate button to turn the
CarPlay and Android Auto” under display on.
“Phone” in the infotainment manual.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

142 Instruments and Controls

Rear Camera Restore Vehicle Settings

Select and the following may This allows selection of restoring
display: vehicle settings.
. Guidance Lines Select Restore or Cancel.
Guidance Lines Clear All Private Data
Select to turn Off or On. See Rear Select to clear all private information
Vision Camera (RVC) 0 240 . ii
from the vehicle.
Return to Factory Settings Select Delete or Cancel.
Select and the following may Restore Radio Settings
display: This allows selection to restore
. Restore Vehicle Settings radio settings.
. Clear All Private Data Select Restore or Cancel.
. Restore Radio Settings Software Information
Select to view the infotainment
system current software information.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Lighting 143

Lighting Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically

turns on the headlamps at normal
brightness, together with the
Exterior Lamp Controls following:
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 143 . Parking Lamps
Exterior Lamps Off . Instrument Panel Lights
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Headlamp High/Low-Beam . Taillamps
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 . License Plate Lamps
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Daytime Running . Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 When the vehicle is turned off and
Automatic Headlamp the headlamps are in AUTO, the
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 headlamps turn off. When the key is
The exterior lamp control is on the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 146 removed, they automatically turn on
instrument panel to the left of the
Turn and Lane-Change for a set time. The time of the delay
steering wheel.
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 can be changed using the DIC. See
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 O (Off) : Turns off the automatic Driver Information Center (DIC)
headlamps and Daytime Running (Base Level) 0 123 or Driver
Interior Lighting Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
ii

Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)

Instrument Panel Illumination control to the off position again to 0 126 .
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
ii

turn the automatic headlamps or

Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 DRL back on. ; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 parking lamps including all lamps,
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off except the headlamps.
will only work when the vehicle is in
Lighting Features P (Park). 2 (Headlamps) : Turns on the
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 headlamps together with the parking
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 lamps and instrument panel lights.
Battery Load Management . . . 149
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 149
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

144 Lighting

When the headlamps are turned on Headlamp High/ To use it, pull the turn signal lever
while the vehicle is on, the toward you, then release it.
headlamps turn off automatically
Low-Beam Changer
If the headlamps are in the
10 minutes after the ignition is $ (Headlamp High/Low-Beam automatic position or on low beam,
turned off. When the headlamps are Changer) : Push the turn signal the high-beam headlamps will turn
turned on while the vehicle is off, lever toward the instrument panel to on. They will stay on as long as you
the headlamps will stay on for change the headlamps from low to hold the lever toward you. The
10 minutes before turning off to high beam. high-beam indicator on the
prevent the battery from being instrument cluster will come on.
Pull the turn signal lever toward you
drained. Turn the headlamp control Release the lever to return to
and release it to return to low-beam
off and then back to the headlamp normal operation.
headlamps.
on position to make the headlamps
stay on for an additional 10 minutes.
To keep the lamps on for more than Daytime Running
10 minutes, the ignition must be in Lamps (DRL)
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN DRL can make it easier for others to
position. see the front of the vehicle during
# (Fog Lamps) (If Equipped) : the day. Fully functional DRL are
Turns on the fog lamps. See Fog When the high-beam headlamps are required on all vehicles first sold in
Lamps 0 146 . ii

on, this indicator light on the Canada.

instrument cluster will also be on. The DRL system comes on when
Exterior Lamps Off the following conditions are met:
Reminder Flash-to-Pass . The ignition is on.
A reminder chime sounds when the This feature lets you use the . The exterior lamp control is
headlamps or parking lamps are high-beam headlamps to signal a in AUTO.
manually turned on, the ignition is driver in front of you that you want
off, and a door is open. To disable . The transmission is not in
to pass. It works even if the
the chime, turn the lamps off. headlamps are in the automatic P (Park).
position.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Lighting 145
. The light sensor determines it is is in the full bright position. See
daytime. Instrument Panel Illumination
When the DRL system is on, only Control 0 147 .ii

the DRL are on. The taillamps, When it is bright enough outside,
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel the headlamps will turn off or may
lights, and other lamps will not change to Daytime Running
be on. Lamps (DRL).
When it begins to get dark, the The automatic headlamp system
automatic headlamp system There is a light sensor on top of the turns off when the exterior lamp
switches from DRL to the instrument panel. Do not cover the control is turned to O or the ignition
headlamps. sensor, otherwise the headlamps is off.
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior will come on when they are not
lamp control to the off position and needed. Lights On with Wipers
then release. For vehicles first sold The system may also turn on the If the windshield wipers are
in Canada, off will only work when headlamps when driving through a activated in daylight with the engine
the vehicle is in P (Park). parking garage or tunnel. on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
Automatic Headlamp If the vehicle is started in a dark lamps, and other exterior lamps
garage, the automatic headlamp come on. The transition time for the
System system comes on immediately. If it lamps coming on varies based on
When the exterior lamp control is is light outside when the vehicle wiper speed. When the wipers are
set to AUTO and it is dark enough leaves the garage, there is a slight not operating, these lamps turn off.
outside, the headlamps come on delay before the automatic Move the exterior lamp control to O
automatically. headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the or ; to disable this feature.
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

146 Lighting

Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or
Signals do not come on, a signal bulb could
be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses 0 287 . ii

Turn Signal On Chime

If the turn signal is left on for more
An arrow on the instrument cluster than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
flashes in the direction of the turn or sounds at each flash of the turn
lane change. signal. The message TURN
Move the turn signal lever all the SIGNAL ON will also appear in the
way up or down to signal a turn. Driver Information Center (DIC). To
| (Hazard Warning Flashers) : turn the chime and message off,
Raise or lower the lever for less move the turn signal lever to the off
Press this button to make the front
than one second until the arrow position.
and rear turn signal lamps flash on
starts to flash to signal a lane
and off. Press again to turn the
change. This causes the turn Fog Lamps
flashers off.
signals to automatically flash three
When the hazard warning flashers times. Holding the turn signal lever
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will for more than one second will cause
not work. the turn signals to flash until the
lever is released.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Lighting 147

If equipped, the control is on the Interior Lighting Cargo Lamp

center of the exterior lamp control,
to the left of the steering column.
Instrument Panel
The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
position for the fog lamps to
Illumination Control
come on.
# (Fog Lamps) : Press to turn the
fog lamps on or off. A light will come
on in the instrument cluster.
When the fog lamps are turned on,
the parking lamps automatically
turn on.
When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps go off. The cargo lamp provides more light
This feature controls the brightness
When the high-beam headlamps are in the cargo area of the vehicle,
of the steering wheel and instrument
turned off, the fog lamps will come if needed. The lights inside of the
panel lights. The instrument panel
on again. pickup box also turn on, if equipped.
illumination control is next to the
Some localities have laws that exterior lamp control. Press the switch down to turn the
require the headlamps to be on with cargo lamp on or off. The shift lever
the fog lamps. D (Instrument Panel
Illumination) : Move the must be in the P (Park) position to
thumbwheel up or down to brighten operate the cargo lamp.
or dim the lights.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

148 Lighting

Dome Lamps Reading Lamps Lighting Features

Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and the interior
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when K
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
door is opened, the interior lamps
come on if the dome lamp control is
The interior lamps control in the The front reading lamps, in the DOOR position. After about
overhead console controls both the if equipped, are in the overhead 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn
front and rear interior lamps. console. off. Entry lighting can be disabled
manually by changing the ignition
To operate:
out of the OFF position, or by
( (Off) : Turns the lamps off. pressing the RKE transmitter Q
H (Door) : Turns the lamps on button.
when any door is opened. This feature can be changed. See
' (On) : Keeps the lamps on all “Vehicle Locator Lights” under
the time. Vehicle Personalization 0 137 .
ii

The interior lamps turn on

automatically if the airbags are Exit Lighting
deployed. The rear reading lamps, if equipped, Some exterior lamps and the interior
are in the headliner. lamps come on at night, or in areas
# or $ (Reading Lamps) : Press with limited lighting when the key is
to turn each lamp on or off. removed from the ignition. The
exterior and interior lamps remain
on for a set amount of time and then
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Lighting 149

automatically turn off. The interior moving up or down. This is normal. Normally, these actions occur in
lamps do not come on if the dome If there is a problem, an alert will be steps or levels, without being
lamp control is in the Off position. displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the
The exterior lamps turn off The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action,
immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the
lamps control off. high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might
This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended
This feature can be changed. See that the driver reduce the electrical
Vehicle Personalization 0 137 . (alternator) may not be spinning fast
ii

enough at idle to produce all the loads as much as possible. See

power that is needed for very high Battery Voltage and Charging
Battery Load electrical loads. Messages 0 129 . ii

Management A high electrical load occurs when Battery Power Protection

The vehicle has Electric Power several of the following are on, such
Management (EPM), which as: headlamps, high beams, fog This feature shuts off the dome and
estimates the battery's temperature lamps, rear window defogger, reading lamps, if they are left on for
and state of charge. It then adjusts climate control fan at high speed, more than 10 minutes after the
the voltage for best performance heated seats, engine cooling fans, ignition is turned off. The cargo
and extended life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This
accessory power outlets. prevents the battery from
When the battery's state of charge running down.
is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive
to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this
When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output
the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs.
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter It can increase engine idle speed to
gauge or the voltage display on the generate more power, whenever
Driver Information Center (DIC), needed. It can temporarily reduce
if equipped, may show the voltage the power demands of some
accessories.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

150 Infotainment System

Infotainment Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 171
Introduction
System Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls - Base Radio) . . . . . . 172 Infotainment
Bluetooth (Infotainment Base radio information is included in
Introduction Controls - Base Connected this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 151 Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 available infotainment systems.
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Trademarks and License Read the following pages to
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 become familiar with these features.
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Agreements
Trademarks and License
Radio Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 { Warning
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 too long or too often while using
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 158 any infotainment feature can
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . 158 cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
Audio Players give extended attention to
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
infotainment tasks while driving.
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Limit your glances at the vehicle
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
displays and focus your attention
Voice Recognition on driving. Use voice commands
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 whenever possible.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 151

The infotainment system has built-in Theft-Deterrent Feature

features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some TheftLock® is designed to
functions when driving. These discourage theft of the vehicle's
functions may gray out when they radio by learning a portion of the
are unavailable. Many infotainment Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
features are also available through The radio does not operate if it is
the instrument cluster and steering stolen or moved to a different
wheel controls. vehicle.
Before driving:
. Become familiar with the
operation, faceplate buttons, and
screen buttons.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 194 . ii

To play the infotainment system with

the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 214 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

152 Infotainment System

Overview 1. q (Favorite Pages)

Infotainment System Overview . Press to scroll down
The infotainment system is controlled by using the buttons on the faceplate. through the favorite pages
for each source.
2. Favorites/Soft Keys
. Press to select favorite
stations.
. Press and hold to save
favorite stations.
. Press to select a screen
button when displayed.
3. r (Favorite Pages)
. Press to scroll up through
the favorite pages for each
source.
4. MENU
. Press to access the menu
for the current audio
source.
. Press to select the
highlighted menu option.
. Turn to scroll through a list.
. Turn to manually select a
station.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 153

5. o BACK 11. O (Power/Volume) Audio (if equipped). See AM-FM

Radio 0 156 , Satellite Radio 0 157 ,
ii ii

. Press to return to the . Press to turn the audio on. Auxiliary Jack 0 164 , and Bluetooth
ii

previous screen in a menu. . Press and hold to turn it off. Audio 0 164 .
ii

6. { (Home Page) . When on, press to mute the PHONE : Select the PHONE screen
. system. Press again to icon to display the Phone main
Press to go to the Home
unmute. page. See Bluetooth (Overview)
Page from any point in the
system. See “Home Page” 0 171 or Bluetooth (Infotainment
.
ii

Turn to increase or Controls - Base Radio) 0 172 or

following.
ii

decrease the volume. Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -

7. TONE Base Connected Radio) 0 176 .
Home Page
ii

. Press TONE to open the NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) :

Tone Settings menu. Home Page Features Select the NAV screen icon to
display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn
8. g or l (Seek) The infotainment system displays a
Navigation. See OnStar Overview
Home Page that makes it easy to
. AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If 0 375 , if equipped.
access all of the applications. Turn
ii

Equipped): Press g or l the MENU knob to highlight feature SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS
to seek to the previous or icons. Press the MENU knob to screen icon to display the Settings
next strong station. access the feature’s options. main page. See “Setting Radio
9. RADIO Preferences” following.
Various functions are disabled when
. Press to change the audio the vehicle is moving. Pandora (If Equipped)
source between AM, FM, AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen Select the PANDORA icon to begin
or SiriusXM, if equipped. icon to display the active source Pandora. See Pandora Internet
10. MEDIA page. The sources available are Radio 0 158 .ii

AM, FM, SiriusXM® (if equipped),

. Press to change the audio USB/iPod, AUX Input, and Bluetooth
source between USB, AUX,
and Bluetooth Audio,
if equipped.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

154 Infotainment System

Setting Radio Preferences 4. Enter the four-digit code to Radio Setup

Select the SETTINGS screen icon unlock the system. Select o Press the RADIO button and the
to display the Settings menu and BACK to go back to the following may display:
the following may display: previous menu.
Manage Favorites:
Time and Date : See Clock 0 104 . Radio : See “Radio Setup” later in
ii
. Turn the MENU knob and press
this section.
Language (Current Language) : to select a favorite.
This will set the display language in Vehicle : See Vehicle
. To delete a favorite, press
the radio and instrument cluster. Personalization 0 137 .
the button just below the
ii

Select to display a list of languages. Display : Press the MENU knob to DELETE screen button.
Select o BACK to go back to the turn the display on or off.
. To move a favorite, press the
previous menu. Return to Factory Settings : See MOVE screen button. Turn
Valet Mode: “Return to Factory Settings” later in the MENU knob to select a
this section. new location, then press the
Using the circular numeric keypad,
enter a four-digit code: Software Information (If DROP screen button to
Equipped) : Press the MENU knob select the new location.
1. Turn the MENU knob to
to select Save Vehicle Info to USB. . Select o BACK to go back to
highlight a number.
Press the MENU knob again to start the previous menu.
2. Press the MENU knob to select downloading the vehicle information
it. Do this for each one of the to the USB. Number of Favorites Shown :
four digits. Select Enter to go to Select Auto and the system will
the confirmation screen. automatically adjust the number of
favorite pages when favorites are
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
added and removed, or select a
Select LOCK to lock the
number from 5–25 to manually
system.
adjust the number of favorites
shown.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 155

Audible Touch Feedback (If Return to Factory Settings English and Metric Unit
Equipped) : Select Audible Touch Select Return to Factory Settings Conversion
Feedback to turn feedback off or on. and the following may display: To change the display units between
Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This Restore Vehicle Settings : This English and metric units, see Driver
feature adjusts the volume based on option will restore factory vehicle Information Center (DIC) (Base
vehicle speed. The options are Off, personalization settings. Select Level) 0 123 or Driver Information
ii

Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Restore Vehicle Settings. A screen Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 126 .
ii

Medium-High, or High. Select the displays stating all vehicle

desired volume. customization settings will be Software Updates
Maximum Startup Volume : This restored to the factory settings. See the website for more
feature sets the maximum startup Select Cancel or Confirm. information.
volume. If the vehicle is started and Clear All Private Data (If
the volume is greater than this level, Equipped) : This option clears all Website Information
the volume is adjusted to this level. private information from the vehicle. In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com
To set the maximum startup volume, Select Clear All Private Data. Select
Turn the MENU knob to increase or In Canada, see
Cancel or Confirm.
decrease startup volume. www.chevrolet.gm.ca
Restore Radio Settings : This
Rear Camera (If Equipped) In Mexico, see
option will restore factory radio
www.chevrolet.com.mx
From the Rear Camera screen settings. Select Restore Radio
button, the following may display: Settings. A screen displays stating
all personalized radio settings will
Guidance Lines : This feature may be restored back to the factory
assist the driver when backing into a settings. Select Cancel or Confirm.
parking spot. Select Guidance
Lines, then select Off or On.
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
0 240 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

156 Infotainment System

.
Radio Balance: Turn the MENU knob
to highlight. Press the MENU
Auto Volume : If equipped, this
feature adjusts the volume based on
knob to select. Turn the MENU the vehicle speed. Select the level
AM-FM Radio knob left for more sound from between Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Playing the Radio the left speakers or right for Medium, Medium-High, and High.
more sound from the right Press o BACK to go to the
While on the audio main page, speakers. The middle position previous menu.
press the RADIO button repeatedly balances the sound between the
to cycle through the available left and right speakers. EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain
sources AM, FM, and SiriusXM® (if configurations, the available choices
. Fade: Turn the MENU knob to are Custom and Talk.
equipped) or press the MEDIA
button repeatedly to cycle through highlight. Press the MENU knob
to select. Turn the MENU knob Options for SiriusXM Only
the available sources Bluetooth®
Audio (if equipped), USB, and AUX. to the left for more sound from XM View : XM view allows the
the front speakers and to the channel list to be viewed by channel
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Equipped) right for more sound from the name, artist playing on channel,
To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if rear speakers. The middle or song playing on channel. Turn
equipped), press the RADIO button position balances the sound the MENU knob to highlight and
to toggle to the desired broadcast between the front and rear press the MENU knob to select.
speakers.
source. Press o BACK to go to the
. EQ (Equalizer): Turn the MENU previous menu.
Press the MENU knob and the
following radio settings may display: knob to highlight. Turn the
MENU knob to scroll through the Channel List : Select to display a
Tone Settings: options. Press the MENU knob list of SiriusXM channels. Turn the
MENU knob to highlight and press
. Bass, Midrange, and Treble: to select. Press the o BACK
Turn the MENU knob to the MENU knob to select. Press o
button to go to the
highlight. Press the MENU knob previous menu. BACK to go to the previous menu.
to select. Turn the MENU knob Also see the radio settings common
Station List : Select to display a list
to adjust. for all sources earlier in this section.
of AM or FM stations. Press o
BACK to go to the previous menu.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 157

Finding a Station To manage favorites, see “Manage Browsing SiriusXM Channels

Favorites” under Home Page 0 153 .
To browse the SiriusXM channels:
ii

Seeking a Station
Press g or l to search for the Satellite Radio 1. Press the MENU knob.
previous or next strongest station. 2. Turn the MENU knob to
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
highlight XM Channel List.
Tuning a Station Service
3. Turn the MENU knob to
Turn the MENU knob to manually Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite highlight the desired XM
find a station. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM Channels.
satellite radio subscription can
Storing Radio Station Presets receive SiriusXM programming.
Up to 25 preset stations from all
Radio Reception
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
bands can be stored in the favorite based in the 48 contiguous United Frequency interference and static
lists in any order. Up to five stations States and 10 Canadian provinces. can occur during normal radio
can be stored in each favorite page SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide reception if items such as cell phone
and the number of favorites can variety of programming and chargers, vehicle convenience
be set. commercial-free music, coast to accessories, and external electronic
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If coast, and in digital-quality sound. devices are plugged into the
Equipped) : While on the active A service fee is required to receive accessory power outlet. If there is
source main page, such as AM, FM, the SiriusXM service. See interference or static, unplug the
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and www.siriusxmradio.com or call item from the accessory power
hold a favorites/soft key button on 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.); or see outlet.
the faceplate. www.xmradio.ca or call FM
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
Mixed-Audio Favorites FM signals only reach about 16 to
When SiriusXM is active, the 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
Media (if equipped) and Broadcast channel name and number,
favorites can be stored. radio has a built-in electronic circuit
category name, song title, and artist that automatically works to reduce
To display the favorites page, press display on the screen. interference, some static can occur,
q or r on the radio faceplate.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

158 Infotainment System

especially around tall buildings or Cell Phone Usage account, or for more information, go
hills, causing the sound to fade in to www.pandora.com. Pandora may
Cell phone usage, such as making
and out. not be available in Canada or
or receiving phone calls, charging,
Mexico.
AM or just having the phone on may
cause static interference with the A phone or tablet with Internet
The range for most AM stations is radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off connection and the Pandora
greater than for FM, especially at if this happens. application installed is required.
night. The longer range can cause Personal cell phone data plans are
station frequencies to interfere with used. Make sure the latest version
each other. Static can occur when Multi-Band Antenna
is installed on the device.
things like storms and power lines The multi-band antenna is on the
interfere with radio reception. When roof of the vehicle. The antenna is Launching Pandora
this happens, try reducing the treble used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar, Connect the iPhone to the USB
on the radio. the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service port, or connect Android® or
System, and GPS (Global BlackBerry® through Bluetooth. See
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Positioning System), if the vehicle
Service Bluetooth (Overview) 0 171 orii

has these features. Keep the Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -

If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite antenna clear of obstructions for Base Radio) 0 172 or Bluetooth
ii

Radio Service provides digital radio clear reception. (Infotainment Controls - Base
reception. Tall buildings or hills can Connected Radio) 0 176 . For first
Pandora Internet Radio
ii

interfere with satellite radio signals, time use, set up the stations before
causing the sound to fade in and connecting to the vehicle. The
If equipped, Pandora® is a free
out. In addition, traveling or standing Pandora icon will be available on
Internet radio service that streams
under heavy foliage, bridges, the Home Page.
personalized radio stations based
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
on artists, tracks, genres, and When Pandora is chosen, the
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
comedians. Create stations using Pandora logo will populate on the
of time.
the Pandora website or Smartphone screen and the system will display
application, then use - or , to “Acquiring Pandora Radio Station.”
personalize stations. To set up an Launch times can be significant.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 159

Using the iPhone Pandora Menus , : When selected, Pandora stores

1. Plug the device into the USB Press MENU. this information, changes to the next
port. The phone screen must track, and does not play this track
Pandora has a menu with the on this station again. This helps
be unlocked. following: Pandora choose which tracks
2. Launch Pandora from the Tone Settings : Select to adjust the should not play on this station. This
Home Page by selecting the tone settings. See AM-FM Radio feature is only available on user
Pandora icon. 0 156 .
ii created stations.
If nothing happens when the Bookmark Artist : Select to - : When selected, Pandora stores
available Pandora screen button is
pressed, download the latest
bookmark the artist. this information and - is
Pandora application and retry. Bookmark Song : Select to highlighted for the remainder of the
bookmark the song. track. This helps Pandora choose
The login screen may display on the which tracks should play on this
device. Auto Volume : This feature sets the station.
auto volume based on the speed of
Using an Android or BlackBerry the vehicle and noise in the vehicle. d : When selected, Pandora
Phone See AM-FM Radio 0 156 . ii
changes to the next track.
The BlackBerry phone must be Pandora Features r or j : Select to play or pause
unlocked to launch Pandora service. playback.
Pandora service has features to rate
1. Pair the phone using Bluetooth. tracks, skip tracks, or change Pandora Skip Limit
2. Launch Pandora by selecting stations. Pandora limits the number of skips
Pandora on the Home Page. } : When selected during a track, a allowed on their service. When the
If nothing happens when the choice displays to bookmark the skip limit is reached, , or next
available Pandora screen button is artist or track. This sends the arrow will not skip the currently
selected, download the latest bookmark to the Pandora account. playing track, but the , feedback
Pandora application and retry. will be recorded.
The login screen may display on the
device.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

160 Infotainment System

Advertisement on Pandora Unable to Start Pandora Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down

Pandora may display If the device is unable to launch Error
advertisements. The artist name Pandora: If there is an error trying to rate a
and track title will not be displayed . Check that the latest version of track with the , or -, the message
and the skip track button will not be Pandora is installed. “Thumbs Down Error” or “Thumbs
available. Up Error” will display. Press OK to
. Check that there is an active
Pandora Troubleshooting dismiss.
account logged into Pandora.
Unable to Connect Device to . Have at least one station Loss of Audio
Vehicle created. Loss of Pandora audio can happen
If the device is unable to connect to . For Android and BlackBerry in different ways:
the USB or Bluetooth: devices, check that the device is . Weak or lost data connection.
1. Turn the vehicle off. paired with the vehicle, and . Device needs to be charged.
whether the device displays in
2. Take the Remote Keyless Entry the Connected phone sources . Application needs to be
(RKE) transmitter at least 6 m list under the Phone icon from relaunched.
(20 ft) away from the vehicle. the Home Page. . Connection between phone and
3. Wait about 30 seconds, and try . For an iPhone, check that the radio lost.
to connect the device again. USB cable is connected to the . An iPhone is connected to both
See Bluetooth (Overview) USB port and the screen is Bluetooth and the USB port.
0 171 or Bluetooth
ii
unlocked.
(Infotainment Controls - Base Playback can be resumed from
. Close Pandora on the device a loss of audio by double
Radio) 0 172 or Bluetooth
ii

(Infotainment Controls - Base and launch again. Devices that tapping on the iPhone home
Connected Radio) 0 176 . ii
allow multitasking may require button then scrolling through the
an extra step to quit the Pandora icons to find an icon that allows
application. See the cell phone a change of flow between
manufacturer's user guide. Bluetooth and USB cable.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 161

Volume and song selection may No Skips Remaining For This Audio Players
be controlled using the Station or Permitted During
Infotainment controls or on the Advertisements :
phone/device. If Pandora is USB Port
. The maximum Pandora skip limit
selected and nothing is heard, has been reached according to Playing from a USB
check the volume setting on the plan that was obtained.
both phone/device and the A USB mass storage device can be
Infotainment system. . Skipping an advertisement was connected to the USB port.
tried. There is a USB port on the front or
Common Pandora Messages
See www.pandora.com/help. If the under the armrest of the center
Pandora Error/Please Check service will not work, see a dealer console. See Center Console
Device : Not signed in or Pandora for assistance. Storage 0 100 .
ii

is down for maintenance.

USB MP3 Player and USB Drives
No Stations Available : No stations
are available on the Pandora server . The USB MP3 players and USB
through the connected device. drives connected must comply
with the USB Mass Storage
Action Unavailable. Please Check Class specification (USB MSC).
Device Connection : A few
conditions for loss of Internet . Hard disk drives are not
connection are: supported.
. The connected device loses its To play a USB device:
cellular connection. . Connect the USB.
. The device does not support . Press the MEDIA button on the
Internet connectivity. faceplate until the connected
. The device is not in the vehicle. device is shown.
. The Bluetooth signal is lost.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

162 Infotainment System

While the USB source is active, Playing from an iPod®/iPad®/ To connect and control a device:
press the corresponding faceplate iPhone® 1. Connect one end of the
button for the icons on the screen to standard USB cable to the
operate USB function: This feature supports the following
devices: device's dock connector.
. t (Seek Previous/Fast . iPod nano® (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 2. Connect the other end to a
Reverse) 4th generation) USB port in the center console.
See Center Console Storage
. u (Seek Next/Fast Forward) . iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5
0 100 .ii

generation)
. j /r (Play/Pause) 3. Press the MEDIA button to
. iPod classic® (6th generation)
select the source.
. Z (Shuffle) . iPod touch® (1st and 2nd The music information displays on
USB Menu generation) the radio’s display and begins
Press the MENU knob to display the . iPad playing through the vehicle’s audio
USB menu and the following may . system.
iPhone 3G and newer
display: The device battery recharges
There may be problems with
Browse : Select to display the files automatically while the vehicle is on.
operation and function in the
and folders on the USB device. When the vehicle is off while a
following situations:
device is connected using the USB
Tone Settings : Select to adjust . When connecting a device with cable, the device battery stops
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, a more recent version of the charging and the device will
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). firmware installed than is automatically turn off.
Auto Volume : If equipped, this supported by the infotainment
If the device is an unsupported
feature adjusts the volume based on system.
model, it can still be listened to in
vehicle speed and ambient noise. . When connecting a device on the vehicle by connecting to the
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this which firmware from other auxiliary input jack using a standard
feature adjusts the equalizer providers is installed. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable.
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)
Settings” in AM-FM Radio 0 156 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 163

Menu 2. Turn the MENU knob to Albums:

Press the MENU knob to display the highlight and press to select a 1. Turn the MENU knob to
device Menu and the following may playlist name to view a list of highlight and press to view the
display: all songs in the playlist. albums stored on the device.
Browse : Select to display the files 3. Turn the MENU knob to 2. Turn the MENU knob to
or songs on the device. See highlight and press to select highlight and press to select an
“Browse Device Media” later in this the song from the list to begin album name to view a list of all
section. playback. songs on the album.
Tone Settings : Select to adjust Artists: 3. Turn the MENU knob to
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, 1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). highlight and press to view the the song from the list to begin
Auto Volume : If equipped, this artists stored on the device. playback.
feature adjusts the volume based on 2. Turn the MENU knob to Genres:
vehicle speed and ambient noise. highlight and press to select an 1. Turn the MENU knob to
EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this artist name to view a list of all highlight and press to view the
feature adjusts the Equalizer albums by the artist. genres stored on the device.
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in 3. Turn the MENU knob to 2. Turn the MENU knob to
AM-FM Radio 0 156 . ii highlight and press to select an highlight and press to select a
album name to view a list of all genre name to view a list of
Browse Device Media songs on the album. artists of that genre.
Use the following to browse: 4. Turn the MENU knob to 3. Turn the MENU knob to
Playlists: highlight and press to select highlight and press to select to
1. Turn the MENU knob to the song from the list to begin view albums by that artist.
highlight and press to view the playback.
4. Turn the MENU knob to
playlists stored on the device. highlight and press to select an
album to view songs.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

164 Infotainment System

5. Turn the MENU knob to This jack is not an audio output. Do AUX Menu
highlight and press to select not plug headphones into the Press the MENU knob to display the
the song from the list to begin auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary AUX menu and the following may
playback. devices should be set up while the display:
Songs: vehicle is in P (Park).
Tone Settings : Select to adjust
1. Turn the MENU knob to Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
highlight and press to view a from the auxiliary device to the Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
list of all songs stored on the auxiliary input jack. “Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio
device. If an auxiliary device has already 0 156 .
ii

2. Turn the MENU knob to been connected, but a different Auto Volume : If equipped, this
highlight and press to select source is currently active, press the feature adjusts the volume based on
the song from the list to begin MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly vehicle speed and ambient noise.
playback. to scroll through all of the available
audio source screens, until the AUX EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this
source screen is shown. feature adjusts the pre-defined
Auxiliary Jack equalizer settings. See “EQ
Playing from the AUX Jack (Equalizer)” in AM-FM Radio 0 156 .
There is an AUX jack on the front or ii

under the armrest of the center An auxiliary device is played

console. See Center Console through the audio system and Bluetooth Audio
Storage 0 100 . controlled through the device itself.
ii

If equipped, music may be played

Possible auxiliary audio sources from a paired Bluetooth device. See
include: “Pairing” in “Information Controls”
. Laptop computer under Bluetooth (Overview) 0 171 ii

or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -

. Audio music player Base Radio) 0 172 or Bluetooth
ii

(Infotainment Controls - Base

Connected Radio) 0 176 for help
ii

pairing a device.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 165

Volume and song selection may be Manage Bluetooth Devices: Select Voice Recognition
controlled using the Infotainment to go to the Bluetooth page to add
controls or on the phone/device. or delete devices. If equipped, voice recognition allows
If Bluetooth Audio is selected and for hands-free operation within the
When selecting Bluetooth Audio, the
nothing is heard, check the volume audio and phone applications. This
radio may not be able to launch the
setting on both the phone/device feature can be started by pressing
audio player on the connected
and the infotainment system. device to start playing. When the the button below g on the
Music can be launched by pressing vehicle is not moving, use the infotainment screen.
the MEDIA screen button on the phone to begin playback. However, not all features within
Home Page. All devices launch audio differently. these areas are supported by voice
To play music via Bluetooth: When selecting Bluetooth Audio as commands. Generally, only complex
a source, the radio may show as tasks that require multiple manual
1. Power on the device, and pair interactions to complete are
to connect the device. paused on the screen. Press play
on the device or press r to begin supported by voice commands.
2. Once paired, go into the audio For example, tasks that take more
playback.
application from the Home than one or two button presses such
Page or via the application tray. Some phones support sending
as selecting a song or artist to play
Select MEDIA until Bluetooth Bluetooth music information to
from a media device would be
displays. display on the radio. When the radio
supported by voice commands.
receives this information, it will
Bluetooth Audio Menu Other tasks, like adjusting the
check to see if any is available and
volume or seeking up or down are
Press the MENU screen button to display it. For more information
audio features that are easily
display the Bluetooth Audio menu. about supported Bluetooth features,
performed by pressing one or two
The following may be available: see www.gm.com/bluetooth.
buttons, and are not supported by
Tone: Select + or − to adjust the voice commands.
tone settings. See AM-FM Radio In general there are flexible ways to
0 156 .
ii

speak commands for completing the

Press o BACK to go back to the tasks. Most of them, except
previous menu. destination entry and voice keypad,
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

166 Infotainment System

can be completed in a single 2. The audio system mutes and If a command is not spoken, the
command. If the task takes more the system plays a prompt voice recognition system says a
than one command to complete, the followed by a beep. help prompt.
first command would be to indicate 3. Wait until the beep stops, then
the kind of task that is to be Prompts and Screen Displays
clearly speak one of the
performed. The system replies with commands described in this While a voice recognition session is
prompts that lead through a dialog section. active, there will be corresponding
to enter the necessary information. buttons on screens displayed.
Voice recognition can be used when Press the button below the g Manual interaction in the voice
the ignition is on or when Retained screen button to interrupt any recognition session is permitted.
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. voice recognition system Interaction during a voice session
See Retained Accessory Power prompt. For example, if the may be completed entirely using
(RAP) 0 214 . prompt seems to be taking too voice commands, or some
selections may expedite a session.
ii

long to finish, press the button

Using Voice Recognition below the g screen button If a selection is made using a
manual control, the dialog will
Voice recognition becomes available again and the beep should
progress in the same way as if the
once the system has been happen right away.
selection was made through a voice
initialized. This begins when the There are two voice prompt modes command. Once the system is able
ignition is turned on. Initialization supported: to complete the task, or the session
may take a few moments.
. Long verbal prompts: The longer is terminated, the voice recognition
1. Press the button below the g prompts provide more dialog stops.
screen button. information regarding the An example of this type of manual
When voice recognition is supported actions. intervention is pressing on an entry
started from the infotainment . Short prompts: The short of a displayed number list instead of
screen, the selections and prompts provide simple speaking the number associated
visual dialog content are instructions about what can be with the entry desired.
displayed on both the center stated.
stack display and the
instrument cluster display.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 167

Canceling Voice Recognition . Say “Help” or look at the screen understood by the system. An
. display for commands. example of a direct command would
Select the Home screen button
. Voice recognition system be “Call 555-1212.” Examples of
to terminate the voice
prompts can be interrupted these direct commands are
recognition session which was
displayed on most of the screens
initiated by selecting g on the during a prompt by selecting g while a voice session is active.
infotainment screen. again. If “Phone” or “Phone Commands” is
. Select or say “Cancel” or “Exit” For example, if the prompt stated, the system understands that
to terminate the voice seems to be taking too long to a phone call is requested and will
recognition session and display finish, or if what is being respond with questions until enough
the screen from which voice prompted causes a need for an details are gathered.
recognition was initiated. immediate reply, select g again If the phone number has been
and wait for the beep. saved with a name and a place, the
Helpful Hints for Speaking
. direct command should include
Commands Speak the command naturally,
both, for example “Call Dave Smith
not too fast, not too slow. Use
Voice recognition can understand at work.”
direct commands without a lot of
commands that are either naturally extra words.
stated in sentence form (English Using Voice Recognition for
only), or direct commands that state . Usually Phone and Audio List Options
the application and the task. commands can be spoken in a When a list is displayed, a voice
single command. prompt will ask to confirm or select
For languages that do not support
natural language commands in For example, “Call Dave Smith an option from that list. A selection
sentence form, use the direct at work,” “Play” followed by the can be made by manually selecting
commands shown as examples on artist or song name, or “Tune” the item, or by speaking the line
the display screen. followed by the radio station number for the item.
number. When a screen contains a list,
For best results:
There is no need to memorize options may be available but not
. Listen for the prompt and wait displayed. The list on a voice
specific command words. Direct
for the beep before saying a commands might be more clearly recognition screen functions the
command or reply.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

168 Infotainment System

same as a list on other screens. Help “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to

Scrolling can be used to help Say “Help” on any voice recognition AM and tune to the last AM radio
display other entries from the list. screen and the help prompt for the station.
Manually scrolling or paging the list screen is played. Additionally, a “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to
on a screen during a voice pop-up displays a text version of the FM and tune to the last FM radio
recognition session suspends the help prompt. Depending on how station.
current voice recognition event and voice recognition was initiated, the “Switch to XM” : Switch bands to
plays the prompt “Make your Help pop-up will either display on SiriusXM and tune to the last
selection from the list using the the instrument cluster or the SiriusXM channel.
manual controls or press the o infotainment screen. Press the
faceplate button below the Dismiss “Tune to <AM frequency> AM” :
BACK button to try again.”
screen button to make the pop-up Tune to the radio station whose
If manual selection takes more than go away. frequency is identified in the
15 seconds, the session terminates command (like “nine fifty”).
and prompts that it has timed out. Selecting g while the help prompt is
playing will terminate the prompt “Tune to <FM frequency> FM” :
The screen returns to the screen
where voice recognition was and a beep will be heard. Doing this Tune to the radio station whose
initiated. will stop the help prompt so that a frequency is identified in the
voice command can be used. command (like “one o one
The Back Command point one”).
Voice Recognition for the “Tune to XM <XM channel
Say “Back” or press the o BACK
Radio number>” : Tune to the SiriusXM
button to go to the previous screen.
Select g from the infotainment radio station whose channel number
If in voice recognition, and “Back” is is identified in the command.
stated all the way through to the screen to launch audio voice
initial screen, then “Back” is stated recognition. When selected, the “Tune to XM <XM channel
one more time, the voice recognition voice commands for radio and name>” : Tune to the SiriusXM
session will cancel. media features are available. radio station whose channel name
is identified in the command.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 169

Voice Recognition for Audio “Play Genre <genre name>” : “Play Episode <episode
My Media Begin playback of the media name>” : Begin playback of the
selection identified in the command. media selection identified in the
If browsing My Media when g is command.
“Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to
selected from the infotainment
enter a specific playlist name. “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to
screen, the voice recognition
“Play Playlist <playlist name>” : enter a specific name.
commands for My Media features
are available. Begin playback of the identified “Play Podcast <podcast
playlist in the command. name>” : Begin playback of the
“Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to
“Play <device name>” : Play media selection identified in the
enter a specific artist name.
music from a specific device command.
“Play Artist <artist name>” :
identified by name. The device “Play Video” : Begin a dialog to
Begin playback of the media from
name is the name displayed on the enter a specific name.
the artist identified in the command.
screen when the device is first “Play Video <video name>” :
“Play Album” : Begin a dialog to selected as an audio source. Begin playback of the media
enter a specific album name.
“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to selection identified in the command.
“Play Album <album name>” : enter a specific name. “My Media” : Begin a dialog to
Begin playback of the identified
“Play Chapter <chapter name>” : enter the desired media content.
album name in the command.
Begin playback of the media
“Play Song” : Begin a dialog to selection identified in the command. Handling Large Amounts of Media
enter a specific song name. Content
“Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog
“Play Song <song name>” : Begin to enter a specific name. It is expected that large amounts of
playback of the identified song media content will be brought into
“Play Audiobook <audiobook the vehicle. It may be necessary to
name in the command.
name>” : Begin playback of the handle large amounts of media
“Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to media selection identified in the content in a different way than
enter a specific genre. command. smaller amounts. The system may
“Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to limit the options of voice recognition
enter a specific name. by not allowing selection of song
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

170 Infotainment System

titles by voice at the highest level if the content cannot be accessed Voice Recognition for the
the number of songs exceeds the directly with one command like, Phone
maximum limit. “Play <album name>.” The
command “Play Album” must first be “Call <contact name>” : Initiate a
Voice command option changes call to an entered contact. The
through media content limits are: spoken; the system will then ask for
the album name. The reply would command may include location if
. Song files including other be to say the name of the album the contact has location numbers
individual files of all media types to play. stored.
such as audiobook chapters, “Call <contact name> At Home,”
podcast episodes, and videos. Once the number of songs has
exceeded approximately 8,000, “At Work,” “On Mobile,” or “On
. Album type folders including there is no support for accessing the Other” : Initiate a call to an entered
types such as albums and songs directly through voice contact and location at home, at
audiobooks. commands. There will still be work, on mobile device, or on
access to the media content by another phone.
There are no restrictions if the
number of song files and albums is using commands for playlists, “Call <phone number>” : Initiate a
less than 4,000. When the number artists, and genres. call to a standard phone number
of song files connected to the The access commands for playlists, seven or 10 digits in length, and
system is between 4,000 and 8,000, artists, and genres are prohibited also 911, 411, or 611.
the content cannot be accessed after the number of this type of “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth
directly with one command like media exceeds 4,000. pairing process. Follow instructions
“Play <song name>.” on the radio display.
The system will provide feedback
The restriction is that the command the first time voice recognition is “Switch Phone” : Select a different
“Play Song” must be spoken first; initiated if it has become apparent phone for outgoing calls.
the system will then ask for the song that any of these limits are reached
name. The reply command would be during a device initializing process.
to say the name of the song to play.
Similar limits exist for album
content. If there are more than
4,000 albums, but less than 8,000,
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 171

“Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to Phone duplicate or rarely used entries.

enter special numbers like If possible, program speed dial
international numbers. The numbers or other shortcuts.
can be entered in groups of digits Bluetooth (Overview)
. Review the controls and
with each group of digits being Instructions for using the cell phone operation of the infotainment
repeated back by the system. If the may differ between infotainment system.
group of digits is not correct, the systems. The base radio and base
command “Delete” will remove the radio with connectivity instructions . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
last group of digits and allow them are included in this manual. See the The system may not work with
to be re-entered. Once the entire infotainment manual for instructions all cell phones. See “Pairing” in
number has been entered, the on the uplevel radios. this section.
command “Call” will start dialing the . If the cell phone has voice
number. Bluetooth-capable systems can
interact with many cell phones, dialing capability, learn to use
“Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice allowing: that feature to access the
mail numbers. address book or contact list. See
. Placement and receipt of calls in “Voice Pass-Thru” in this
Voice Recognition for OnStar a hands-free mode. section.
(If Equipped) . Sharing of the cell phone’s . See “Storing and Deleting Phone
“OnStar” : Begin OnStar Voice address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section.
Recognition. the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction, { Warning
before driving, and with the vehicle
parked: When using a cell phone, it can
. Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or
features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the
Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment system.
contact lists clearly and delete Taking your eyes off the road too
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

172 Infotainment System

MENU : Turn to scroll through a list. How to Speak : Speak clearly in a

Warning (Continued) Press to select the highlighted list calm and natural voice.
option.
long or too often could cause a Audio System
crash resulting in injury or death. { (Home Page) : Press to go to the
Home Page. See Home Page When using the Bluetooth system,
Focus your attention on driving. sound comes through the vehicle's
0 153 .
ii

front audio system speakers and

Vehicles with a Bluetooth system PHONE : Select to enter the phone overrides the audio system. Use the
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell main menu. See Bluetooth O knob during a call to change the
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to (Overview) 0 171 or Bluetooth
ii
volume level. The system maintains
make and receive phone calls. The (Infotainment Controls - Base a minimum volume level.
infotainment system and voice Radio) 0 172 or Bluetooth
ii

recognition are used to control the (Infotainment Controls - Base Bluetooth Audio Quality
system. The system can be used Connected Radio) 0 176 . ii

Turn off the Echo and Noise

while in ON/RUN or ACC/ Voice Recognition cancellation feature on your phone,
ACCESSORY. The range of the if supported, for the best hands-free
Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m The voice recognition system uses performance.
(30 ft). Not all phones support all commands to control the system
and dial phone numbers. See www.gm.com/bluetooth.
functions and not all phones work
with the Bluetooth system. See Noise : The system may not
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more Bluetooth (Infotainment
recognize voice commands if there
information about compatible is too much background noise, such Controls - Base Radio)
phones. as noise from open windows or loud For information about how to
talking inside the vehicle. navigate the menu system using the
Bluetooth Controls
When to Speak : A tone sounds to infotainment controls, see Overview
Infotainment System Controls indicate that the system is ready for 0 152 .
ii

For information about how to a voice command. Wait for the tone
navigate the menu system using the and then speak.
infotainment controls, see Overview
0 152 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 173

Switching to Handset or the cell phone changes or the 2. Turn the MENU knob and
Hands-Free Mode cell phone is deleted from the press to select Manage
system. Phones.
To switch between handset mode
and hands-free mode, use the . Only one paired cell phone can 3. Press the button just below the
OnStar command, “transfer call.” be connected to the Bluetooth PAIR screen button. A four-digit
system at a time. Personal Identification Number
Pairing . (PIN) appears on the display.
If multiple paired cell phones are
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone within range of the system, the The PIN is used in Step 5.
must be paired to the Bluetooth system connects to the first 4. Start the pairing process on the
system and then connected to the available paired cell phone in the cell phone to be paired to the
vehicle before it can be used. See order that they were newly vehicle. See the cell phone
your cell phone manufacturer's user paired to the system. To connect manufacturer's user guide for
guide for Bluetooth functions before to a different paired phone, see information on this process.
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth “Connecting to a Different
phone is not connected, calls can 5. Locate the device named “Your
Phone” later in this section. Vehicle” in the list on the cell
be made using OnStar Hands-Free
Calling, if available. See OnStar Pairing a Phone or Device phone. Follow the instructions
Overview 0 375 , if equipped. on the cell phone to enter the
ii
1. From the Home Page, turn the PIN provided in Step 3. If a six
Pairing Information MENU knob to access the digit code is shown on the
PHONE screen button, then phone and the vehicle screen,
. Up to five cell phones can be press the MENU knob to select
paired to the Bluetooth system. confirm the codes are the
the PHONE screen button. If a same. The system recognizes
. The pairing process is disabled device has been previously the new connected phone after
when the vehicle is moving. paired, the main Phone menu the pairing process is
will be shown. If no devices complete.
. Pairing only needs to be have been paired, Step 2 can
completed once per phone, be skipped. 6. If the phone prompts to accept
unless the pairing information on connection or allow phone
book download, select Always
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

174 Infotainment System

Accept and Allow. The phone 4. Press the button below the Recent Calls : Turn the MENU
book may not be available if DELETE screen button to knob to highlight Recent Calls and
not accepted. delete the highlighted device. press to select.
7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair 5. A confirmation screen is Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to
additional phones or devices. displayed. Press the button just highlight Contacts and press to
below the DELETE screen select.
Listing All Paired and Connected button to confirm deletion.
Phones Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to
Connecting to a Different Phone highlight Keypad and press to
1. To list all paired devices, from select.
the Home Page turn the MENU 1. From the Home Page, turn the
knob, then press to select the MENU knob, then press to Active Call : Turn the MENU knob
PHONE screen button. select the PHONE screen to highlight Active Call and press to
button. select and display the active call
2. Turn the MENU knob and screen.
press to select Manage 2. Turn the MENU knob and
Phones. press to select Manage Manage Phones : Turn the MENU
Phones. knob to highlight Manage Phones
Deleting a Paired Phone and press to select.
3. Turn the MENU knob to
1. From the Home Page, turn the
highlight the phone to be Making a Call Using Contacts
MENU knob, then press to connected.
select the PHONE screen and Recent Calls
button. 4. Press the button just below the For cell phones that support the
CONNECT screen button to Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
2. Turn the MENU knob and connect to the highlighted
press to select Manage the Bluetooth system can use the
device. contacts stored on your cell phone
Phones.
Phone Menu to make calls. See your cell phone
3. Turn the MENU knob to manufacturer’s user guide or
highlight the phone to be Once a phone is connected and contact your wireless provider to
deleted. selected, the following may display: find out if this feature is supported
by your phone.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 175

If the phone prompts to allow phone 3. Turn the MENU knob to 4. Press the MENU knob to call
book download during the pairing highlight the letter group and the contact.
process, select Always Accept and press to select.
Allow. The phone book may not be Making a Call Using the
4. Turn the MENU knob to Keypad
available if not accepted. highlight the contact and press
When a cell phone supports the to select. To make a call:
phone book feature, the Contacts 5. Turn the MENU knob to 1. From the Home Page, turn the
and Recent Calls menus are highlight the desired number, MENU knob, then press to
automatically available. then press the MENU knob to select the PHONE screen
The Contacts menu allows you to call the contact. button.
access the phone book stored in the To make a call using the Recent 2. Turn the MENU knob and
cell phone to make a call. Calls menu: press to select Keypad.
The Recent Calls menu allows you 1. From the Home Page, turn the 3. Turn the MENU knob to
to access the phone numbers from MENU knob, then press to highlight the first digit and
the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, select the PHONE screen press to select. Continue this
and Missed Calls menus on the cell button. process through the number.
phone to make a call. To call, press the button just
2. Turn the MENU knob to below the CALL screen button.
To make a call using the highlight Recent Calls and
Contacts menu: press to select. Accepting or Declining a Call
1. From the Home Page, turn the If necessary, select between When an incoming call is received,
MENU knob, then press to Missed, Recent, and Sent calls the infotainment system mutes and
select the PHONE screen by pressing the button below a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
button. the appropriate screen button.
2. Turn the MENU knob to Accepting a Call
3. Turn the MENU knob to
highlight Contacts and press to highlight the contact or the To accept a call, press the button
select. phone number. just below the ANSWER screen
button.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

176 Infotainment System

Declining a Call Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Switching to Handset or

To decline a call, do one of the (DTMF) Tones Hands-Free Mode
following: The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can To switch between handset or
. Press the button just below the send numbers during a call. This is hands-free mode, from the Home
IGNORE screen button. used when calling a menu-driven Page select the PHONE to display
phone system. Call View.
. Do nothing.
1. When a call is active, press the . While the active call is
Call Waiting button just below the KEYPAD hands-free, press the Handset
Call waiting must be supported on screen button. screen button to switch to the
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by 2. Turn the MENU knob to handset mode. The screen
the wireless service carrier to work. highlight the first digit and button changes to Hands-Free
press to select. once the Bluetooth device
Accepting a Call Waiting Call confirms it is operating as
To accept a call waiting call, press If not initially in the phone handset.
application, from the Home Page,
the button just below the SWITCH . While the active call is handset,
screen button. turn the MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen button. select the Hands-Free screen
Declining a Call Waiting Call From the PHONE main menu, turn button to switch to the
the MENU knob to highlight Active hands-free mode. The screen
To decline a call waiting call, do one button changes to Handset once
of the following: Call and press to select.
the Bluetooth device confirms it
. Press the button just below the is operating as hands-free.
Bluetooth (Infotainment
IGNORE screen button. Pairing
Controls - Base
. Do nothing.
Connected Radio) A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
Ending a Call must be paired to the Bluetooth
For information about how to system and then connected to the
To end a call, press the button just navigate the menu system using the vehicle before it can be used. See
below the END screen button. infotainment controls, see Overview your cell phone manufacturer's user
0 152 .
ii

guide for Bluetooth functions before

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 177

pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth Pairing a Phone or Device to enter the PIN provided in
phone is not connected, calls can 1. From the Home Page, turn the Step 3 or confirm the six-digit
be made using OnStar Hands-Free MENU knob to access the code shown on the display.
Calling, if available. See OnStar PHONE screen button, then After the PIN is successfully
Overview 0 375 . ii

press the MENU knob to select entered or the code is

the PHONE screen button. If a confirmed, the system
Pairing Information responds with “<Device name>
device has been previously
. Up to 10 cell phones can be has been successfully paired”
paired, the main Phone menu
paired to the Bluetooth system. will be shown. If no devices when the pairing process is
. The pairing process is disabled have been paired, Step 2 can complete.
when the vehicle is moving. be skipped. 6. If “Chevrolet MyLink” does not
. Pairing only needs to be 2. Turn the MENU knob and appear, turn the phone off or
completed once per phone, press to select Manage remove the phone battery and
unless the pairing information on Phones. retry.
the cell phone changes or the 3. Press the button just below the 7. If the phone prompts to accept
cell phone is deleted from the PAIR/screen button. A four-digit connection or allow phone
system. Personal Identification Number book download, select always
. Only one paired cell phone can (PIN) appears on the display. accept and allow. The phone
be connected to the Bluetooth The PIN may be used in book may not be available if
system at a time. Step 5. not accepted.
. If multiple paired cell phones are 4. Start the pairing process on the 8. Repeat Steps 1−7 to pair
within range of the system, the cell phone to be paired to the additional phones.
system connects to the most vehicle. See the cell phone Listing All Paired and Connected
recently connected device. To manufacturer's user guide for Phones
connect to a different paired information on this process.
phone, see “Connecting to a 1. To list all paired devices, from
5. Locate “Chevrolet MyLink” on the Home Page turn the MENU
Different Phone” later in this the display. Follow the
section. knob, then press to select the
instructions on the cell phone PHONE screen button.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

178 Infotainment System

2. Turn the MENU knob and Connecting to a Different Phone Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to
press to select Manage 1. From the Home Page, turn the highlight Keypad and press to
Phones. MENU knob, then press to select.
Deleting a Paired Phone select the PHONE screen Active Call : Turn the MENU knob
button. to highlight Active Call and press to
1. From the Home Page, turn the select and display the active call
MENU knob, then press to 2. Turn the MENU knob and
press to select Manage screen.
select the PHONE screen
button. Phones. Manage Phones : Turn the MENU
3. Turn the MENU knob to knob to highlight Manage Phones
2. Turn the MENU knob and and press to select.
press to select Manage highlight the phone to be
Phones. connected. Making a Call Using Contacts
3. Turn the MENU knob to 4. Press the button just below the and Recent Calls
highlight the phone to be CONNECT screen button to For cell phones that support the
deleted. connect to the highlighted Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
device. the Bluetooth system can use the
4. Press the button below the
DROP screen button to Phone Menu contacts stored on your cell phone
disconnect the highlighted to make calls. See your cell phone
Once a phone is connected and manufacturer’s user guide or
device.
selected, the following may display: contact your wireless provider to
5. Press the button below the find out if this feature is supported
Recent Calls : Turn the MENU
DELETE screen button to by your phone.
knob to highlight Recent Calls and
delete the highlighted device.
press to select. If the phone prompts to allow phone
6. A confirmation screen is book download during the pairing
Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to
displayed. Press the button just process, select Always Accept and
highlight Contacts and press to
below the DELETE screen Allow. The phone book may not be
select.
button to confirm deletion. available if not accepted.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 179

When a cell phone supports the To make a call using the Recent 2. Turn the MENU knob and
phone book feature, the Contacts Calls menu: press to select Keypad.
and Recent Calls menus are 1. From the Home Page, turn the 3. Turn the MENU knob to
automatically available. MENU knob, then press to highlight the first digit and
The Contacts menu allows you to select the PHONE screen press to select. Continue this
access the phone book stored in the button. process through the number.
cell phone to make a call. 2. Turn the MENU knob to To call, press the button just
The Recent Calls menu allows you highlight Recent Calls and below the CALL screen button.
to access the phone numbers from press to select. Accepting or Declining a Call
the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, If necessary, select between
and Missed Calls menus on the cell When an incoming call is received,
Missed, Recent, and Sent calls the infotainment system mutes and
phone to make a call. by pressing the button below a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
To make a call using the the appropriate screen button.
Contacts menu: Accepting a Call
3. Turn the MENU knob to
1. From the Home Page, turn the highlight the contact or the To accept a call, press the button
MENU knob, then press to phone number. just below the ANSWER screen
select the PHONE screen button.
4. Press the MENU knob to call
button. the contact. Declining a Call
2. Turn the MENU knob to To decline a call, do one of the
highlight Contacts and press to Making a Call Using the
Keypad following:
select.
. Press the button just below the
3. Turn the MENU knob to To make a call:
IGNORE screen button.
highlight the contact and press 1. From the Home Page, turn the
to select. . Do nothing.
MENU knob, then press to
4. Turn the MENU knob to select the PHONE screen
highlight the desired number, button.
then press the MENU knob to
call the contact.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

180 Infotainment System

Call Waiting 1. When a call is active, press the Settings : See “Text Settings” later
button just below the KEYPAD in this section.
Call waiting must be supported on
screen button. Reply : Select to reply using a
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
the wireless service carrier to work. 2. Turn the MENU knob to predefined text message. See “Text
highlight the first digit and Settings.”
Accepting a Call Waiting Call press to select. Call : Select to place a call to the
To accept a call waiting call, press If not initially in the phone sender of the text message.
the button just below the SWITCH application, from the Home Page,
screen button. turn the MENU knob, then press to Viewing a Text Message
Declining a Call Waiting Call select the PHONE screen button. While viewing a text message:
From the PHONE main menu, turn . Select Reply to reply using a
To decline a call waiting call, do one the MENU knob to highlight Active
of the following: predefined text message.
Call and press to select.
. Press the button just below the . Select Call to place a call to the
IGNORE screen button. Text Messaging sender of the text message.
. Do nothing. If equipped, the infotainment system Viewing Sender Information
may allow text messages to be If equipped, select the name of the
Ending a Call
received and replied to. Received sender to view sender information if
To end a call, press the button just messages can also be read aloud. this information matches contact
below the END screen button. information already stored.
Text Menu
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Select a Predefined Message :
Inbox : Select to display incoming
(DTMF) Tones messages. To view a message, Select from a set of quick
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can select the name of the sender. messages. Select the message
send numbers during a call. This is Select LISTEN to listen to the text to send.
used when calling a menu-driven message. Press the o BACK button
phone system. on the faceplate to the
previous menu.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 181

Predefined Messages Text Settings Trademarks and

These are short text messages that Text Alerts : When on, this feature
can be used to send so responses will display an alert when a new text
License Agreements
will not have to be typed. message has been received. Select FCC Information
The messages can be deleted or a on or off.
See Radio Frequency Statement
new message can be added. Manage Predefined Messages : 0 371 .
ii

To add a new message: Select to add, change, or delete

predefined messages.
1. Select Text Settings, then
select Manage Predefined
Messages.
2. While in the predefined
messages list view, select Add
New Predefined Message and
"Made for iPod" and "Made for
a keyboard displays.
iPhone" mean that an electronic
3. Type a new message and accessory has been designed to
select NEW MSG when done connect specifically to iPod or
to add the message. Press the iPhone and has been certified by
o BACK button on faceplate to the developer to meet Apple
go back to the predefined performance standards. Apple is not
messages list. Select z to responsible for the operation of this
delete one character at a time. device or its compliance with safety
and regulatory standards. Please
Memory Full note that the use of this accessory
This message may display if there is with iPod or iPhone may affect
no more room on the phone to store wireless performance. iPhone®,
messages. iPod®, iPod classic®, iPod nano®,
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

182 Infotainment System

iPod shuffle®, and iPod touch® are Explicit Language Notice: Channels General Requirements:
trademarks of Apple Inc., registered with frequent explicit language are 1. A License Agreement from
in the U.S. and other countries. indicated with an “XL” preceding the SiriusXM® is required for any
channel name. Channel blocking is product that incorporates
available for SiriusXM Satellite SiriusXM Technology and/or for
Radio receivers by notifying use of any of the SiriusXM
SiriusXM: marks to be manufactured,
. USA Customers — See distributed, or marketed in the
www.siriusxm.com or call SiriusXM Service Area.
1-866-635–2349. 2. For products to be distributed,
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, . Canadian Customers — See marketed, and/or sold in
taxes, one time activation fee, and www.xmradio.ca or call Canada, a separate agreement
other fees may apply. Subscription 1-877-209-0079. is required with Canadian
fee is consumer only. All fees and Satellite Radio Inc. (operating
programming subject to change. It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer, as SiriusXM Canada).
Subscriptions subject to Customer
Agreement available at hack, manipulate, or otherwise Other Information
www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM® make available any technology or
software incorporated in receivers The Bluetooth® word mark and
service only available in the logos are owned by the Bluetooth®
48 contiguous United States and compatible with the SiriusXM®
Satellite Radio System or that SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
Canada. by General Motors is under license.
support the SiriusXM website, the
In Canada: Some deterioration of Online Service or any of its content. Other trademarks and trade names
service may occur in extreme Furthermore, the AMBER voice are those of their respective owners.
northern latitudes. This is beyond compression software included in
the control of SiriusXM® Satellite this product is protected by
Radio. intellectual property rights including
patent rights, copyrights, and trade
secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 183

Schedule I: Gracenote EULA are either registered trademarks or all of the benefits and protections
trademarks of Gracenote in the set forth herein that are available to
United States and/or other Gracenote.
countries. You agree that you will use
Gracenote Terms of Use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers
This application or device contains for your own personal
software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-commercial use only. You agree
Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). not to assign, copy, transfer or
Music recognition technology and The software from Gracenote (the
related data are provided by transmit the Gracenote Software or
"Gracenote Software") enables this any Gracenote Data to any third
Gracenote®. Gracenote is the application to do disc or file
industry standard in music party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE
identification and obtain OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA,
recognition technology and related music-related information, including
content delivery. For more THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE,
name, artist, track, and title OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
information visit information ("Gracenote Data") from
www.gracenote.com. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY
online servers or embedded PERMITTED HEREIN.
Music-related data from Gracenote, databases (collectively, "Gracenote
Inc., copyright © 2000 to present Servers") and to perform other You agree that your non-exclusive
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, functions. You may use Gracenote license to use the Gracenote Data,
copyright © 2000 to present Data only by means of the intended the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote. One or more patents End-User functions of this Gracenote Servers will terminate if
owned by Gracenote may apply to application or device. you violate these restrictions. If your
this product and service. See the license terminates, you agree to
This application or device may cease any and all use of the
Gracenote website for a contain content belonging to
non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of Software, and Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote patents. Gracenote, the restrictions set forth herein with
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote reserves all rights in
respect to Gracenote Data shall Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Gracenote logo and logotype, and also apply to such content and such
the "Powered by Gracenote" logo Software, and the Gracenote
content providers shall be entitled to Servers, including all ownership
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

184 Infotainment System

rights. Under no circumstances will error-free or that functioning of © 2013. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights
Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote Software or Gracenote Reserved.
payment to you for any information Servers will be uninterrupted.
that you provide. You agree that Gracenote is not obligated to PANDORA
Gracenote may enforce its rights provide you with new enhanced or PANDORA, the PANDORA logo,
under this Agreement against you additional data types or categories and the Pandora trade dress are
directly in its own name. that Gracenote may provide in the trademarks or registered trademarks
The Gracenote service uses a future and is free to discontinue its of Pandora Media, Inc. Used with
unique identifier to track queries for services at any time. permission.
statistical purposes. The purpose of GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL Unicode
a randomly assigned numeric WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR
Copyright © 1991-2013 Unicode,
identifier is to allow the Gracenote IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed
service to count queries without LIMITED TO, IMPLIED
under the Terms of Use in http://
knowing anything about who you WARRANTIES OF
www.unicode.org/copyright.html.
are. For more information, see the MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
web page for the Gracenote Privacy FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, Free Type Project
Policy for the Gracenote service. TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
Portions of this software are
The Gracenote Software and each GRACENOTE DOES NOT
copyright © 2013 The FreeType
item of Gracenote Data are licensed WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT
Project (http://www.freetype.org). All
to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR
rights reserved.
representations or warranties, USE OF THE GRACENOTE
express or implied, regarding the SOFTWARE OR ANY iType
accuracy of any Gracenote Data. GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO
iType is a trademark of Monotype
Gracenote reserves the right to CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE
Imaging Inc. registered in the U.S.
delete data from the Gracenote LIABLE FOR ANY
Patent & Trademark Office and may
Servers or to change data CONSEQUENTIAL OR
be registered in certain other
categories for any cause that INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR
jurisdictions.
Gracenote deems sufficient. No ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST
warranty is made that the Gracenote REVENUES.
Software or Gracenote Servers are
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 185

Open Source SW Subject to the terms and conditions Product or the Software in
The open source code used in this of this License, QSSC hereby contravention of applicable export
device can be downloaded at the grants you a limited, non-exclusive, control laws.
webpage shown in the information non-transferable license to use the EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
at the center stack display. Further Software in the Product for the OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
information concerning the OSS purpose intended by the APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS
licenses is shown in the center Manufacturer. If permitted by the LICENSORS PROVIDE THE
stack display. Manufacturer, or by applicable law, SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
you may make one backup copy of WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
QNX the Software as part of the Product CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND,
Portions of this software are software. QSSC and its licensors EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
copyright © 2008-2013, QNX reserve all license+C31 rights not INCLUDING, WITHOUT
Software Systems. All rights expressly granted herein, and retain LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES
reserved. all right, title and interest in and to OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE,
all copies of the Software, including NON-INFRINGEMENT,
Part C – EULA all intellectual property rights MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
Copyright 2013, Software Systems therein. Unless required by FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights applicable law you may not ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER
Reserved. reproduce, distribute or transfer, PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE
or de-compile, disassemble or MANUFACTURER OR ITS
The product you have purchased otherwise attempt to unbundle,
("Product") contains Software DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER
reverse engineer, modify or create FROM THIS LICENSE ARE
(Runtime Configuration No. 505962; derivative works of, the Software.
"Software") which is distributed by OFFERED BY THE
You agree: (1) not to remove, cover MANUFACTURER OR ITS
or on behalf of the Product or alter any proprietary notices,
manufacturer "Manufacturer") under DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND
labels or marks in or on the NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES
license from Software Systems Co. Software, and to ensure that all
("QSSC"). You may only use the OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU
copies bear any notice contained on ASSUME ANY RISKS
Software in the Product and in the original; and (2) not to export the
compliance with the license terms
below.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

186 Infotainment System

ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE LICENSORS HAVE BEEN END USER NOTICE
OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY The marks of companies displayed
LICENSE. OF SUCH DAMAGES. by this product to indicate business
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT WMA locations are the marks of their
OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY respective owners. The use of such
APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN This product is protected by certain marks in this product does not imply
THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR intellectual property rights of any sponsorship, approval,
GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN Microsoft. Use or distribution of or endorsement by such companies
NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS such technology outside of this of this product.
AFFILIATES OR THEIR product is prohibited without a
LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU license from Microsoft.
UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, For more information on the
WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING Software, including any open source
NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR software license terms (and
OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, available source code) as well as
INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, copyright attributions applicable to
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, the Runtime Configuration indicated
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES above, please contact the
OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS Manufacturer or contact QSSC at
A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR 175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
TO USE THE PRODUCT (licensing@qnx.com).
(INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE,
PRODUCT FAILURE OR
MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES
OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS
AFFILIATES OR THEIR
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Climate Controls 187

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled.
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 187
Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

1. Fan Control TEMP (Temperature Control) :

2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls temperature inside the vehicle.
4. Defrost 9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise
5. TEMP (Temperature Control) or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. There is
6. Rear Window Defogger (If about a five second delay when the
Equipped) fan is turned on. Turn the knob all
7. Air Recirculation the way counterclockwise to turn the
fan off.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

188 Climate Controls

Air Delivery Mode Control : air into the vehicle and the air Rear Window Defogger
Press Y, \, [ , or - to change conditioning compressor will run,
unless the outside temperature is
K (Rear Window Defogger, (If
the direction of the airflow. An Equipped)) : Press to turn the rear
indicator light comes on in the close to freezing.
window defogger on or off. An
selected mode button. Do not drive the vehicle until all the indicator light on the button comes
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the windows are clear. on to show that the rear window
instrument panel outlets. See Air Vents 0 191 .ii
defogger is on.
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided @ (Recirculation) : Press to turn The rear window defogger only
between the instrument panel and on recirculation. An indicator light works when the ignition is in ON/
floor outlets. comes on. Air is recirculated to RUN. The defogger also turns off if
quickly cool the inside of the the ignition is turned to ACC/
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
floor outlets, with some air directed vehicle. It can also be used to help
to the windshield, outboard reduce outside air and odors that
instrument panel, and side window enter the vehicle. Caution
outlets. 8 (Outside Air, If Equipped) : Using a razor blade or sharp
- (Defog) : This mode clears the Press to turn on outside air. An object to clear the inside rear
windows of fog or moisture. Air is indicator light comes on. Outside air window can damage the rear
directed to the windshield, with is circulated throughout the vehicle.
window defogger. Repairs would
some air directed to the floor, A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press to not be covered by the vehicle
outboard instrument panel outlets, turn the air conditioning system on warranty. Do not clear the inside
and side window outlets. or off. An indicator light comes on to rear window with sharp objects.
0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the show that the air conditioning is
windshield of fog or frost more enabled. If the fan is turned off, the
air conditioner will not run. The A/C Heated Mirror : If equipped with
quickly. Air is directed to the heated outside rearview mirrors, the
windshield and side window vents, light will stay on even if the outside
temperatures are below freezing. mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost
with some air directed to the from the surface of the mirror when
outboard instrument panel. The the rear window defog button is
system automatically forces outside pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 37 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Climate Controls 189

Automatic Climate Control System When the indicator light is on, the
system is in full automatic operation.
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be If the air delivery mode or fan
controlled. setting is manually adjusted, the
auto indicator turns off and displays
will show the selected settings.
To place the system in
automatic mode:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature.
To find your comfort setting,
start with 22 °C (72 °F) and
allow the system time to
stabilize. Then adjust the
temperature as needed for best
comfort.
1. Fan Control 7. Rear Window Defogger (If To improve fuel efficiency and to
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Equipped) cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
8. Air Recirculation may be automatically selected in
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls warm weather.
4. Defrost 9. Power Button
The recirculation light will not come
5. Temperature Control Automatic Operation on when automatically controlled.
6. AUTO (Automatic Operation) The system automatically controls Press @ to manually select
the fan speed, air delivery, air recirculation; press it again to select
conditioning, and recirculation in outside air.
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

190 Climate Controls

Do not cover the solar sensor on the Air Delivery Mode Controls : air conditioning compressor will run,
top of the instrument panel near the Press Y, \, [ , or - to change unless the outside temperature is
windshield. This sensor regulates the direction of the airflow. An close to freezing.
air temperature based on sun load. indicator light comes on in the 0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the
See “Sensors” later in this section. selected mode button. windshield of fog or frost more
Manual Operation Changing the mode cancels the quickly. Air is directed to the
automatic operation and the system windshield and the side window
O (On/Off) : Press O to turn the vents, with some air directed to the
climate control system on or off. goes into manual mode. Press
AUTO to return to automatic outboard instrument panel outlets.
Outside air still enters the vehicle, The system automatically forces
and is directed to the floor. This operation.
outside air into the vehicle and the
direction can be changed by Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the air conditioning compressor will run,
pressing the air delivery mode. instrument panel outlets. unless the outside temperature is
A (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise \ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided below freezing.
or counterclockwise to increase or between the instrument panel and Do not drive the vehicle until all
decrease the fan speed. There is floor outlets. windows are clear.
about a five second delay when the
fan is turned on. Press the knob to
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the See Air Vents 0 191 .ii

floor outlets, with some to the

turn the fan off. A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press to
windshield, outboard instrument
Press AUTO to return to automatic panel outlets, side window outlets, turn the air conditioning system on
operation. and second row floor outlets. or off. An indicator light comes on to
show that the air conditioning is
Temperature Control : Turn the - (Defog) : This mode clears the enabled. The A/C light will stay on
knob clockwise or counterclockwise windows of fog or moisture. Air is even if the outside temperatures are
to increase or decrease temperature directed to the windshield, floor below freezing. If the fan is turned
setting. outlets, outboard instrument panel off, the air conditioner will not run.
outlets, and side window outlets.
The system automatically forces @ (Recirculation) : Press to turn
outside air into the vehicle and the on recirculation. An indicator light
comes on. Air is recirculated to
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Climate Controls 191

quickly cool the inside of the The rear window defogger only Air Vents
vehicle. It can also be used to help works when the ignition is in ON/
reduce outside air and odors that RUN. The defogger also turns off if Adjustable air vents are in the
enter the vehicle. The air the ignition is turned to ACC/ center and on the side of the
conditioning compressor also comes ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. instrument panel. Use the sliding
on when this mode is activated. knobs on the air vents to change
Caution the direction of the airflow. Slide the
Auto Defog : The climate control
knob up or down to open or close
system may have a sensor to
Using a razor blade or sharp off the airflow.
automatically detect high humidity
inside the vehicle. When high object to clear the inside rear Air vents blow warm air on the side
humidity is detected, the climate window can damage the rear windows in cold weather. If Floor,
control system may adjust to window defogger. Repairs would Defog, or Defrost modes are
outside air supply and turn on the not be covered by the vehicle selected, a small amount of air will
air conditioner. If the climate control warranty. Do not clear the inside come from the vents close to the
system does not detect possible rear window with sharp objects. window. If the airflow is shut off
window fogging, it returns to normal using the sliding knobs, warm air
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or will be directed to the other
Heated Mirror : If equipped with
on, see “Climate and Air Quality” instrument panel vents. This is
heated outside rearview mirrors, the
under Vehicle Personalization normal operation.
mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost
0 137 .
from the surface of the mirror when
ii

Rear Window Defogger the rear window defog button is

pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 37 . ii

The rear window defogger uses a

warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
K (Rear Window Defogger) :
Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light
on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

192 Climate Controls

Use the sliding knobs to turn vent Maintenance

airflow on or off based on the mode
selected.
Passenger Compartment
Operation Tips Air Filter
. Clear away any ice, snow,
The passenger compartment air
or leaves from air inlets at the
filter reduces dust, pollen, and other
base of the windshield that could
airborne irritants from outside air
block the flow of air into the
that is pulled into the vehicle. The
vehicle.
filter will need to be replaced
. Keep the path under the front periodically. See Maintenance
seats clear of objects to help Schedule 0 344 . ii

circulate the air inside of the

Using the climate control system
vehicle more effectively.
without an air filter installed is not
. Use of non-GM approved hood recommended. Water or other
deflectors can adversely affect debris could enter the system and
the performance of the system. result in leaks or noises. Always
Check with your dealer before install a new filter when removing
adding equipment to the outside the old filter.
of the vehicle.
For more information on filter
replacement, see your dealer.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 193

Driving and Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Operating Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Driver Assistance Systems
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 240
Engine Exhaust Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Running the Vehicle While Lane Departure
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Automatic Transmission Fuel
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 220 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 California Fuel
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 246
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Manual Transmission Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 201 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 225 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 202 Drive Systems Filling a Portable Fuel
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 204
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Brakes Trailer Towing
Truck-Camper Loading Antilock Brake General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Driving Characteristics and
Starting and Operating Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 211 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 234 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Ride Control Systems Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 256
Retained Accessory Traction Control/Electronic
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Conversions and Add-Ons
Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . . 215 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 237 Add-On Electrical
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

194 Driving and Operating

.
Driving Information Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
programming favorite radio system and the navigation system,
Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate if equipped, including pairing and
Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings. using a cell phone.
and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into
task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to Defensive Driving
judgment and do not let other driving.
Defensive driving means “always
activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked expect the unexpected.” The first
from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen step in driving defensively is to wear
governments have enacted laws to the floor. the safety belt. See Safety Belts
regarding driver distraction. Become
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend 0 50 .
familiar with the local laws in
ii

your area. to children. . Assume that other road users

. Keep pets in an appropriate (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
To avoid distracted driving, always
carrier or restraint. other drivers) are going to be
keep your eyes on the road, hands
careless and make mistakes.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations Anticipate what they might do
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a and be ready.
demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Allow enough following distance
Use a hands-free method to
between you and the driver in
place or receive necessary { Warning front of you.
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too . Focus on the task of driving.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
long or too often could cause a
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
crash resulting in injury or death. Drunk Driving
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices. Death and injury associated with
. Designate a front seat drinking and driving is a global
passenger to handle potential tragedy.
distractions.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 195

Average driver reaction time is Steering

{ Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at Electric Power Steering
Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
dangerous. Your reflexes, The vehicle has electric power
(66 ft), which could be a lot of steering. It does not have power
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even steering fluid. Regular maintenance
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind is not required.
can have a serious — or even include: If power steering assist is lost due
fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between to a system malfunction, the vehicle
drinking. you and the vehicle in front can be steered, but may require
of you. increased effort.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking. See your dealer if there is a
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . problem.
Keep pace with traffic.
with a group, designate a driver If the steering wheel is turned until it
If the engine ever stops while the
who will not drink. reaches the end of its travel and is
vehicle is being driven, brake
held against that position for an
normally but do not pump the
extended period of time, power
Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
steering assist may be reduced.
pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some If the steering assist is used for an
are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be extended period of time, power
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. assist may be reduced.
Once the power assist is used up, it Normal use of the power steering
Braking can take longer to stop and the assist should return when the
Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. system cools down.
time and reaction time. Deciding to See specific vehicle steering
push the brake pedal is perception messages under Steering System
time. Actually doing it is Messages 0 134 . See your dealer if
reaction time.
ii

there is a problem.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

196 Driving and Operating

Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go

. straight down the roadway.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a
curve. Skidding
. Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that
speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three
. control systems:
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not
gently into the straightaway. rolling.
Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
wheels to spin.
180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
. The Antilock Brake System existing conditions, and by not
(ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
braking. skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
right front tire contacts the these suggestions:
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 197

The vehicle may straighten out. vehicles not equipped with All . Read all the information about
Be ready for a second skid if it Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) four-wheel-drive vehicles in this
occurs. tires must not be driven off-road manual.
. Slow down and adjust your except on a level, solid surface. For . Remove any underbody air
driving according to weather contact information about the deflector, if equipped. Re-attach
conditions. Stopping distance original equipment tires, see the the air deflector after off-road
can be longer and vehicle warranty manual. driving.
control can be affected when One of the best ways for successful . See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
traction is reduced by water, off-road driving is to control the 0 237 .
ii

snow, ice, gravel, or other speed.

material on the road. Learn to . Know the local laws that apply to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
{ Warning off-road driving.
To gain more ground clearance if
snow on the road to make a When driving off-road, bouncing needed, it may be necessary to
mirrored surface — and slow and quick changes in direction remove the front fascia lower air
down when you have any doubt. can easily throw you out of dam. However, driving without the
. Try to avoid sudden steering, position. This could cause you to air dam reduces fuel economy.
acceleration, or braking, lose control and crash. You and
including reducing vehicle speed your passengers should always Caution
by shifting to a lower gear. Any wear safety belts.
sudden changes could cause Operating the vehicle for
the tires to slide. extended periods without the front
Before Driving Off-Road
Remember: Antilock brakes help fascia lower air dam installed can
. Have all necessary maintenance cause improper air flow to the
avoid only the braking skid.
and service work completed. engine. Re-attach the front fascia
Off-Road Driving . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, air dam after off-road driving.
and check inflation pressure in
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be all tires, including the spare,
used for off-road driving. Vehicles if equipped.
without four-wheel drive and
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

198 Driving and Operating

Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading

Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits Warning (Continued)
0 205 and Tires 0 295 .
ii ii

of control. Driving across hills can

{ Warning Environmental Concerns cause a rollover. You could be
. Always use established trails, injured or killed. Do not drive on
. Unsecured cargo on the
roads, and areas that have been steep hills.
load floor can be tossed
about when driving over set aside for public off-road
rough terrain. You or your recreational driving and obey all Before driving on a hill, assess the
passengers can be struck posted regulations. steepness, traction, and
by flying objects. Secure the . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, obstructions. If the terrain ahead
cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb cannot be seen, get out of the
. Keep cargo in the cargo wildlife. vehicle and walk the hill before
area as far forward and as driving further.
. Do not park over things that
low as possible. The burn. See Parking over Things When driving on hills:
heaviest things should be That Burn 0 219 .ii
. Use a low gear and keep a firm
on the floor, forward of the grip on the steering wheel.
rear axle. Driving on Hills
. Maintain a slow speed.
. Heavy loads on the roof Driving safely on hills requires good
raise the vehicle's center of judgment and an understanding of . When possible, drive straight up
gravity, making it more likely what the vehicle can and cannot do. or down the hill.
to roll over. You can be . Slow down when approaching
seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
{ Warning the top of the hill.
heavy loads inside the Many hills are simply too steep . Use headlamps even during the
cargo area, not on the roof. for any vehicle. Driving up hills day to make the vehicle more
can cause the vehicle to stall. visible.
Driving down hills can cause loss
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 199

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Driving to the top of a hill at high on the transfer case overrides the descending a hill and use a low
speed can cause an accident. transmission. You or someone gear to keep vehicle speed under
There could be a drop-off, else could be injured. If leaving control.
embankment, cliff, or even the vehicle, set the parking brake
another vehicle. You could be and shift the transmission to If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
seriously injured or killed. As you P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
near the top of a hill, slow down any position but N (Neutral). 1. Apply the brakes to stop the
and stay alert. vehicle, and then apply the
parking brake.
. When driving down a hill, keep
. Never go downhill forward or the vehicle headed straight 2. Shift into P (Park) and then
backward with either the down. Use a low gear because restart the engine.
transmission or transfer case in the engine will work with the . If driving uphill when the
N (Neutral). The brakes could brakes to slow the vehicle and vehicle stalls, shift to
overheat and you could lose help keep the vehicle under R (Reverse), release the
control. control. parking brake, and back
straight down.
{ Warning { Warning . Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
If the vehicle has the two-speed Heavy braking when going down enough to stall the vehicle,
automatic or electronic transfer a hill can cause your brakes to it is steep enough to cause
case, shifting the transfer case to overheat and fade. This could it to roll over.
N (Neutral) can cause your cause loss of control and you or
others could be injured or killed. . If you cannot make it up the
vehicle to roll even if the
Apply the brakes lightly when hill, back straight down
transmission is in P (Park). This is
the hill.
because the N (Neutral) position (Continued)
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

200 Driving and Operating

. Never back down a hill in downhill wheels, which could
N (Neutral) using only the cause a downhill slide or a { Warning
brake. The vehicle can roll rollover.
backward quickly and you Getting out of the vehicle on the
. Surface conditions can be a downhill side when stopped
could lose control. problem. Loose gravel, muddy across an incline is dangerous.
. If driving downhill when the spots, or even wet grass can If the vehicle rolls over, you could
vehicle stalls, shift to a cause the tires to slip sideways, be crushed or killed. Always get
lower gear, release the downhill. If the vehicle slips out on the uphill side of the
parking brake, and drive sideways, it can hit something
vehicle and stay well clear of the
straight down the hill. that will trip it — a rock, a rut,
rollover path.
3. If the vehicle cannot be etc. — and roll over.
restarted after stalling, set the . Hidden obstacles can make the
parking brake, shift into steepness of the incline more Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
P (Park), and turn the severe. If a rock is driven across or Ice
vehicle off. with the uphill wheels, or if the Use a low gear when driving in mud
3.1. Leave the vehicle and downhill wheels drop into a rut — the deeper the mud, the lower
seek help. or depression, the vehicle can tilt the gear. Keep the vehicle moving
even more. to avoid getting stuck.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
. If an incline must be driven Traction changes when driving on
vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill. across, and the vehicle starts to sand. On loose sand, such as on
slide, turn downhill. This should beaches or sand dunes, the tires
. Avoid turns that take the vehicle help straighten out the vehicle tend to sink into the sand. This
across the incline of the hill. and prevent the side slipping. affects steering, accelerating, and
A hill that can be driven straight braking. Drive at a reduced speed
up or down might be too steep to and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
drive across. Driving across an maneuvers.
incline puts more weight on the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 201

Traction is reduced on hard packed After Off-Road Driving

snow and ice and it is easy to lose Warning (Continued)
Remove any brush or debris that
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
Traction could be lost, and the has collected on the underbody or
driving on hard packed snow
vehicle could roll over. Do not chassis, or under the hood. These
and ice.
drive through rushing water. accumulations can be a fire hazard.

{ Warning After operation in mud or sand,

have the brake linings cleaned and
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, Caution checked. These substances can
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice cause glazing and uneven braking.
Do not drive through standing Check the body structure, steering,
conditions vary greatly and the
water if it is deep enough to cover suspension, wheels, tires, and
vehicle could fall through the ice;
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust exhaust system for damage and
you and your passengers could
pipe. Deep water can damage the check the fuel lines and cooling
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
axle and other vehicle parts. system for any leakage.
surfaces only.
More frequent maintenance service
If the standing water is not too deep, is required. See the Maintenance
Driving in Water drive slowly through it. At faster Schedule 0 344 .
ii

speeds, water splashes and the

{ Warning vehicle can stall. When going Driving on Wet Roads
through water, the brakes get wet
Driving through rushing water can and it may take longer to stop. See Rain and wet roads can reduce
be dangerous. Deep water can “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this vehicle traction and affect your
sweep your vehicle downstream section. ability to stop and accelerate.
and you and your passengers Always drive slower in these types
could drown. If it is only shallow of driving conditions and avoid
water, it can still wash away the driving through large puddles and
ground from under your tires. deep-standing or flowing water.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

202 Driving and Operating

wet enough and you are going fast . Keep the vehicle serviced and in
{ Warning enough. When the vehicle is good shape.
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road.
They might not work as well in a tires, cooling system, and
quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about transmission.
pulling to one side. You could hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Shift to a lower gear when going
lose control of the vehicle. slow down when the road is wet. down steep or long hills.
After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips
puddle of water or a car/vehicle Besides slowing down, other wet { Warning
wash, lightly apply the brake weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the
pedal until the brakes work . Allow extra following distance. vehicle on a long downhill slope
normally.
. Pass with caution. can cause brake overheating, can
Flowing or rushing water creates reduce brake performance, and
strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking.
flowing water could cause the equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower
vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid gear to let the engine assist the
happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled. brakes on a steep downhill slope.
occupants could drown. Do not . Have good tires with proper
ignore police warnings and be tread depth. See Tires 0 295 .
{ Warning
ii

very cautious about trying to drive

through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control.
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
Hill and Mountain Roads or with the ignition off is
Hydroplaning
Driving on steep hills or through dangerous. This can cause
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water mountains is different than driving overheating of the brakes and
can build up under the vehicle's on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: (Continued)
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 203

freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid . Turn off cruise control.

Warning (Continued) driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated. Blizzard Conditions
loss of steering. Always have the
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
engine running and the vehicle For Slippery Road Driving:
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
in gear. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating unless there is help nearby.
too quickly causes the wheels to If possible, use Roadside
. Drive at speeds that keep the spin and makes the surface Assistance. See Roadside
vehicle in its own lane. Do not under the tires slick. Assistance Program 0 365 . To getii

swing wide or cross the . Turn on Traction Control. See help and keep everyone in the
center line. Traction Control/Electronic vehicle safe:
. Be alert on top of hills; Stability Control 0 235 .
ii . Turn on the hazard warning
something could be in your lane . The Antilock Brake System flashers.
(e.g., stalled car, accident). (ABS) improves vehicle stability . Tie a red cloth to an outside
. Pay attention to special road during hard stops, but the mirror.
signs (e.g., falling rocks area, brakes should be applied sooner
winding roads, long grades,
passing or no-passing zones)
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
{ Warning
and take appropriate action. (ABS) 0 233 . ii
Snow can trap engine exhaust
. Allow greater following distance under the vehicle. This may
Winter Driving and watch for slippery spots. Icy cause exhaust gases to get
patches can occur on otherwise inside. Engine exhaust contains
Driving on Snow or Ice clear roads in shaded areas. carbon monoxide (CO), which
Snow or ice between the tires and The surface of a curve or an cannot be seen or smelled. It can
the road creates less traction or overpass can remain icy when cause unconsciousness and even
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can the surrounding roads are clear. death.
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
on ice. (Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

204 Driving and Operating

If it takes time for help to arrive,

Warning (Continued) when running the engine, push the { Warning
accelerator pedal slightly so the
. Clear snow from the base of If the vehicle's tires spin at high
engine runs faster than the idle
the vehicle, especially any speed. This keeps the battery speed, they can explode, and you
blocking the exhaust pipe. charged to restart the vehicle and to or others could be injured. The
. Open a window about 5 cm signal for help with the headlamps. vehicle can overheat, causing an
(2 in) on the vehicle side Do this as little as possible, to engine compartment fire or other
that is away from the wind, save fuel. damage. Spin the wheels as little
to bring in fresh air. as possible and avoid going
. Fully open the air outlets on If the Vehicle Is Stuck above 56 km/h (35 mph).
or under the instrument Slowly and cautiously spin the
panel. wheels to free the vehicle when For information about using tire
. Adjust the climate control stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. chains on the vehicle, see Tire
system to circulate the air See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Chains 0 314 .
ii

inside the vehicle and set Out” later in this section.

Rocking the Vehicle to Get
the fan speed to the highest The Traction Control System (TCS) It Out
setting. See “Climate can often help to free a stuck
Control Systems.” vehicle. See Traction Control/ Turn the steering wheel left and
Electronic Stability Control 0 235 . right to clear the area around the
For more information about CO, ii

front wheels. For four-wheel-drive

see Engine Exhaust 0 219 . If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see
ii

“Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out” vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive
following. High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back
To save fuel, run the engine for and forth between R (Reverse) and
short periods to warm the vehicle a forward gear, spinning the wheels
and then shut the engine off and as little as possible. To prevent
partially close the window. Moving transmission wear, wait until the
about to keep warm also helps. wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in
the forward and reverse directions
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 205

causes a rocking motion that could Vehicle Load Limits

free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it It is very important to know how
might need to be towed out. See much weight the vehicle can
Towing the Vehicle 0 329 . Recovery
ii carry. This weight is called the
hooks can be used, if the vehicle vehicle capacity weight and
has them. includes the weight of all
Recovery Hooks occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
{ Warning show how much weight it was
Never pull on recovery hooks designed to carry: the Tire and
from the side. The hooks could Caution Loading Information label and
break and you and others could the Certification/Tire label.
be injured. When using recovery Do not drive through standing
hooks, always pull the vehicle
from the front.
water if it is deep enough to cover { Warning
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
pipe. Deep water can damage the Do not load the vehicle any
axle and other vehicle parts. heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
There are recovery hooks at the (GVWR), or either the
front of the vehicle. Use them if the maximum front or rear Gross
vehicle is stuck off-road and needs Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
to be pulled some place to continue This can cause systems to
driving. break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

206 Driving and Operating

Information label shows the “Steps for Determining Correct

Warning (Continued) number of occupant seating Load Limit–
crash. Overloading can also positions (1), and the maximum 1. Locate the statement "The
reduce stopping distance, vehicle capacity weight (2) in combined weight of
damage the tires, and shorten kilograms and pounds. occupants and cargo should
the life of the vehicle. The Tire and Loading never exceed XXX kg or
Information label also shows the XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
Tire and Loading Information size of the original equipment placard.
Label tires (3) and the recommended 2. Determine the combined
cold tire inflation pressures (4). weight of the driver and
For more information on tires passengers that will be
and inflation see Tires 0 295 ii
riding in your vehicle.
and Tire Pressure 0 302 . ii

3. Subtract the combined

There is also important loading weight of the driver and
information on the vehicle passengers from XXX kg or
Certification/Tire label. It may XXX lbs.
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross 4. The resulting figure equals
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the available amount of
the front and rear axles. See cargo and luggage load
“Certification/Tire Label” later in capacity. For example, if the
Label Example
this section. "XXX" amount equals
A vehicle-specific Tire and 1400 lbs. and there will be
Loading Information label is five 150 lb passengers in
attached to the B-pillar or on the your vehicle, the amount of
forward edge of the rear door. available cargo and luggage
The Tire and Loading
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 207

load capacity is 650 lbs.

(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing Example 1 Example 2
a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
your vehicle. Consult this Example 1 = (453 kg) Example 2 = 453 kg
manual to determine how (1,000 lb) (1,000 lb)
this reduces the available 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight
cargo and luggage load @ 68 kg (150 lb) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lb) × 5 =
capacity of your vehicle.” 136 kg (300 lb) 340 kg (750 lb)
3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight =
See Trailer Towing 0 251 for ii
Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lb)
important information on towing (700 lb)
a trailer, towing safety rules, and
trailering tips.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

208 Driving and Operating

of the driver, passengers, and The GVWR includes the weight

cargo should never exceed the of the vehicle, all occupants,
vehicle's capacity weight. fuel, and cargo.
Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label may
also show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
a weigh station. Your dealer can
Example 3 help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg the centerline.
(1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight Label Example { Warning
@ 91 kg (200 lb) × 5 =
453 kg (1,000 lb) A vehicle-specific Certification/ In the case of a sudden stop
3. Available Cargo Weight = Tire label is attached to the or collision, things carried in
0 kg (0 lb) B-pillar or on the forward edge the bed of your truck could
of the rear door. The label may shift forward and come into
Refer to the Tire and Loading the passenger area, injuring
show the size of the vehicle's
Information label for specific you and others. If you put
original tires and the inflation
information about the vehicle's things in the bed of your truck,
pressures needed to obtain the
capacity weight and seating you should make sure they
gross weight capacity of the
positions. The combined weight are properly secured.
vehicle. This is called Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 209

Using heavier suspension

{ Warning components to get added Warning (Continued)
Do not load the vehicle any durability might not change the . When you carry
heavier than the Gross weight ratings. Ask your dealer something inside the
Vehicle Weight Rating to help load the vehicle the vehicle, secure it
(GVWR), or either the right way. whenever you can.
maximum front or rear Gross .
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). { Warning Do not leave a seat
folded down unless you
This can cause systems to Things you put inside the need to.
break and change the way the vehicle can strike and injure
vehicle handles. This could people in a sudden stop or
cause loss of control and a There is also important loading
turn, or in a crash. information for off-road driving in
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance, . Put things in the cargo this manual. See “Loading the
damage the tires, and shorten area of the vehicle. Try to Vehicle for Off-Road Driving“
the life of the vehicle. spread the weight evenly. under Off-Road Driving 0 197 . ii

. Never stack heavier Two-Tiered Loading

things, like suitcases, Depending on the model of the
Caution inside the vehicle so that pickup, an upper load platform
Overloading the vehicle may some of them are above can be created by positioning
cause damage. Repairs would not the tops of the seats. three or four 5 cm (2 in) by
be covered by the vehicle . Do not leave an 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks
warranty. Do not overload the unsecured child restraint across the width of the pickup
vehicle. in the vehicle. box. The planks must be
(Continued) inserted in the pickup box
depressions.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

210 Driving and Operating

When using this upper load be necessary. Be sure to weigh Maximum

platform, be sure the load is the vehicle before buying and * Equipment Weight
securely tied down to prevent it installing the new equipment.
from shifting. The load's center * The combined weight for all
of gravity should be positioned Caution rail-mounted equipment should
in a zone over the rear axle. The not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb).
zone is located in the area Overloading the vehicle may
between the front of each wheel cause damage. Repairs would not Loading Points
well and the rear of each wheel be covered by the vehicle
well. The center of gravity height warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
must not extend above the top
of the pickup box flareboard.
Remember not to exceed the
Any load that extends beyond
Gross Axle Weight
the vehicle's taillamp area must
Rating (GAWR) of the front or
be properly marked according to
rear axle.
local laws and regulations.
Maximum
Remember not to exceed the * Equipment Weight
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) of the front or Ladder Rack 340 kg (750 lb)
rear axle. and Cargo
1. Primary Load Points
Add-On Equipment Cross Toolbox 181 kg (400 lb) 2. Secondary Load Areas
and Cargo 3. GM Approved Accessory
When carrying removable items, Mounting Points
a limit on how many people Side Boxes 113 kg per
carried inside the vehicle may and Cargo side (250 lb Structural members (1) and (2) are
per side) included in the pickup box design.
Additional accessories should use
these load points. Depending on the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 211

accessory design, use a spacer Starting and

under the accessory at the load Caution (Continued)
points to remove gap. The holes for Operating premature wear and earlier
GM approved accessories (3) are
replacement. Follow this
not intended for aftermarket New Vehicle Break-In breaking-in guideline every
equipment. See www.gmupfitter.com
for additional pickup box load time you get new brake
bearing structural information.
Caution linings.
. Do not tow a trailer during
The vehicle does not need an
Truck-Camper Loading elaborate break-in. But it will break-in. See Trailer Towing
0 251 for the trailer towing
Information perform better in the long run if
ii

capabilities of the vehicle

you follow these guidelines:
The vehicle was neither and more information.
designed nor intended to carry a . Keep the vehicle speed at
Following break-in, engine speed
slide-in camper. 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually
increased.
Caution . Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
Adding a slide-in camper or for the first 805 km (500 mi).
similar equipment to the vehicle Do not make full-throttle
can damage it, and the repairs starts. Avoid downshifting to
would not be covered by the brake or slow the vehicle.
vehicle warranty. Do not install a . Avoid making hard stops for
slide-in camper or similar the first 322 km (200 mi) or
equipment on the vehicle. so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

212 Driving and Operating

Ignition Positions This position locks the ignition and firmly apply the brakes and
steering wheel. It also locks the steer the vehicle to a safe
transmission on automatic location.
transmission vehicles. The key can 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
be removed in LOCK/OFF. to P (Park) with an automatic
The steering can bind with the transmission, or Neutral with a
wheels turned off center. If this manual transmission. Turn the
happens, move the steering wheel ignition to LOCK/OFF.
from right to left while turning the 4. Set the parking brake. See
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this Parking Brake 0 233 . ii

does not work, then the vehicle

needs service.
Do not turn the engine off when the
{ Warning
vehicle is moving. This will cause a Turning off the vehicle while
The ignition switch has four different loss of power assist in the brake moving may cause loss of power
positions. and steering systems and disable assist in the brake and steering
the airbags. systems and disable the airbags.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ If the vehicle must be shut off in an While driving, only shut the
ACCESSORY and the regular brake emergency: vehicle off in an emergency.
pedal must be applied. 1. Brake using a firm and steady
0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ pressure. Do not pump the If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, brakes repeatedly. This may and must be shut off while driving,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ deplete power assist, requiring turn the ignition to ACC/
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained increased brake pedal force. ACCESSORY.
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). On vehicles with an automatic
active. See Retained Accessory This can be done while the transmission, the shift lever must be
Power (RAP) 0 214 . ii

vehicle is moving. After shifting in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch

to N (Neutral), continue to to LOCK/OFF.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 213

when the engine is running. The

Caution transmission is also unlocked in this Caution
position on automatic transmission
Using a tool to force the key to vehicles. If you add electrical parts or
turn in the ignition could cause accessories, you could change
damage to the switch or break the If the key is left in the ACC/ the way the engine operates. Any
key. Use the correct key, make ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position resulting damage would not be
sure it is all the way in, and turn it with the engine off, the battery could covered by the vehicle warranty.
only with your hand. If the key be drained. The vehicle may not See Add-On Electrical Equipment
start if the battery is allowed to drain
cannot be turned by hand, see 0 257 .
for an extended period of time.
ii

your dealer.
3 (START) : This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine Place the transmission in the
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This starts, release the key. The ignition proper gear.
position lets things like the radio switch returns to ON/RUN for
and the windshield wipers operate Automatic Transmission
driving.
while the engine is off. It also Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
unlocks the steering wheel. Use this A warning tone will sound when the N (Neutral). The engine will not start
position if the vehicle must be driver door is opened, the ignition is in any other position. To restart the
pushed or towed. in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ engine when the vehicle is already
OFF, and the key is in the ignition. moving, use N (Neutral) only.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
Starting the Engine Caution
instrument cluster warning and If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
indicator lights. This position can see the Duramax diesel Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
also be used for service and supplement. vehicle is moving. If you do, you
diagnostics, and to verify the proper could damage the transmission.
operation of the malfunction Shift to P (Park) only when the
indicator lamp as may be required vehicle is stopped.
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

214 Driving and Operating

Manual Transmission transmission gently until the oil

Caution (Continued) warms up and lubricates all
The shift lever should be in Neutral
moving parts.
and the parking brake engaged. ended, can overheat and damage
Hold the clutch pedal down to the the cranking motor, and drain the
floor and start the engine. The battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
Retained Accessory
vehicle will not start if the clutch between each try, to let the Power (RAP)
pedal is not all the way down. cranking motor cool down. The following vehicle accessories
Starting Procedure can be used for up to 10 minutes
2. If the engine does not start after the engine is turned off:
1. With your foot off the
accelerator pedal, turn the after five to 10 seconds, . Audio System
ignition key to START. When especially in very cold weather . Power Windows
the engine starts, let go of the (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much . OnStar System (if equipped)
key. The idle speed will go
down as the engine gets warm. gasoline. Try pushing the These features work when the key
Do not race the engine accelerator pedal all the way to is in ON/RUN or ACC/
immediately after starting it. the floor and holding it there ACCESSORY. Once the key is
Operate the engine and while holding the key in START turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
transmission gently to allow the for up to 15 seconds. Wait at the windows continue to work up to
oil to warm up and lubricate all least 15 seconds between each 10 minutes or until any door is
moving parts. try, to allow the cranking motor opened. The radio continues to
to cool down. When the engine work for up to 10 minutes or until the
starts, let go of the key and driver door is opened.
Caution accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do Accessory Power Outlets (APOs)
Cranking the engine for long
the same thing. This clears the The vehicle may have APOs in
periods of time, by returning the
extra gasoline from the engine. several locations. See Power
ignition to the START position
Do not race the engine Outlets 0 105 .
immediately after cranking has immediately after starting it.
ii

(Continued) Operate the engine and

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 215

The APOs in the console or center

seat position are powered by RAP.
They will continue to work for up to
10 minutes after the key is turned
from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, or until
the driver door is opened.
The APOs on the center stack come
from the factory powered directly
from the vehicle battery, and supply
accessory power at all times,
regardless of ignition key position.
If electronic items are left plugged
Heater Cord Near Coolant Surge Heater Cord Near Engine Air
into these APOs for long periods of
time with the vehicle off, the vehicle Tank, 2.5L L4 Engine Shown, 3.6L Cleaner, 2.5L L4 Engine Shown,
battery could be drained. The V6 Engine Similar 3.6L V6 Engine Similar
vehicle may not start if the battery is The engine heater can provide
allowed to drain for an extended easier starting and better fuel
period of time. economy during engine warm-up in
cold weather conditions at or below
Engine Coolant Heater −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an
engine heater should be plugged in
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
at least four hours before starting.
see the Duramax diesel
An internal thermostat in the
supplement.
plug-end of the cord may exist,
which will prevent engine coolant
heater operation at temperatures
above −18 °C (0 °F).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

216 Driving and Operating

To Use the Engine Coolant

Heater Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
1. Turn off the engine. by a ground fault detection vehicle. Possible heater
function. An ungrounded cord and thermostat
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
outlet could cause an damage could occur.
electrical cord. The cord is
electric shock. . While in use, do not let the
secured near the coolant surge
tank or to the engine air . Use a weatherproof, heater cord touch vehicle
cleaner. Carefully remove heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated parts or sharp edges. Never
the cord. extension cord if needed. close the hood on the
Failure to use the heater cord.
Check the heater cord for
recommended extension . Before starting the vehicle,
damage. If it is damaged, do
cord in good operating unplug the cord, reattach
not use it. See your dealer for
condition, or using a the cover to the plug, and
a replacement. Inspect the
damaged heater or securely fasten the cord.
cord for damage yearly.
extension cord, could make Keep the cord away from
3. Plug the cord into a normal, it overheat and cause a fire, any moving parts.
grounded 110-volt AC outlet. property damage, electric
shock, and injury.
{ Warning . Do not operate the vehicle
4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
with the heater cord
Improper use of the heater cord cord as it was before to keep it
permanently attached to the
or an extension cord can damage away from moving engine
the cord and may result in (Continued) parts. If you do not, it could be
overheating and fire. damaged.
. Plug the cord into a The length of time the heater should
three-prong electrical utility remain plugged in depends on
receptacle that is protected several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
(Continued) vehicle for the best advice on this.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 217

Shifting Into Park 2. Hold the button on the shift

Warning (Continued)
lever and push the lever toward
the front of the vehicle into
{ Warning P (Park). If you have four-wheel drive and
the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
It can be dangerous to get out of 3. Be sure the transfer case (if the vehicle will be free to roll,
the vehicle if the shift lever is not equipped) is in a drive even if the shift lever is in
fully in P (Park) with the parking gear — not in N (Neutral). P (Park). So be sure the transfer
brake firmly set. The vehicle can 4. Turn the ignition key to case is in a drive gear — not in
roll. If you have left the engine LOCK/OFF. N (Neutral).
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be 5. Remove the key and take it And, if you leave the vehicle with
with you. If you can leave the the engine running, it could
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
vehicle with the ignition key in overheat and even catch fire. You
not move, even when you are on
your hand, the vehicle is in or others could be injured. Do not
fairly level ground, use the steps P (Park).
that follow. With four-wheel drive, leave the vehicle with the engine
if the transfer case is in Leaving the Vehicle with the running unless you have to.
N (Neutral), the vehicle will be Engine Running
free to roll, even if the shift lever If you have to leave the vehicle with
is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear. If towing a
{ Warning the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
trailer, see Driving Characteristics It can be dangerous to leave the parking brake is firmly set before
and Towing Tips 0 249 . ii vehicle with the engine running. you leave it. After you move the shift
The vehicle could move suddenly lever into P (Park), hold the regular
if the shift lever is not fully in brake pedal down. Then, see if you
1. Hold the brake pedal down, can move the shift lever away from
then set the parking brake. P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. P (Park) without pressing the button
See Parking Brake 0 233 . on the shift lever. If you can, it
(Continued)
ii

means that the shift lever was not

fully locked into P (Park).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

218 Driving and Operating

Torque Lock Shifting out of Park 3. While holding the shift lever
button, move the shift lever to
If you are parking on a hill and you This vehicle is equipped with an the desired position.
do not shift the transmission into electronic shift lock release system.
P (Park) properly, the weight of the The shift lock release is If you are still having a problem
vehicle may put too much force on designed to: shifting, then have the vehicle
the parking pawl in the serviced soon.
. Prevent ignition key removal
transmission. You may find it difficult This vehicle may have the Safety
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). unless the shift lever is in
P (Park). Belt Assurance System, which may
This is called torque lock. To prevent the vehicle from shifting out
prevent torque lock, set the parking . Prevent movement of the shift of P (Park). See Safety Belt
brake and then shift into P (Park) lever out of P (Park), unless the Messages 0 134 . ii

properly before you leave the driver ignition is in ON/RUN and the
seat. To find out how, see Shifting regular brake pedal is applied.
Into Park 0 217 .
Parking
To shift out of P (Park):
ii

If the vehicle has a manual

When you are ready to drive, move
1. Apply the brake pedal. transmission, before you get out of
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
2. Press the button on the shift the vehicle, move the shift lever into
you release the parking brake.
lever. R (Reverse), and firmly apply the
If torque lock does occur, you may parking brake. Once the shift lever
need to have another vehicle push 3. Move the shift lever to the has been placed into R (Reverse)
yours a little uphill to take some of desired position. with the clutch pedal pressed in,
the pressure from the parking pawl If you still are unable to shift out of turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF,
in the transmission. You will then be P (Park): remove the key and release the
able to pull the shift lever out of clutch.
P (Park). 1. Ease the pressure on the shift
lever. If you are parking on a hill, or if the
vehicle is pulling a trailer, see
2. While holding down the brake Driving Characteristics and Towing
pedal and pressing the shift Tips 0 249 .
ii

lever button, move the shift

lever all the way into P (Park).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 219

Parking over Things Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

That Burn
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
{ Warning Engine exhaust contains carbon
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not
hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the
with poor ventilation windows completely down.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

220 Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle Automatic effort to shift out of P (Park). See

“Torque Lock” under Shifting Into
While Parked Transmission Park 0 217 .ii

It is better not to park with the If equipped, there is an electronic

engine running. shift lever position indicator within { Warning
If the vehicle is left with the engine the instrument cluster. This display
running, follow the proper steps to comes on when the ignition key is It is dangerous to get out of the
be sure the vehicle will not move. turned to the ON/RUN position. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
See Shifting Into Park 0 217 and ii
in P (Park) with the parking brake
Engine Exhaust 0 219 . If the vehicle
ii
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
has a manual transmission, see Do not leave the vehicle when the
Parking 0 218 .ii

engine is running. If you have left

If parking on a hill and pulling a the engine running, the vehicle
trailer, see Driving Characteristics can move suddenly. You or others
and Towing Tips 0 249 . ii could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 217 andii

Driving Characteristics and

Towing Tips 0 249 .
P : This position locks the rear
ii

wheels. It is the best position to use

when starting the engine because
the vehicle cannot move easily.
When parked on a hill, especially
when the vehicle has a heavy load,
you might notice an increase in the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 221

To rock the vehicle back and forth to

{ Warning get out of snow, ice, or sand without Caution
damaging the transmission, see If
If you have four-wheel drive, the the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 204 .
ii
Shifting out of P (Park) or
vehicle will be free to roll — even N (Neutral) with the engine
if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if N : In this position, the engine does running at high speed may
the transfer case is in N (Neutral). not connect with the wheels. To damage the transmission. The
So, be sure the transfer case is in restart when you are already repairs would not be covered by
a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also, the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
High or Four-Wheel Drive High or engine is not running at high
being towed.
Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in speed when shifting the vehicle.
N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park
0 217 .
ii
{ Warning D : This position is for normal
Shifting into a drive gear while the driving. It provides the best fuel
R : Use this gear to back up. engine is running at high speed is economy. If you need more power
dangerous. Unless your foot is for passing, and you are:
Caution firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than about 55 km/h
vehicle could move very rapidly. (35 mph), push the accelerator
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down.
vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
damage the transmission. The into a drive gear while the engine more, push the accelerator all
repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed. the way down.
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle By doing this, the vehicle shifts
is stopped. down to the next gear and has
more power.
D (Drive) can be used when towing
a trailer, carrying a heavy load,
driving on steep hills, or driving
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

222 Driving and Operating

off-road. Shift the transmission to a The transmission uses adaptive

lower gear range selection if the shift controls. The adaptive shift Caution
transmission shifts too often. See control process continually
Manual Mode 0 223 . ii compares key shift parameters to Spinning the tires or holding the
pre-programmed ideal shifts stored vehicle in one place on a hill
Downshifting the transmission in using only the accelerator pedal
slippery road conditions could result in the transmission’s computer. The
transmission constantly makes may damage the transmission.
in skidding. See “Skidding” under The repair will not be covered by
Loss of Control 0 196 . adjustments to improve vehicle
ii

performance according to how the the vehicle warranty. If you are

The vehicle has a shift stabilization vehicle is being used, such as with stuck, do not spin the tires. When
feature that adjusts the transmission a heavy load or when the stopping on a hill, use the brakes
shifting to the current driving temperature changes. During this to hold the vehicle in place.
conditions in order to reduce rapid adaptive shift control process,
upshifts and downshifts. This shift shifting might feel different as the
stabilization feature is designed to transmission determines the best Normal Mode Grade Braking
determine, before making an settings. Normal Mode Grade Braking is
upshift, if the engine is able to enabled when the vehicle is started,
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing When temperatures are very cold,
the transmission's gear shifting but is not enabled in Range
things such as vehicle speed, Selection Mode. It assists in
throttle position, and vehicle load. could be delayed providing more
stable shifts until the engine warms maintaining desired vehicle speeds
If the shift stabilization feature when driving on downhill grades by
determines that a current vehicle up. Shifts could be more noticeable
with a cold transmission. This using the engine and transmission
speed cannot be maintained, the to slow the vehicle.
transmission does not upshift and difference in shifting is normal.
instead holds the current gear. M : This position allows selection of
In some cases, this could appear to a range of gears appropriate for
be a delayed shift, however the current driving conditions. See
transmission is operating normally. Manual Mode 0 223 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 223

Manual Mode To use this feature: When the shift lever is moved from
1. Move the shift lever to D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a
Range Selection Mode M (Manual Mode). downshift may occur. The gear that
the transmission is operating in
2. Press the plus/minus button on when the shift lever is moved from
the shift lever to select the D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode)
desired range of gears for determines if a downshift occurs.
current driving conditions. See the following chart.
When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a
number displays next to the M,
indicating the current transmission
range.
This number is the highest gear that
the transmission will command while
operating in M (Manual Mode). All
Range Selection Mode helps control gears below that number are
the vehicle's transmission and available. As driving conditions
vehicle speed while driving downhill change, the transmission can
or towing a trailer by letting you automatically shift to lower gears.
select a desired range of gears. For example, when 5 (Fifth) is
selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth)
gears are automatically shifted by
the transmission, but 6 (Sixth)
cannot be used until the plus/minus
button on the shift lever is used to
change to the range.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

224 Driving and Operating

Gear before shifting from D

6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
(Drive) to M (Manual Mode)
Range after shifting from D
M4 M4 M3 M2 M2 M1
(Drive) to M (Manual Mode)

Grade Braking is not available when Low Traction Mode

Range Selection Mode is active.
Low Traction Mode assists in
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 224 . Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off
vehicle acceleration when road
ii

While using Range Selection Mode, conditions are slippery, such as with by pressing the button on the center
cruise control and the Tow/Haul ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a stack. When the Tow/Haul Mode is
Mode can be used. stop, select M2 using Range enabled, a light on the instrument
Selection Mode. This will limit cluster will come on.
Caution torque to the wheels and help to See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 118 ii

prevent the tires from spinning. and Hill and Mountain Roads 0 202 . ii

Spinning the tires or holding the Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under
vehicle in one place on a hill Tow/Haul Mode Towing Equipment 0 254 . ii

using only the accelerator pedal

If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
may damage the transmission.
the transmission shift pattern to the Tow/Haul button activates the
The repair will not be covered by reduce shift cycling. This provides
the vehicle warranty. If you are exhaust brake system
increased performance, vehicle simultaneously. See “Exhaust
stuck, do not spin the tires. When control, and transmission cooling Brake” in the Duramax diesel
stopping on a hill, use the brakes when driving down steep hills or supplement.
to hold the vehicle in place. mountain grades, towing, or hauling
heavy loads.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 225

Manual Transmission Caution

shift into 2 (Second). Then, slowly
let up on the clutch pedal as you
press the accelerator pedal.
Do not rest your foot on the clutch
pedal while driving or while 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and
stopped. The pressure can cause 6 (Sixth) : Shift into 3 (Third),
premature wear in the clutch. The 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) the
repairs would not be covered by same way you do for 2 (Second).
the vehicle warranty. Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as
you press the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator
To operate the manual transmission:
pedal and press the brake pedal.
1 (First) : Press the clutch pedal Just before the vehicle stops, press
fully to the pedal stop and shift into the clutch pedal and the brake
1 (First). Then, slowly let up on the pedal, and shift to Neutral.
If equipped with a manual clutch pedal as you slowly press
Neutral : Use this position when
transmission, this is the shift down on the accelerator pedal.
you start or idle the engine.
pattern. You can shift into 1 (First) when you
R (Reverse) : To back up, with the
are going less than 30 km/h
vehicle at a complete stop, press
Caution (20 mph). If you have come to a
the clutch pedal. Press down on
complete stop and it is hard to shift
shift lever in the 3–4 Neutral
Do not rest your hand on the shift into 1 (First), put the shift lever in
position, then shift into R (Reverse).
lever while driving. The pressure Neutral and let up on the clutch.
If it is hard to shift, let the shift lever
could cause premature wear in Then press the clutch pedal back
return to the 3–4 Neutral position
the transmission. The repairs down and shift into 1 (First).
and release the clutch pedal. Then
would not be covered by the 2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedal follow the steps again to shift into
vehicle warranty. fully to the pedal stop while letting R (Reverse). Slowly let up on the
up on the accelerator pedal and clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

226 Driving and Operating

Shift Indicator Drive Systems

Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the Four-Wheel Drive
vehicle is moving forward could
If equipped, four-wheel drive
damage the transmission. The engages the front axle for extra
repairs would not be covered by traction.
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped. This light comes on when an Caution
up-shift is recommended for best
fuel economy. The number Do not drive on clean, dry
Use R (Reverse), along with the displayed with the arrow indicates pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if
parking brake, for parking the the recommended gear. equipped) for an extended period
vehicle. of time. These conditions may
Shift Speeds cause:
. Overheating.
{ Warning . Oil leakage.
If you skip a gear when . Damage to internal and
downshifting, you could lose external components of the
control of the vehicle. You could front axle.
injure yourself or others. Do not . Premature wear on the
shift down more than one gear at vehicle’s powertrain.
a time when downshifting.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
four-wheel drive may:
. Cause a vibration to be felt in
the steering system.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 227

. Cause tires to wear faster. Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction when the ignition is in ON/RUN, but
. Cause additional driveline noise. Control and StabiliTrak® off. See none stay on, the knob may have
Traction Control/Electronic Stability been turned while the vehicle was
off. To see the indicator, turn the
{ Warning Control 0 235 .ii

knob to another position so that it

Electronic Transfer Case matches the actual transfer case
Shifting the transfer case to
setting. If no lights display, take the
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle vehicle to your dealer for service.
to roll even if the transmission is An indicator light flashes while
in P (Park). You or someone else shifting and until the shift is
could be seriously injured. Be complete.
sure to set the parking brake
before placing the transfer case in If the transfer case cannot complete
N (Neutral). See Parking Brake a requested shift, it will return to the
last chosen setting. Turn the control
0 233 .
back to the previous setting to see
ii

the indicator light.

Caution
Caution
Extended high-speed operation in
Use the transfer case knob, next to Shifting the transmission into gear
4 n may damage or shorten the the steering wheel, to shift into and before the requested mode
life of the drivetrain. out of four-wheel drive for extra indicator light has stopped
traction. flashing could damage the
Engagement noise and bump when Indicator lights on the knob show transfer case.
shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from which setting the transfer case is in.
N (Neutral), with the engine running, The N (Neutral) indicator is on the
is normal. face of the knob. The indicator lights
display briefly when the ignition is
turned on, and one will stay on.
If the lights display momentarily
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

228 Driving and Operating

The settings are: when off-roading. The vehicle can 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for
N (Neutral) : Use only when the be shifted from 2 m to 4 m while the the 4 n indicator light to stop
vehicle needs to be towed. See vehicle is moving. flashing before shifting the
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 330 transmission into gear.
m
ii

or Towing the Vehicle 0 329 .ii

Shifting Into 4
If the transmission is in gear and/or
2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use Turn the knob to 4 m at any speed moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
for driving on most streets and up to 121 km/h (75 mph), except the 4 n indicator light will flash for
highways. The front axle is not from 4 n. The indicator light will flash 30 seconds and not complete the
engaged. This setting provides the while shifting and will remain on the shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
best fuel economy. selected setting. case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This Shifting Into 2 m to 4 m to see the indicator. With the
setting engages the front axle and vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n if Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, (3 mph), and the transmission in
driving off-road in deep sand, deep except when shifting from 4 n. N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
mud, or deep snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills. Shifting Into 4 n Shifting Out of 4 n
When engaged, keep vehicle speed When 4 n is engaged, vehicle speed 1. To shift out of 4 n the vehicle
below 72 km/h (45 mph). must be stopped or moving
should be kept below 72 km/h
Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction (45 mph). less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with
Control and StabiliTrak off. See the transmission in N (Neutral)
1. The ignition must be in ON/ and the ignition in ON/RUN.
Traction Control/Electronic Stability RUN and the vehicle must be
Control 0 235 . It is best for the vehicle to be
ii
stopped or moving less than moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h
5 km/h (3 mph) with the
4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use (1 to 2 mph).
transmission in N (Neutral). It is
when extra traction is needed. The
best for the vehicle to be
front axle engages and helps when
moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h
driving on snowy or icy roads, and
(1 to 2 mph).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 229

2. Turn the knob to 4 m or 2 m. 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
Wait for the 4 m or 2 m indicator 6. Turn the transfer case knob To shift:
light to stop flashing before clockwise to N (Neutral) until it 1. Set the parking brake and
shifting the transmission stops and hold it there until the apply the brake pedal.
into gear. N (Neutral) light starts blinking.
This will take at least 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
If the transmission is in gear and/or with the engine off.
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly
release the dial to the 4 n 3. Shift the transmission to
the 4 m or 2 m indicator light will flash
position. The N (Neutral) light N (Neutral).
for 30 seconds, but will not complete
the shift. With the vehicle moving will come on when the transfer 4. Turn the transfer case knob to
less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the case shift to N (Neutral) is 2 m.
transmission in N (Neutral), attempt complete.
After the transfer case has
the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify shifted out of N (Neutral), the
Shifting Into N (Neutral) that the transfer case is in N (Neutral) light will go out.
N (Neutral) by shifting the
To shift: transmission to R (Reverse), 5. Release the parking brake.
1. Park the vehicle on a level then to D (Drive). There should
surface. be no movement of the vehicle Caution
while shifting the transmission.
2. Set the parking brake and Shifting the transmission into gear
press and hold the brake 8. Turn the engine off, and the
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. before the requested mode
pedal. See Parking Brake indicator light has stopped
0 233 . ii
9. Place the transmission shift flashing could damage the
3. Start the vehicle or turn the lever in P (Park). See transfer case.
ignition to ON/RUN. Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 330 .ii

4. Shift the transmission to 6. Start the engine and shift the

N (Neutral). 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. transmission to the
desired gear.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

230 Driving and Operating

Automatic Transfer Case actual transfer case setting. If no wheels automatically based on
lights display, take the vehicle to driving conditions. This setting
your dealer for service. An indicator provides slightly lower fuel economy
light flashes while shifting the than 2 m.
transfer case and remains
illuminated when the shift is Do not use AUTO mode,
complete. if equipped, to park on a steep
grade with poor traction such as ice,
If the transfer case cannot make a snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO
requested shift, it will return to the mode only the rear wheels will hold
last chosen setting. Turn the knob the vehicle from sliding when
back to the previous transfer case parked. If parking on a steep grade,
setting to see the indicator.
use 4 m to keep all four wheels
The settings are: engaged.
Use the transfer case knob next to N (Neutral) : Use only when the 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : This
the steering wheel to shift into and vehicle needs to be towed. See
setting engages the front axle. Use
out of four-wheel drive. Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 330
this position when extra traction is
ii

or Towing the Vehicle 0 329 .

needed, such as when driving on
ii

Indicator lights display which setting

the transfer case is in. N (Neutral) is 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use snowy or icy roads, or when
indicated on the knob. The indicator for driving on most streets and off-roading.
lights will display briefly when the highways. The front axle is not 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
ignition is turned on and one will engaged. This setting provides the
setting engages the front axle and
stay on. If the lights display best fuel economy.
momentarily when the ignition is in delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel when driving off-road in deep sand,
ON/RUN, but none stay on, the Drive) : Use when road surface
knob may have been turned while deep mud, or deep snow, and while
traction conditions are variable. climbing or descending steep hills.
the vehicle was off. To see the When driving in AUTO, the front
indicator, turn the knob to another axle is engaged, and the vehicle's
position so that it matches the power is sent to the front and rear
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 231

Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction transmission in N (Neutral). It is Shifting Out of 4 n

Control and StabiliTrak off. See best for the vehicle to be
moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h To shift:
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 235 .ii
(1 to 2 mph). 1. The vehicle must be stopped or
moving less than 5 km/h
Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for
(3 mph) with the transmission
the 4 n indicator light to stop in N (Neutral) and the ignition in
Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO flashing before shifting the ON/RUN. It is best for the
position at any speed, except from 4 transmission into gear. vehicle to be moving
n. The indicator light will flash while 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
shifting and will remain on when the Caution
shift is completed. 2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO,
Shifting the transmission into gear or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO,
Shifting Into 2 m before the requested mode or 2 m indicator light to stop
Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, indicator light has stopped flashing before shifting the
except when shifting from 4 n. The flashing could damage the transmission into gear.
indicator light will flash while shifting transfer case.
and will remain on when the shift is Caution
completed. If the transmission is in gear and/or
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), Shifting the transmission into gear
Shifting Into 4 n the 4 n indicator light will flash for before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle 30 seconds and not complete the
flashing could damage the
speed below 72 km/h (45 mph). shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
transfer case.
case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob
To shift into 4 n:
to 4 m to display the indicator. With
1. The ignition must be in ON/ the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
RUN and the vehicle must be (3 mph), and the transmission in
stopped or moving less than N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
5 km/h (3 mph) with the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

232 Driving and Operating

If the transmission is in gear and/or 6. Turn the transfer case knob Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), clockwise to N (Neutral) until it To shift:
the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light stops and hold it there until the
will flash for 30 seconds but will not N (Neutral) light starts blinking. 1. Set the parking brake and
complete the shift. With the vehicle This will take at least apply the brake pedal.
moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
and the transmission in N (Neutral), release the dial to the 4 n with the engine off.
attempt the shift again. position. The N (Neutral) light 3. Shift the transmission to
will come on when the transfer N (Neutral).
Shifting Into N (Neutral) case shift to N (Neutral) is
To shift: complete. 4. Turn the transfer case knob to
the desired setting.
1. Park the vehicle on a level 7. With the engine running, verify
surface. that the transfer case is in After the transfer case has
N (Neutral) by shifting the shifted out of N (Neutral), the
2. Set the parking brake and N (Neutral) light will go out.
press and hold the brake transmission to R (Reverse),
pedal. See Parking Brake then shift the transmission to 5. Release the parking brake.
0 233 . D (Drive). There should be no
ii

movement of the vehicle while 6. Start the engine and shift the
3. Start the vehicle or turn the shifting the transmission. transmission to the
ignition to ON/RUN. desired gear.
8. Turn the engine off, and the
4. Shift the transmission to ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
N (Neutral).
9. Place the transmission shift
5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. lever in P (Park). See
Recreational Vehicle Towing
0 330 .ii

10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 233

Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it Using ABS

becomes necessary to slam on the
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS) ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer
electronic braking system that helps normal.
will separately work the brakes at
prevent a braking skid.
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies
When the vehicle begins to drive
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake
away, ABS checks itself.
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many
A momentary motor or clicking noise
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help
might be heard while this test is
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best
going on, and it might even be
braking hard. braking.
noticed that the brake pedal moves
a little. This is normal. As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates Parking Brake
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
If there is a problem with ABS, this close to the vehicle in front of you,
warning light stays on. See Antilock there will not be enough time to
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light apply the brakes if that vehicle
0 118 .
ii suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

234 Driving and Operating

Set the parking brake by holding the system warning light will flash and a Minor brake pedal pulsation or
regular brake pedal down, then chime will sound warning you that pedal movement during this time is
pushing down the parking brake the parking brake is still on. normal and the driver should
pedal. If you are towing a trailer and are continue to apply the brake pedal as
If the ignition is on, the brake parking on a hill, see Driving the driving situation dictates. The
system warning light will come on. Characteristics and Towing Tips Brake Assist feature will
See Brake System Warning Light 0 249 .
ii
automatically disengage when the
0 117 .
ii
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
Brake Assist decreased.
Caution The Brake Assist feature is
Driving with the parking brake on
designed to assist the driver in Hill Start Assist (HSA)
stopping or decreasing vehicle
can overheat the brake system This vehicle has an HSA feature,
speed in emergency driving
and cause premature wear or conditions. This feature uses the which may be useful when the
damage to brake system parts. stability system hydraulic brake vehicle is stopped on a grade
Make sure that the parking brake control module to supplement the sufficient enough to activate HSA.
is fully released and the brake power brake system under This feature is designed to prevent
warning light is off before driving. conditions where the driver has the vehicle from rolling, either
quickly and forcefully applied the forward or rearward, during vehicle
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly drive off. After the driver completely
To release the parking brake, hold stops and holds the vehicle in a
the regular brake pedal down, then stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake complete standstill on a grade, HSA
push down momentarily on the will be automatically activated.
parking brake pedal until you feel control module increases brake
the pedal release. Slowly pull your pressure at each corner of the
foot up off the parking brake pedal. vehicle until the ABS activates.
If the parking brake is not released
when you begin to drive, the brake
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 235

During the transition period between Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
when the driver releases the brake driver in keeping the vehicle on the
pedal and starts to accelerate to intended path.
drive off on a grade, HSA holds the Traction Control/
If cruise control is being used and
braking pressure for a maximum of Electronic Stability traction control or StabiliTrak begins
two seconds to ensure that there is Control to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
no rolling. The brakes will disengage. Cruise control may be
automatically release when the System Operation turned back on when road
accelerator pedal is applied within conditions allow.
The vehicle has a Traction Control
the two-second window. It will not
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an Both systems come on
activate if the vehicle is in a drive
electronic stability control system. automatically when the vehicle is
gear and facing downhill, or if the
These systems help limit wheel slip started and begins to move. The
vehicle is facing uphill and in
and assist the driver in maintaining systems may be heard or felt while
R (Reverse).
control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while
conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This
TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there
of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle.
beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both
happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving
the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary
engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 204 ii

the intended path and the direction and “Turning the Systems Off and
the vehicle is actually traveling. On” later in this section.
StabiliTrak selectively applies When the transfer case (if equipped)
braking pressure to any one of the is in Four-Wheel Drive Low, the
stability system is automatically
disabled, and g comes on in the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

236 Driving and Operating

instrument cluster. Both traction maintaining control. The vehicle is

control and StabiliTrak are safe to drive, but driving should be Caution
automatically disabled in this adjusted accordingly.
condition. Do not repeatedly brake or
If d comes on and stays on: accelerate heavily when TCS is
1. Stop the vehicle. off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
To turn off only TCS, press and
3. Start the engine.
release the g button. The Traction
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on Off light i displays in the
The indicator light for both systems and stays on, the vehicle may need instrument cluster. To turn TCS on
is in the instrument cluster. This more time to diagnose the problem.
light will: again, press and release the g
If the condition persists, see your
. Flash when TCS is limiting dealer. button. The Traction Off light i
wheel spin. displayed in the instrument cluster
Turning the Systems Off will turn off.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is and On
activated. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
. Turn on and stay on when either the g button is pressed, the system
will not turn off until the wheels stop
system is not working.
spinning.
If either system fails to turn on or to
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and press and hold the g button until
d comes on and stays on to the Traction Off light i and
indicate that the system is inactive The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
is on the center stack. StabiliTrak Off light g come on and
and is not assisting the driver in stay on in the instrument cluster. To
turn TCS and StabiliTrak on again,
press and release the g button. The
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 237

Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak HDC will remain enabled between
30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph),
Off light g in the instrument cluster
however vehicle speed cannot be
turn off. set or maintained in this range.
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on It will automatically disable if the
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
(35 mph). Traction control will The HDC light displays on the (50 mph) or above 60 km/h
remain off until the driver presses instrument cluster when enabled. (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5
the g button or the ignition is cycled must be pressed again to
HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
Off then On. re-enable HDC.
between 4 and 30 km/h (3 and
Adding accessories can affect the 19 mph) on an incline greater than When enabled, if the vehicle is at a
vehicle performance. See or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking speed above 30 km/h (19 mph) and
Accessories and Modifications HDC light indicates that the system less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC
0 259 .
ii is actively applying the brakes to message will display instructing the
maintain vehicle speed. driver to reduce speed for HDC
Hill Descent When HDC is set, that is the initial
operation.
Control (HDC) set speed. It can be increased or Cruise control will not function while
decreased by applying the HDC is enabled and vehicle speed
If equipped, HDC can be used when is below 40 km/h (25 mph).
accelerator or brake pedal. Smaller
driving downhill. It sets and
HDC speed control adjustments are
maintains vehicle speed while
accomplished using the cruise up or
descending a very steep incline in a
down buttons. Each tap of the
forward or reverse gear.
+RES will increase the set speed by
The HDC switch is on the center 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph), while each tap
stack, below the climate controls. of the SET– will decrease the set
speed by 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph). This
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. adjusted speed becomes the new
Vehicle speed must be below set speed.
60 km/h (37 mph).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

238 Driving and Operating

Cruise Control being used and the Traction Control 5 (On/Off) : Press to turn the
(TCS) system or StabiliTrak begins system on or off. A white indicator
With cruise control a speed of about to limit wheel spin, the cruise control comes on in the instrument cluster
40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be will automatically disengage. See when cruise control is turned on.
maintained without keeping your Traction Control/Electronic Stability
foot on the accelerator. Cruise Control 0 235 . If a collision alert
ii
+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : If
control does not work at speeds occurs when cruise control is there is a set speed in memory,
below about 40 km/h (25 mph). activated, cruise control is press briefly to resume to that
disengaged. See Forward Collision speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
{ Warning Alert (FCA) System 0 242 . When
ii

road conditions allow you to safely already active, use to increase

Cruise control can be dangerous use it again, cruise control can be vehicle speed.
where you cannot drive safely at turned back on. SET− (Set/Coast) : Press briefly to
a steady speed. Do not use If the brakes are applied, the cruise set the speed and activate cruise
cruise control on winding roads or control disengages. control. If cruise control is already
in heavy traffic. active, use to decrease vehicle
speed.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads, * (Cancel) : Press to disengage
fast changes in tire traction can cruise control without erasing the
cause excessive wheel slip, and set speed from memory.
you could lose control. Do not use Setting Cruise Control
cruise control on slippery roads.
If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or
+RES could get pressed and go into
If equipped with a manual
transmission, the cruise control will cruise when not desired. Keep 5
remain active when the gears are off when cruise is not being used.
shifted. The cruise is deactivated if 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise
the clutch is pressed for several system on.
seconds. If the cruise control is
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 239

2. Get up to the desired speed. Increasing Speed While Using . To slow down in small
3. Press and release SET−. Cruise Control increments, briefly press SET– .
If the cruise control system is For each press, the vehicle goes
4. Remove foot from the about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
accelerator. already activated:
. Press and hold +RES until the The speedometer reading can be
The cruise control indicator on the displayed in either English or metric
instrument cluster turns green after desired speed is reached, then
release it. units. See Driver Information Center
cruise control has been set to the (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123 or Driver
ii

desired speed. See Instrument . To increase vehicle speed in Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
Cluster (Base Level) 0 107 or
ii small increments, briefly press 0 126 . The increment value used
ii

Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 109 .ii +RES. For each press, the depends on the units displayed.
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
Resuming a Set Speed (1 mph) faster. Passing Another Vehicle While
If the cruise control is set at a Using Cruise Control
The speedometer reading can be
desired speed and then the brakes displayed in either English or metric Use the accelerator pedal to
are applied or * is pressed, the units. See Driver Information Center increase the vehicle speed. When
cruise control is disengaged without (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123 or Driver
ii
you take your foot off the pedal, the
erasing the set speed from memory. Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) vehicle will slow down to the
0 126 . The increment value used previous set cruise speed. While
Once the vehicle speed reaches ii

pressing the accelerator pedal or

about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, depends on the units displayed.
shortly following the release to
press the +RES button briefly. The Reducing Speed While Using override cruise control, briefly
vehicle returns to the previous set Cruise Control pressing the SET– button will result
speed. in cruise control set to the current
If the cruise control system is
already activated: vehicle speed.
. Press and hold SET– until the
desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

240 Driving and Operating

Using Cruise Control on Hills Driver Assistance shifts the vehicle into R (Reverse),
How well the cruise control will work the video image automatically
on hills depends on the vehicle
Systems appears on the infotainment screen.
speed, load, and the steepness of The infotainment screen goes to the
the hills. When going up steep hills, Rear Vision previous screen after approximately
four seconds once the vehicle is
you might have to step on the Camera (RVC) shifted out of R (Reverse).
accelerator pedal to maintain your
speed. When going downhill, you
might have to brake or shift to a
{ Warning To see the previous screen sooner,
do one of the following:
lower gear to keep your speed The camera(s) do not display . Press a hard key on the
down. If the brake pedal is applied, children, pedestrians, bicyclists, infotainment system.
cruise control will disengage. crossing traffic, animals, or any . Shift into P (Park).
Ending Cruise Control other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the The RVC will not work properly if
There are four ways to end cruise the tailgate is down. If the tailgate is
bumper, or under the vehicle.
control: down, do not use this system.
Shown distances may be different
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. from actual distances. Do not Guidelines
. Press *. drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always The RVC system may have a
. Press the clutch pedal for guideline overlay that can help the
check behind and around the
several seconds or shift the driver align the vehicle when
vehicle before driving. Failure to
transmission to N (Neutral). backing into a parking spot.
use proper care may result in
. To turn off cruise control, injury, death, or vehicle damage. To turn the guidelines on or off:
press 5. 1. Shift into P (Park).
Erasing Speed Memory If equipped, the RVC system is 2. Press SETTINGS on the home
designed to help the driver when screen of the infotainment
The cruise control set speed is backing up by displaying a view of system.
erased from memory if 5 is pressed the area behind the vehicle. When
the key is in ON/RUN and the driver 3. Select Rear Camera.
or if the ignition is turned off.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 241

4. Select Guidance Lines, then When the System Does Not

select Off or On. Seem to Work Properly
Rear Vision Camera Error The RVC system may not work
Messages properly or display a clear image if:
SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA . It is dark.
SYSTEM : This message can . The sun or the beam of
display on the infotainment screen
headlamps are shining directly
when the system is not working
into the camera lens.
properly.
. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
If any other problem occurs or if a
builds up on the camera lens.
problem persists, see your dealer.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
Rear Vision Camera Location 1. View displayed by the water, and wipe it with a soft
camera. cloth.
The camera is under the tailgate
handle. . The back of the vehicle is in an
accident. The position and
The area displayed by the camera is mounting angle of the camera
limited. It does not display objects can change or the camera can
that are close to either corner or be affected. Be sure to have the
under the bumper and can vary camera, its position, and
depending on vehicle orientation or mounting angle checked at your
road conditions. Displayed images dealer.
may be further or closer than they
appear. Disconnecting the Rear Vision
The following illustrations show the 1. View displayed by the Camera (RVC)
field of view that the camera camera. The RVC must be disconnected if
provides. 2. Corner of the rear bumper. the tailgate needs to be removed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

242 Driving and Operating

FCA detects vehicles within a Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When FCA warnings will not occur unless
approaching a slower-moving or the FCA system detects a vehicle
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
or when following a vehicle too the vehicle ahead indicator will
The RVC is disconnected by closely, FCA may not provide a display green. Vehicles may not be
disconnecting the connector behind warning with enough time to help detected on curves, highway exit
the rear license plate. avoid a crash. FCA does not warn ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
of pedestrians, animals, signs, or if a vehicle ahead is partially
Forward Collision Alert guardrails, bridges, construction blocked by pedestrians or other
barrels, or other objects. Be ready objects. FCA will not detect another
(FCA) System to take action and apply the vehicle ahead until it is completely
If equipped, the FCA system may brakes. For more information, see in the driving lane.
help to avoid or reduce the harm Defensive Driving 0 194 .
{ Warning
ii

caused by front-end crashes. When

approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing FCA can be disabled with the FCA FCA does not provide a warning
alert on the windshield, and rapidly steering wheel control. to help avoid a crash, unless it
beeps. FCA also lights an amber detects a vehicle. FCA may not
visual alert if following another detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
vehicle much too closely. sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 243

more rapidly which can cause a Collision Alert and the Tailgating
Warning (Continued) brief, mild deceleration. Continue to Alert features. The timing of both
apply the brake pedal as needed. alerts will vary based on vehicle
or ice, or if the windshield is Cruise control may be disengaged speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
damaged. It may also not detect a when the Collision Alert occurs. the farther away the alert will occur.
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, Consider traffic and weather
or in conditions that can limit Tailgating Alert conditions when selecting the alert
visibility such as fog, rain, timing. The range of selectable alert
or snow, or if the headlamps or timing may not be appropriate for all
windshield are not cleaned or in drivers and driving conditions.
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA Unnecessary Alerts
sensors clean and in good repair. FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
The vehicle ahead indicator will
Collision Alert in other lanes, objects that are not
display amber when you are
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
following a detected vehicle ahead
are normal operation and the
much too closely.
vehicle does not need service.
Selecting the Alert Timing Cleaning the System
The Collision Alert control is on the
If the FCA system does not seem to
steering wheel. Press [ to set the operate properly, cleaning the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near, outside of the windshield in front of
When your vehicle approaches or Off. The first button press shows the rearview mirror, and cleaning the
another detected vehicle too rapidly, the current setting on the DIC. headlamps, may correct the issue.
the red lights will flash on the Additional button presses will
windshield. Also, eight rapid change this setting. The chosen
high-pitched beeps will sound from setting will remain until it is changed
the front. When this Collision Alert and will affect the timing of both the
occurs, the brake system may
prepare for driver braking to occur
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

244 Driving and Operating

Lane Departure Warning (Continued)

How the System Works
Warning (LDW) The LDW camera sensor is on the
not in proper condition; or if windshield ahead of the rearview
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
the sun shines directly into mirror.
crashes due to unintentional lane
the camera.
departures. It may provide an alert if To turn LDW on and off, press @ on
the vehicle is crossing a lane . Detect road edges. the center stack. The control
marking without using a turn signal . Detect lanes on winding or indicator will light when LDW is on.
in that direction. LDW uses a hilly roads.
camera sensor to detect the lane
markings at speeds of 56 km/h If LDW only detects lane
(35 mph) or greater. markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
{ Warning departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
The LDW system does not steer marking. Always keep your
the vehicle. The LDW system attention on the road and When LDW is on, @ is green if
may not: maintain proper vehicle position LDW is available to warn of a lane
within the lane, or vehicle departure. If the vehicle crosses a
. Provide enough time to detected lane marking without using
avoid a crash. damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the the turn signal in that direction, @
. Detect lane markings under windshield, headlamps, and changes to amber and flashes.
poor weather or visibility camera sensors clean and in Additionally, there will be three
conditions. This can occur if good repair. Do not use LDW in beeps on the right or left, depending
the windshield or on the lane departure direction.
bad weather conditions.
headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 245

When the System Does Not Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline
Seem to Work Properly meeting ASTM specification D4814
For diesel engine vehicles, see with a posted octane rating of 87 or
The system may not detect lanes as “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the higher. Do not use gasoline with an
well when there are: Duramax diesel supplement. octane rating below 87, as it may
. Close vehicles ahead. Use of the recommended fuel is an cause engine damage and will lower
. important part of the proper fuel economy.
Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels. maintenance of this vehicle. When Use of Seasonal Fuels
driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
. Banked roads. Use summer and winter fuels in the
help keep the engine clean and
If the LDW system is not functioning maintain optimum vehicle appropriate season. The fuels
properly when lane markings are performance, we recommend using industry automatically modifies the
clearly visible, cleaning the TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. fuel for the appropriate season.
windshield may help. See www.toptiergas.com for a list of If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. long periods of time, driving or
LDW alerts may occur due to tar starting could be affected. Drive the
marks, shadows, cracks in the road, vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
temporary or construction lane tank or less, then refuel with the
markings, or other road current seasonal fuel.
imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need Prohibited Fuels
service. Turn LDW off if these Gasolines containing oxygenates
conditions continue. such as ethers and ethanol, as well
as reformulated gasolines, are
available in some cities. If these
gasolines comply with the
previously described specification,
then they are acceptable to use.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

246 Driving and Operating

other fuels containing more than California Fuel Fuels in Foreign

15% ethanol must be used only in
FlexFuel vehicles.
Requirements Countries
If the vehicle is certified to meet If planning to drive in countries
Caution California Emissions Standards, it is outside the U.S. or Canada, the
designed to operate on fuels that proper fuel might be hard to find.
Do not use fuel containing meet California specifications. See Check regional auto club or fuel
methanol. It can corrode metal the underhood emission control retail brand websites for availability
parts in the fuel system and also label. If this fuel is not available in in the country where driving. Never
damage plastic and rubber parts. states adopting California Emissions use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
That damage would not be Standards, the vehicle will operate methanol, manganese, or any other
covered under the vehicle satisfactorily on fuels meeting fuel not recommended. Costly
warranty. federal specifications, but emission repairs caused by use of improper
control system performance might fuel would not be covered by the
be affected. The malfunction vehicle warranty.
Some gasolines, mainly high octane indicator lamp could turn on and the
racing gasolines, can contain an vehicle may not pass a smog-check Fuel Additives
octane-enhancing additive called test. See Malfunction Indicator
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 115 . ii
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use If this occurs, return to your TIER Detergent Gasoline is
gasolines and/or fuel additives with authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it recommended. See Fuel 0 245 . ii

MMT as they can reduce spark plug is determined that the condition is If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
life and affect emission control caused by the type of fuel used, not available, one bottle of Fuel
system performance. The repairs may not be covered by the System Treatment PLUS added to
malfunction indicator lamp may turn vehicle warranty. the fuel tank at every engine oil
on. If this occurs, see your dealer change, can help. Fuel System
for service. Treatment PLUS is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 247

Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)

If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see “Filling the Tank” in the something ignites it, you could be
Duramax diesel supplement. badly burned. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly full,
{ Warning and is more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and wait
Fuel vapor burns violently and a for any hiss noise to stop. Then
fuel fire can cause bad injuries. unscrew the cap all the way.
To help avoid injuries to you and
others, read and follow all the
instructions on the fuel pump
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel { Warning
island. Turn off the engine when
door on the driver side of the Overfilling the fuel tank by more
refueling. Do not smoke near fuel
vehicle. To open the fuel door, push than three clicks of a standard fill
or when refueling the vehicle. Do and release the rearward center
not use cellular phones. Keep nozzle may cause:
edge of the door.
sparks, flames, and smoking . Vehicle performance issues,
materials away from fuel. Do not To remove the fuel cap, turn it
including engine stalling and
leave the fuel pump unattended slowly counterclockwise.
damage to the fuel system.
when refueling the vehicle. This is While refueling, hang the fuel cap . Fuel spills.
against the law in some places. from the hook on the fuel door.
Do not re-enter the vehicle while . Potential fuel fires.
pumping fuel. Keep children away { Warning
from the fuel pump; never let Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
children pump fuel. Fuel can spray out on you if you few seconds after you have finished
open the fuel cap too quickly. pumping before removing the
If you spill fuel and then nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
(Continued) surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 334 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

248 Driving and Operating

When replacing the fuel cap, turn it

clockwise until it clicks. Make sure Caution Warning (Continued)
the cap is fully installed. The
If a new fuel cap is needed, be . Dispense fuel only into
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or sure to get the right type of cap approved containers.
improperly installed. This would from your dealer. The wrong type . Do not fill a container while
allow fuel to evaporate into the of fuel cap may not fit properly, it is inside a vehicle, in a
atmosphere. If the fuel cap is not may cause the malfunction vehicle's trunk, pickup bed,
properly installed, a message indicator lamp to light, and could or on any surface other than
appears on the Driver Information damage the fuel tank and the ground.
Center (DIC) and the check engine emissions system. See . Bring the fill nozzle in
light will be lit on the instrument Malfunction Indicator Lamp contact with the inside of
cluster. See Fuel System Messages (Check Engine Light) 0 115 .ii

the fill opening before

0 132 and Malfunction Indicator
ii

operating the nozzle.

Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 115 . Contact should be
Filling a Portable Fuel
ii

maintained until the filling is

{ Warning Container complete.
. Do not smoke while
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
{ Warning pumping fuel.
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by Never fill a portable fuel container . Do not use a cellular phone
shutting off the pump or by while it is in the vehicle. Static while pumping fuel.
notifying the station attendant. electricity discharge from the
Leave the area immediately. container can ignite the fuel
vapor. You can be badly burned
and the vehicle damaged if this
occurs. To help avoid injury to you
and others:
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 249

. Do not tow a trailer during the
Trailer Towing first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent Warning (Continued)
damage to the engine, axle,
General Towing or other parts. When towing a trailer:
Information . Then during the first 800 km . Do not drive with the
Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not liftgate, trunk/hatch,
been designed for the vehicle. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and or rear-most window open.
Contact your dealer or trailering do not make starts at full throttle.
dealer for assistance with preparing . Fully open the air outlets on
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). or under the instrument
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read Shift the transmission to a lower
the entire section before towing a panel.
gear if the transmission shifts
trailer. too often under heavy loads and/ . Also adjust the climate
For towing a disabled vehicle, see or hilly conditions. control system to a setting
Towing the Vehicle 0 329 . For that brings in only outside
ii

. If equipped with 4WD, see air. See “Climate Control

towing the vehicle behind another Four-Wheel Drive 0 226 before
vehicle such as a motor home, see
ii

Systems” in the Index.

pulling a trailer.
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 330 . ii
For more information about

Driving Characteristics { Warning carbon monoxide, see Engine

Exhaust 0 219 .ii

and Towing Tips When towing a trailer, exhaust

gases may collect at the rear of Towing a trailer requires a certain
Driving with a Trailer the vehicle and enter if the amount of experience. The
When towing a trailer: liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most combination you are driving is
. Become familiar with the state window is open. longer and not as responsive as the
and local laws that apply to (Continued) vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
trailer towing. the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

250 Driving and Operating

Before starting, check all trailer hitch Backing Up If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn
parts and attachments, safety out, the arrows on the instrument
Hold the bottom of the steering
chains, electrical connectors, lamps, cluster will still flash for turns. It is
wheel with one hand. To move the
tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has important to check occasionally to
trailer to the left, move that hand to
electric brakes, start the be sure the trailer bulbs are still
the left. To move the trailer to the
combination moving and then apply working.
right, move your hand to the right.
the trailer brake controller by hand
Always back up slowly and, Driving on Grades
to be sure the brakes work.
if possible, have someone
During the trip, check occasionally guide you. Reduce speed and shift to a lower
to be sure that the load is secure gear before starting down a long or
and the lamps and any trailer Making Turns steep downgrade. If the
brakes still work. transmission is not shifted down, the
Caution brakes might get hot and no longer
Following Distance work well.
Stay at least twice as far behind the Making very sharp turns while Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift
vehicle ahead as you would when trailering could cause the trailer to the transmission to a lower gear if
driving the vehicle without a trailer. come in contact with the vehicle. the transmission shifts too often
This can help to avoid heavy The vehicle could be damaged. under heavy loads and/or hilly
braking and sudden turns. Avoid making very sharp turns conditions.
while trailering. The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if
Passing
the transmission shifts too often.
More passing distance is needed When turning with a trailer, make See Tow/Haul Mode 0 224 . ii

when towing a trailer. The wider turns than normal. Do this so

combination will not accelerate as When towing at high altitude on
the trailer will not strike soft steep uphill grades, consider the
quickly and is longer so it is shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
necessary to go much farther following: Engine coolant will boil at
or other objects. Avoid jerky or a lower temperature than at normal
beyond the passed vehicle before sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
returning to the lane. altitudes. If the engine is turned off
advance. immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 251

vehicle may show signs similar to 2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance when Trailer
engine overheating. To avoid this, under the trailer wheels. Towing
let the engine run while parked, 3. When the wheel chocks are in
preferably on level ground, with the The vehicle needs service more
place, release the regular often when pulling a trailer. See
transmission in P (Park) for a few brakes until the chocks absorb
minutes before turning the engine Maintenance Schedule 0 344 . ii

the load. Things that are especially important

off. If the overheat warning comes
on, see Engine Overheating 0 274 . ii
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then in trailer operation are automatic
apply the parking brake and transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
Parking on Hills shift into P (Park). lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
brake system. It is a good idea to
5. Release the brake pedal.
{ Warning inspect these before and during
the trip.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
Parking the vehicle on a hill with Check periodically to see that all
the trailer attached can be 1. Apply and hold the brake
pedal. hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move. 2. Start the engine. Trailer Towing
People can be injured, and both 3. Shift into a gear.
the vehicle and the trailer can be Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
damaged. When possible, always 4. Release the parking brake. See New Vehicle Break-In 0 211 . ii

park the rig on a flat surface. 5. Let up on the brake pedal.

6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
{ Warning
If parking the rig on a hill: clear of the chocks. The driver can lose control when
1. Press the brake pedal, but do 7. Stop and have someone pick pulling a trailer if the correct
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn up and store the chocks. equipment is not used or the
the wheels into the curb if vehicle is not driven properly. For
facing downhill or into traffic if example, if the trailer is too
facing uphill. heavy, the brakes may not work
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

252 Driving and Operating

To identify the trailering capacity of weight the vehicle can carry. See
Warning (Continued) the vehicle, read the information in “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later
“Weight of the Trailer” later in this in this section for more information.
well or even at all. The driver and section.
passengers could be seriously Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is
injured. The vehicle may also be Trailering is different than just calculated assuming the tow vehicle
damaged; the resulting repairs driving the vehicle by itself. has only the driver but all required
would not be covered by the Trailering means changes in trailering equipment. Weight of
vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer handling, acceleration, braking, additional optional equipment,
durability, and fuel economy. passengers, and cargo in the tow
only if all the steps in this section
Successful, safe trailering takes vehicle must be subtracted from the
have been followed. Ask your
correct equipment, and it has to be trailer weight rating.
dealer for advice and information used properly.
about towing a trailer with the Use the following chart to determine
vehicle. The following information has many how much the vehicle can weigh,
time-tested, important trailering tips based upon the vehicle model and
and safety rules. Many of these are options.
important for your safety and that of
Caution
your passengers. Read this section
Pulling a trailer improperly can carefully before pulling a trailer.
damage the vehicle and result in Weight of the Trailer
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be?
correctly, follow the advice in this It depends on how the rig is used.
section and see your dealer for Speed, altitude, road grades,
important information about outside temperature, and how much
towing a trailer with the vehicle. the vehicle is used to pull a trailer
are all important. It can depend on
any special equipment on the
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 205 forii

vehicle, and the amount of tongue

more information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 253

SAE J2807 Compliant

Engine Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a)
2.5L L4 4.10 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) 3 856 kg (8,500 lb)
3.6L V6 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
(a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle
and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering the vehicle to exceed the

information or advice. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross
Weight of the Trailer Tongue Axle Weight Rating).
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is After loading the trailer, weigh the
very important because it is also trailer and then the tongue,
part of the vehicle weight. The separately, to see if the weights are
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) proper. If they are not, adjustments
includes the curb weight of the might be made by moving some
vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and items around in the trailer.
the people who will be riding in the
vehicle as well as trailer tongue Total Weight on the Vehicle's
weight. Vehicle options, equipment, Trailer tongue weight (1) should be Tires
passengers and cargo in the vehicle 10–15% of the loaded trailer Be sure the vehicle's tires are
reduce the amount of tongue weight weight (2) up to 408 kg (900 lb). inflated to the inflation pressures
the vehicle can carry, which will also
Trailer rating may be limited by the found on the Certification/Tire label
reduce the trailer weight the vehicle
vehicle's ability to carry tongue on the center pillar or see Vehicle
can tow.
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause Load Limits 0 205 . Make sure not to
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

254 Driving and Operating

exceed the GVWR limit for the weight-carrying hitch which simply
vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow features a coupler latched to the
vehicle and trailer fully loaded for hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a
the trip including the weight of the pintle hook. Other trailers may
trailer tongue. If using a require a weight-distributing hitch
weight-distributing hitch, make sure that uses spring bars to distribute
not to exceed the RGAWR before the trailer tongue weight among the
applying the weight distribution tow vehicle and trailer axles.
spring bars. If a step-bumper hitch will be used,
Weight of the Trailering the bumper could be damaged in
Combination sharp turns. Make sure there
is ample room when turning to avoid
It is important that the combination contact between the trailer and the 1. Front of Vehicle
of the tow vehicle and trailer does bumper.
not exceed any of its weight ratings 2. Body to Ground Distance
— GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer A step-bumper hitch is limited to When using a weight-distributing
Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight. 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) total weight. hitch, the spring bars should be
The only way to be sure it is not Consider using sway controls with adjusted so the distance (2) is the
exceeding any of these ratings is to any trailer. Ask a trailering same after coupling the trailer to the
weigh the tow vehicle and trailer professional about sway controls or tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch.
combination, fully loaded for the trip, refer to the trailer manufacturer's
getting individual weights for each of recommendations and instructions. Safety Chains
these items. Always attach chains between the
Weight-Distributing Hitch vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
Towing Equipment Adjustment safety chains under the tongue of
A weight distributing hitch may be the trailer to help prevent the tongue
Hitches useful with some trailers. from contacting the road if it
The correct hitch equipment helps becomes separated from the hitch.
maintain combination control. Many Instructions about safety chains
trailers can be towed with a may be provided by the hitch
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 255

manufacturer or by the trailer . Black: Ground A four-wire harness, without

manufacturer. Always leave just . Gray: Back-up lamps connector, is secured behind the left
enough slack so the combination side kick panel. The harness
can turn. Never allow safety chains . Orange: Battery feed contains the following circuits:
to drag on the ground. . Blue: Trailer brake . Red/Green: Battery feed
Trailer Brakes To help charge a remote . Black: Ground
A loaded trailer that weighs more (non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
. White/Blue: Brake signal to
than 900 kg (2,000 lb) needs to have Haul Mode button at the end of the
shift lever. If the trailer is too light for controller
its own brake system that is
Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the . Blue: Trailer Brake power to
adequate for the weight of the
trailer. Be sure to read and follow headlamps to help charge the trailer connector
the instructions for the trailer brakes battery. To remove the left side kick panel,
so they are installed, adjusted, and Trailer Brake Control Wiring start at the front of the panel pulling
maintained properly. Harness toward the rear of the vehicle and lift
upward to disengage the integral
Trailer Wiring Harness clips.
For vehicles not equipped with
heavy-duty trailering, a harness is Tow/Haul Mode
secured underneath the left side of
the vehicle, next to the spare tire.
The harness requires the installation
of a trailer connector, which is
available through your dealer. The
seven-wire harness contains the
following trailer circuits:
. Yellow: Left stop/turn signal
. Green: Right stop/turn signal
. Brown: Taillamps/parking lamps
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

256 Driving and Operating

Press this button on the center . When pulling a heavy trailer or a Trailer Sway
stack to turn on and off the Tow/ large or heavy load in
Haul Mode. stop-and-go traffic.
Control (TSC)
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a
large or heavy load in busy TSC feature. Trailer sway is
parking lots where improved low unintended side-to-side motion of a
speed control of the vehicle is trailer while being towed. If the
desired. vehicle is towing a trailer and the
TSC detects that sway is increasing,
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul the vehicle brakes are selectively
when lightly loaded or with no trailer applied at each wheel, to help
This indicator light on the instrument
at all will not cause damage. reduce excessive trailer sway. If the
cluster comes on when the Tow/
However, there is no benefit to the vehicle is equipped with the
Haul Mode is on.
selection of Tow/Haul when the Integrated Trailer Brake Control
Tow/Haul is a feature that assists vehicle is unloaded. Such a (ITBC) system, and the trailer has
when pulling a heavy trailer or a selection when unloaded may result the electric actuated brake system,
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul in unpleasant engine and StabiliTrak may also apply the trailer
Mode 0 224 . ii transmission driving characteristics brakes.
Tow/Haul is designed to be most and reduced fuel economy. Tow/
Haul is recommended only when If TSC is enabled, the Traction
effective when the vehicle and Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
trailer combined weight is at least pulling a heavy trailer or a large or
heavy load. warning light will flash on the
75 percent of the vehicle's Gross instrument cluster. Vehicle speed
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). If the vehicle has a diesel engine, must be reduced. If trailer sway
See “Weight of the Trailer” under the Tow/Haul button activates the continues, StabiliTrak can reduce
Trailer Towing 0 251 . Tow/Haul is
ii exhaust brake system engine torque to help slow the
most useful under the following simultaneously. See “Exhaust vehicle. See Traction Control/
driving conditions: Brake” in the Duramax diesel Electronic Stability Control 0 235 .
ii

. When pulling a heavy trailer or a supplement.

large or heavy load through
rolling terrain.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 257

{ Warning Conversions and Caution

Even if the vehicle is equipped
Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can
with TSC, trailer sway could result damage the vehicle or cause
in loss of control and the vehicle
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
could crash. If excessive trailer Equipment would not be covered by the
sway is detected, slow down to a vehicle warranty. Always check
safe speed. Check the trailer and { Warning with your dealer before adding
vehicle to help correct possible electrical equipment.
causes. These could include an The Data Link Connector
improperly or overloaded trailer, (DLC) is used for vehicle service
and Emission Inspection/ Add-on equipment can drain the
unrestrained cargo, improper vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
trailer hitch configuration, Maintenance testing. See
vehicle is not operating.
excessive vehicle-trailer speed, Malfunction Indicator Lamp
or improperly inflated or incorrect (Check Engine Light) 0 115 .
ii
The vehicle has an airbag system.
vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing A device connected to the DLC — Before attempting to add anything
such as an aftermarket fleet or electrical to the vehicle, see
Equipment 0 254 for trailer
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
ii

ratings and hitch setup driver-behavior tracking device —

may interfere with vehicle Vehicle 0 66 and Adding Equipment
recommendations.
ii

systems. This could affect vehicle to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle

operation and cause a crash. 0 67 .
ii

Adding non-dealer accessories can Such devices may also access

affect the vehicle performance. See information stored in the vehicle’s
Accessories and Modifications
systems.
0 259 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

258 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Vehicle Care Battery - North America . . . . . . 279
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 287
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Engine Compartment Fuse
General Information Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 259 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 281 Instrument Panel Fuse
California Proposition Automatic Transmission Shift Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Lock Control Function
California Perchlorate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Wheels and Tires
Materials Requirements . . . . . 259 Ignition Transmission Lock Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Accessories and Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Park Brake and P (Park) Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Vehicle Checks Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 282 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 283 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 297
Doing Your Own
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Headlamp Aiming Tire Terminology and
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Engine Compartment
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure Monitor
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 267 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Tire Pressure Monitor
Automatic Transmission Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Sidemarker, and Parking Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 269 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Taillamps, Turn Signal, When It Is Time for New
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 269 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Center High-Mounted Different Size Tires and
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 274 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Uniform Tire Quality
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 259

Wheel Alignment and Tire General Information harm. Engine exhaust, many parts
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 and systems, many fluids, and
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 313 For service and parts needs, visit some component wear by-products
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 your dealer. You will receive contain and/or emit these
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 genuine GM parts and GM-trained chemicals.
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 and supported service people.
See Battery - North America 0 279
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 325
ii

Genuine GM parts have one of and Jump Starting - North America

Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 326 these marks: 0 327 .
ii

Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North California Perchlorate
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Materials Requirements
Towing the Vehicle Certain types of automotive
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 329 applications, such as airbag
Recreational Vehicle initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
Appearance Care
may contain perchlorate materials.
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Special handling may be necessary.
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
For additional information, see
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
California Proposition
65 Warning Accessories and
WARNING: Most motor vehicles, Modifications
including this one, contain and/or Adding non-dealer accessories or
emit chemicals known to the State making modifications to the vehicle
of California to cause cancer and can affect vehicle performance and
birth defects or other reproductive safety, including such things as
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

260 Vehicle Care

airbags, braking, stability, ride and GM Accessories are designed to Vehicle Checks
handling, emissions systems, complement and function with other
aerodynamics, durability, and systems on the vehicle. See your
electronic systems like antilock dealer to accessorize the vehicle Doing Your Own
brakes, traction control, and stability using genuine GM Accessories Service Work
control. These accessories or installed by a dealer technician.
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
Also, see Adding Equipment to the { Warning
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 67 .
by the vehicle warranty.
ii

It can be dangerous to work on

Damage to suspension components your vehicle if you do not have
caused by modifying vehicle height the proper knowledge, service
outside of factory settings will not be manual, tools, or parts. Always
covered by the warranty. follow owner manual procedures
and consult the service manual
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the for your vehicle before doing any
installation or use of non-GM service work.
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is If doing some of your own service
not covered under the terms of the work, use the proper service
vehicle warranty and may affect manual. It tells you much more
remaining warranty coverage for about how to service the vehicle
affected parts. than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
0 370 .
ii

This vehicle has an airbag system.

Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 66 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 261

Keep a record with all parts receipts To close the hood:

and list the mileage and the date of 1. Before closing the hood, be
any service work performed. See sure all the filler caps are
Maintenance Records 0 356 . ii

properly installed.

Caution 2. Lower the hood to 20 cm (8 in)

above the vehicle and release
Even small amounts of it so it fully latches. Check to
contamination can cause damage make sure the hood is firmly
to vehicle systems. Do not allow closed by lifting up on the front
contaminants to contact the fluids, edge of the hood. Repeat the
reservoir caps, or dipsticks. process if necessary.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
Hood find the secondary hood
release handle. The handle is
To open the hood: under the front edge of the
hood near the center. Push the
handle to the right and at the
same time raise the hood.

1. Pull the hood release lever with

this symbol on it. It is inside the
vehicle to the lower left of the
steering wheel.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

262 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

2.5L L4 Engine
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 263

1. Coolant Surge Tank and

Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant 0 272 . ii

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

0 269 .ii

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See

Engine Oil 0 265 . ii

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of

View). See Cooling System
0 271 .ii

5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See

Engine Oil 0 265 . ii

6. Engine Compartment Fuse

Block 0 288 . ii

7. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.

See Brake Fluid 0 278 or ii

Hydraulic Clutch 0 269 (If ii

Equipped).
8. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 276 .ii

9. Battery - North America 0 279 . ii

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

264 Vehicle Care

3.6L V6 Engine
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 265

1. Coolant Surge Tank and Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil

Pressure Cap. See Engine
For diesel engine vehicles, see It is a good idea to check the engine
Coolant 0 272 .
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
ii

“Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel

2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter supplement. get an accurate reading, the vehicle
0 269 .ii
must be on level ground. The
To ensure proper engine engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of performance and long life, careful
View). See Cooling System loop. See Engine Compartment
attention must be paid to engine oil. Overview 0 262 for the location of
0 271 .ii

Following these simple, but

ii

the engine oil dipstick.

4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See important steps will help protect
Engine Oil 0 265 . ii
your investment: Obtaining an accurate oil level
reading is essential:
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See . Use engine oil approved to the
Engine Oil 0 265 . ii
proper specification and of the 1. If the engine has been running
proper viscosity grade. See recently, turn off the engine and
6. Engine Compartment Fuse allow several minutes for the oil
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
Block 0 288 . ii

in this section. to drain back into the oil pan.

7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Checking the oil level too soon
. Check the engine oil level
Brake Fluid 0 278 . after engine shutoff will not
ii

regularly and maintain the provide an accurate oil level

8. Windshield Washer Fluid proper oil level. See “Checking reading.
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid Engine Oil” and “When to Add
0 276 .ii Engine Oil” in this section. 2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
with a clean paper towel or
9. Battery - North America 0 279 . . Change the engine oil at the
ii

cloth, then push it back in all

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, appropriate time. See Engine Oil the way. Remove it again,
see the Duramax diesel Life System 0 267 .
ii

keeping the tip down, and

supplement. . Always dispose of engine oil check the level.
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

266 Vehicle Care

When to Add Engine Oil Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Caution
Selecting the right engine oil
Do not add too much oil. Oil depends on both the proper oil
levels above or below the specification and viscosity grade.
acceptable operating range See Recommended Fluids and
shown on the dipstick are harmful Lubricants 0 353 .
ii

to the engine. If you find that you Specification

2.5L L4 Engine have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine Ask for and use engine oils that
has so much oil that the oil level meet the dexos1™ specification.
Engine oils that have been
gets above the cross-hatched
approved by GM as meeting the
area that shows the proper
dexos1 specification are marked
operating range, the engine could with the dexos1 approved logo. See
be damaged. You should drain www.gmdexos.com.
out the excess oil or limit driving
3.6L V6 Engine
of the vehicle and seek a service
If the oil is below the cross-hatched professional to remove the
area at the tip of the dipstick, add excess amount of oil.
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in See Engine Compartment Overview
this section for an explanation of 0 262 for the location of the engine
ii

what kind of oil to use. For engine oil fill cap.

oil crankcase capacity, see Caution
Add enough oil to put the level
Capacities and Specifications somewhere in the proper operating Failure to use the recommended
0 358 .
ii
range. Push the dipstick all the way engine oil or equivalent can result
back in when through. in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 267

Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not Engine Oil Life System
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade recommended and could cause
engine oil for the 3.6L V6 engine. engine damage not covered by the When to Change Engine Oil
Use SAE 5W-20 viscosity grade vehicle warranty. This vehicle has a computer system
engine oil for the 2.5L L4 engine. What to Do with Used Oil that indicates when to change the
Cold Temperature Operation: In an engine oil and filter. This is based
Used engine oil contains certain on a combination of factors which
area of extreme cold, where the elements that can be unhealthy for
temperature falls below −29 °C include engine revolutions, engine
your skin and could even cause temperature, and miles driven.
(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
used for the 3.6L V6 engine and Based on driving conditions, the
your skin for very long. Clean your mileage at which an oil change is
SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine skin and nails with soap and water,
oil may be used for the 2.5L L4 indicated can vary considerably. For
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the oil life system to work properly,
engine. An oil of this viscosity grade properly dispose of clothing or rags
will provide easier cold starting for the system must be reset every time
containing used engine oil. See the the oil is changed.
the engine at extremely low manufacturer's warnings about the
temperatures. When selecting an oil use and disposal of oil products. On some vehicles, when the system
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it has calculated that oil life has been
is recommended to select an oil of Used oil can be a threat to the diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE
the correct specification. See environment. If you change your OIL SOON message comes on to
“Specification” earlier in this section. own oil, be sure to drain all the oil indicate that an oil change is
from the filter before disposal. Never necessary. See Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives/Engine dispose of oil by putting it in the Messages 0 131 . Change the oil as
ii

Oil Flushes trash or pouring it on the ground, soon as possible within the next
into sewers, or into streams or 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that,
Do not add anything to the oil. The
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking if driving under the best conditions,
recommended oils meeting the
it to a place that collects used oil. the oil life system might indicate that
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and an oil change is not necessary for
engine protection. up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
a year and, at this time, the system
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

268 Vehicle Care

must be reset. For vehicles without See Driver Information Center Automatic Transmission
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123 or
message, an oil change is needed
ii

Driver Information Center (DIC)

Fluid
when the OIL LIFE REMAINING (Uplevel) 0 126 .ii
How to Check Automatic
percentage is near 0%. Your dealer 2. Press and hold SET/CLR for Transmission Fluid
has trained service people who will several seconds. The oil life
perform this work and reset the It is not necessary to check the
will change to 100%. transmission fluid level.
system. It is also important to check
the oil regularly over the course of The oil life system can also be reset A transmission fluid leak is the only
an oil drain interval and keep it at as follows: reason for fluid loss. If a leak
the proper level. occurs, take the vehicle to your
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
dealer and have it repaired as soon
If the system is ever reset with the engine off.
as possible.
accidentally, the oil must be 2. Display the OIL LIFE
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) There is a special procedure for
REMAINING on the DIC.
since the last oil change. checking and changing the
Remember to reset the oil life 3. Fully press the accelerator transmission fluid. Because this
system whenever the oil is changed. pedal slowly three times within procedure is difficult, this should be
five seconds. If the display done at your dealer. Contact your
How to Reset the Engine Oil shows 100%, the system is dealer for additional information or
Life System reset. the procedure can be found in the
Reset the system whenever the If the vehicle has a CHANGE service manual. To purchase a
engine oil is changed so that the ENGINE OIL SOON message and it service manual, see Service
system can calculate the next comes back on when the vehicle is Publications Ordering Information
engine oil change. Always reset the started and/or the OIL LIFE 0 370 .
ii

engine oil life to 100% after every oil REMAINING is near 0%, the engine Change the fluid and filter at the
change. It will not reset itself. To oil life system has not been reset. intervals listed in Maintenance
reset the engine oil life system: Repeat the procedure. Schedule 0 344 , and be sure to use
ii

1. Display the OIL LIFE the fluid listed in Recommended

REMAINING on the Driver Fluids and Lubricants 0 353 .ii

Information System (DIC).

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 269

Manual Transmission When to Check and What Do not remove the cap to check the
to Use fluid level or to top-off the fluid level.
Fluid Remove the cap only when
How to Check Manual necessary to add the proper fluid
Transmission Fluid until the level reaches the MIN line.

It is not necessary to check the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

manual transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
reason for fluid loss. If a leak engine compartment on the
occurs, take the vehicle to your The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid passenger side of the vehicle. See
dealer and have it repaired as soon reservoir cap has this symbol on it. Engine Compartment Overview
as possible. See Recommended The common brake/clutch fluid 0 262 .
ii

Fluids and Lubricants 0 353 for the reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake
ii

fluid as indicated on the reservoir When to Inspect the Engine Air

proper fluid to use.
cap. See Engine Compartment Cleaner/Filter
Hydraulic Clutch Overview 0 262 for reservoir
ii
For intervals on changing and
location. inspecting the engine air cleaner/
For vehicles with a manual filter, see Maintenance Schedule
transmission, it is not necessary to How to Check and Add Fluid
0 344 .
ii

regularly check brake/clutch fluid Visually check the brake/clutch fluid

unless there is a leak suspected. reservoir to make sure the fluid level How to Inspect the Engine Air
Adding fluid will not correct a leak. is at the MIN (minimum) line on the Cleaner/Filter
A fluid loss in this system could front of the reservoir. The brake/
indicate a problem. Have the Do not start the engine or have the
hydraulic clutch fluid system should engine running with the engine air
system inspected and repaired. be closed and sealed. cleaner/filter housing open. Before
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure that the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
debris. Remove the engine air
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

270 Vehicle Care

cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake To inspect or replace the engine air
the engine air cleaner/filter (away cleaner/filter:
from the vehicle), to release loose 1. Remove the screws (1) on top
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air of the engine air cleaner/filter
cleaner/filter for damage, and housing.
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or 2. Disconnect the electrical
components with water or connector (2).
compressed air. 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by
To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ loosening the air duct
filter: clamp (3).
4. Lift the filter cover housing
away from the engine air 3.6L V6 Engine
cleaner/filter housing.
1. Screws
5. Pull out the filter. 2. Electrical Connector
6. Inspect or replace the engine 3. Air Duct Clamp
air cleaner/filter. To inspect or replace the engine air
7. Reverse Steps 2-5 to reinstall cleaner/filter:
the filter cover housing. 1. Remove the screws (1) on top
of the engine air cleaner/filter
housing.
2. Disconnect the electrical
2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L
connector (2).
L4 Diesel Engine Similar
3. Disconnect the outlet duct by
1. Screws loosening the air duct
2. Electrical Connector clamp (3).
3. Air Duct Clamp
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 271

4. Lift the filter cover housing Cooling System

away from the engine air
cleaner/filter housing. The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
5. Pull out the filter. working temperature.
6. Inspect or replace the engine
air cleaner/filter.
7. Reverse Steps 2-5 to reinstall
the filter cover housing.

{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air 3.6L V6 Engine
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air 1. Coolant Surge Tank and
cleaner not only cleans the air; it Pressure Cap
helps to stop flames if the engine 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
backfires. Use caution when 2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L of View)
working on the engine and do not L4 Diesel Engine Similar
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
1. Coolant Surge Tank and
{ Warning
Pressure Cap An electric engine cooling fan
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out under the hood can start up even
Caution
of View) when the engine is not running
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt and can cause injury. Keep
can easily get into the engine, hands, clothing, and tools away
which could damage it. Always from any underhood electric fan.
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

272 Vehicle Care

Engine Coolant
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
The cooling system in the vehicle is
Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL® engine could catch fire and you or others
other engine parts, can be very coolant mixture. See Recommended could be burned. Use a 50/
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, Fluids and Lubricants 0 353 and
ii 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
you can be burned. Maintenance Schedule 0 344 . ii water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Do not run the engine if there is a The following explains the cooling
leak. If you run the engine, it system and how to check and add Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
could lose all coolant. That could coolant when it is low. If there is a drinkable water and DEX-COOL
cause an engine fire, and you problem with engine overheating, coolant. If using this mixture,
could be burned. Get any leak see Engine Overheating 0 274 . ii
nothing else needs to be added.
fixed before you drive the vehicle. What to Use This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down
Caution
{ Warning to −37 °C (−34 °F) outside
temperature.
Adding only plain water or some
Using coolant other than . Gives boiling protection up to
other liquid to the cooling system
DEX-COOL® can cause 129 °C (265 °F) engine
can be dangerous. Plain water
premature engine, heater core, temperature.
and other liquids, can boil before
or radiator corrosion. In addition, . Protects against rust and
the proper coolant mixture will.
the engine coolant could require corrosion.
The coolant warning system is set
changing sooner. Any repairs
for the proper coolant mixture. . Will not damage aluminum parts.
would not be covered by the
With plain water or the wrong .
vehicle warranty. Always use Helps keep the proper engine
mixture, the engine could get too
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant temperature.
hot but you would not get the
in the vehicle.
overheat warning. The engine
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 273

Checking Coolant
Caution Warning (Continued)
The vehicle must be on a level
If improper coolant mixture, surface when checking the coolant and it will burn if the engine parts
inhibitors, or additives are used in level. are hot enough. Do not spill
the vehicle cooling system, the Check to see if coolant is visible in coolant on a hot engine.
engine could overheat and be the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
damaged. Too much water in the inside the coolant surge tank is
mixture can freeze and crack boiling, do not do anything else until Caution
engine cooling parts. The repairs it cools down.
would not be covered by the This vehicle has a specific
If coolant is visible but the coolant coolant fill procedure. Failure to
vehicle warranty. Use only the level is not at or above the mark
proper mixture of engine coolant follow this procedure could cause
pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of
for the cooling system. See the engine to overheat and be
clean, drinkable water and
Recommended Fluids and DEX-COOL coolant. severely damaged.
Lubricants 0 353 .ii

Be sure the cooling system is cool

Never dispose of engine coolant by

before this is done. { Warning
If no coolant is visible in the coolant
putting it in the trash, or by pouring Steam and scalding liquids from a
surge tank, add coolant as follows:
it on the ground, or into sewers, hot cooling system can blow out
streams or, bodies of water. Have How to Add Coolant to the and burn you badly. Never turn
the coolant changed by an Coolant Surge Tank the cap when the cooling system,
authorized service center, familiar
including the surge tank pressure
with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help { Warning cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
protect the environment and your system and surge tank pressure
You can be burned if you spill cap to cool.
health.
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

274 Vehicle Care

5. Replace the cap tightly.

Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and
The coolant surge tank pressure possible engine damage may
cap can be removed when the occur. Be sure the cap is properly
cooling system, including the surge and tightly secured.
tank pressure cap and upper
radiator hose, is no longer hot.
Engine Overheating
1. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise. If a hiss is 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with The vehicle has an engine coolant
heard, wait for that to stop. the proper mixture to the mark temperature gauge on the
A hiss means there is still pointed to on the front of the instrument cluster to warn of engine
some pressure left. coolant surge tank. overheating. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge 0 112 .
4. With the coolant surge tank
ii

2. Keep turning the cap and

remove it. cap off, start the engine and let
it run until the upper radiator Caution
hose starts getting hot. Watch
out for the engine cooling fan. Running the engine without
By this time, the coolant level coolant may cause damage or a
inside the coolant surge tank fire. Vehicle damage would not be
may be lower. If the level is covered by the vehicle warranty.
lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge
tank until the level reaches the
mark pointed to on the front of
the coolant surge tank.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 275

If the decision is made not to lift the 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
hood when this warning appears, Warning (Continued)
2. Turn the heater on to the
get service help right away. See highest temperature and to the
Roadside Assistance Program Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you open highest fan speed. Open the
0 365 .
ii

windows as necessary.
the hood.
If the decision is made to lift the 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
hood, make sure the vehicle is If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids the road, shift to P (Park) or
parked on a level surface. N (Neutral), and let the
in it can catch fire. You or others
Then check to see if the engine engine idle.
could be badly burned. Stop the
cooling fan is running. If the engine If the engine coolant temperature
engine if it overheats, and get out
is overheating, the fan should be gauge is no longer in the overheat
running. If it is not, do not continue of the vehicle until the engine
is cool. zone, the vehicle can be driven.
to run the engine and have the Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
vehicle serviced. for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
If Steam Is Coming from the If No Steam Is Coming from distance from the vehicle in front.
Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment If the warning does not come back
If an engine overheat warning is on, continue to drive normally and
have the cooling system checked
{ Warning displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be for proper fill and function.
Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine If the warning continues, pull over,
can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the stop, and park the vehicle
just open the hood. Stay away vehicle: right away.
from the engine if you see or hear . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If there is no sign of steam, idle the
steam coming from it. Just turn it . engine for three minutes while
Stops after high-speed driving.
off and get everyone away from parked. If the warning is still
the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic. displayed, turn off the engine until it
(Continued) If the overheat warning is displayed cools down.
with no sign of steam:
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

276 Vehicle Care

Engine Fan everyday driving. The fans may turn Adding Washer Fluid
off if no cooling is required. Under
If the vehicle has a clutched engine heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
cooling fan, when the clutch is high outside temperatures,
engaged, the fan spins faster to or operation of the air conditioning
provide more air to cool the engine. system, the fans may change to
In most everyday driving conditions, high speed and an increase in fan
the fan is spinning slower and the noise may be heard. This is normal
clutch is not fully engaged. This and indicates that the cooling
improves fuel economy and reduces Open the cap with the washer
system is functioning properly. The
fan noise. Under heavy vehicle symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
fans will change to low speed when
loading, trailer towing, and/or high the tank is full. See Engine
additional cooling is no longer
outside temperatures, the fan speed Compartment Overview 0 262 for
required.
ii

increases as the clutch more fully reservoir location.

engages, so an increase in fan The electric engine cooling fans
noise may be heard. This is normal may run after the engine has been Caution
and should not be mistaken as the turned. off. This is normal and no
transmission slipping or making service is required. . Do not use washer fluid that
extra shifts. It is merely the cooling contains any type of water
system functioning properly. The fan Washer Fluid repellent coating. This can
will slow down when additional cause the wiper blades to
cooling is not required and the What to Use chatter or skip.
clutch disengages. When windshield washer fluid needs . Do not use engine coolant
This fan noise may also be heard to be added, be sure to read the (antifreeze) in the
when starting the engine. It will go manufacturer's instructions before windshield washer. It can
away as the fan clutch partially use. Use a fluid that has sufficient damage the windshield
disengages. protection against freezing in an washer system and paint.
area where the temperature may fall
If the vehicle has electric cooling (Continued)
below freezing.
fan(s), the fans may be heard
spinning at low speed during most
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 277

heard all the time the vehicle is evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
Caution (Continued) moving, except when applying the proper sequence to torque
brake pedal firmly. specifications in Capacities and
. Do not mix water with Specifications 0 358 .
ready-to-use washer fluid.
ii

Water can cause the { Warning Brake linings should always be

solution to freeze and replaced as complete axle sets.
The brake wear warning sound
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the means that soon the brakes will Brake Pedal Travel
washer system. not work well. That could lead to See your dealer if the brake pedal
a crash. When the brake wear does not return to normal height,
. When using concentrated warning sound is heard, have the or if there is a rapid increase in
washer fluid, follow the vehicle serviced. pedal travel. This could be a sign
manufacturer instructions for
that brake service may be required.
adding water.
. Fill the washer fluid tank Caution Replacing Brake System Parts
only three-quarters full when Always replace brake system parts
it is very cold. This allows Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement
for fluid expansion if brake pads could result in costly parts. If this is not done, the brakes
freezing occurs, which could brake repair. may not work properly. The braking
damage the tank if it is performance expected can change
completely full. in many other ways if the wrong
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the replacement brake parts are
installed or parts are improperly
Brakes brakes are first applied or lightly
installed.
applied. This does not mean
Disc brake pads have built-in wear something is wrong with the brakes.
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads Properly torqued wheel nuts are
are worn and new pads are needed. necessary to help prevent brake
The sound can come and go or be pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

278 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake/clutch When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a
hydraulic system. Have the low level, the brake warning light
brake/clutch hydraulic system comes on. See Brake System
fixed. With a leak, the brakes will Warning Light 0 117 .
ii

not work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time

Always clean the brake fluid which degrades the effectiveness of
reservoir cap and the area around the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
the cap before removing it. at the specified intervals to prevent
The brake/clutch master cylinder Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. increased stopping distance. See
reservoir is filled with GM approved Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Maintenance Schedule 0 344 . ii

DOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on If fluid is added when the linings are What to Add
the reservoir cap. See Engine worn, there will be too much fluid
Compartment Overview 0 262 for ii
when new brake linings are Use only GM approved DOT 3
the location of the reservoir. installed. Add or remove fluid, as brake fluid from a clean, sealed
necessary, only when work is done container. See Recommended
Checking Brake Fluid Fluids and Lubricants 0 353 .
on the brake/clutch hydraulic ii

With the vehicle in P (Park) on a system.

level surface, the brake fluid level { Warning
should be between the minimum
and maximum marks on the brake
{ Warning The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid reservoir. If too much brake fluid is added, it fluid could result in damage to the
can spill on the engine and burn, brake system. This could result in
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may if the engine is hot enough. You the loss of braking leading to a
go down: or others could be burned, and possible injury. Always use the
the vehicle could be damaged. proper GM approved brake fluid.
. Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the Add brake fluid only when work is
fluid level goes back up. done on the brake/clutch
hydraulic system.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 279

Extended Storage: Remove the

Caution Warning (Continued) black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
If brake fluid is spilled on the compounds, chemicals known to charger.
vehicle's painted surfaces, the the State of California to cause
paint finish can be damaged. cancer and birth defects or other Four-Wheel Drive
Immediately wash off any painted reproductive harm. Batteries also
surface. contain other chemicals known to Transfer Case
the State of California to cause
When to Check Lubricant
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
Battery - North America HANDLING. See California Refer to Maintenance Schedule
For diesel engine vehicles, see Proposition 65 Warning 0 259 .ii
0 344 to determine when to check
ii

“Battery” in the Duramax diesel the lubricant.

supplement. How to Check Lubricant
Vehicle Storage
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid.
{ Warning
Refer to the replacement number Batteries have acid that can burn
shown on the original battery label you and gas that can explode.
when a new battery is needed. See You can be badly hurt if you are
Engine Compartment Overview not careful. See Jump Starting -
0 262 for battery location.
ii North America 0 327 for tips on
ii

working around a battery without

{ Warning getting hurt.

WARNING: Battery posts,

Infrequent Usage: Remove the
terminals, and related black, negative (−) cable from the Electronic Transfer Case
accessories contain lead and lead battery to keep the battery from
(Continued) 1. Drain Plug
running down.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

280 Vehicle Care

2. Fill Plug heard. A fluid loss could indicate a to raise the level to the bottom of
To get an accurate reading, the problem. Have it inspected and the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to
vehicle should be on a level repaired. overtighten the plug.
surface. How to Check Lubricant What to Use
If the level is below the bottom of Refer to Recommended Fluids and
the fill plug (2) hole, located on the Lubricants 0 353 to determine what
ii

transfer case, some lubricant will kind of lubricant to use.

need to be added. Add enough
lubricant to raise the level to the Rear Axle
bottom of the fill plug (2) hole. Use
care not to overtighten the plug. When to Check and Change
Lubricant
When to Change Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
Refer to Maintenance Schedule check rear axle fluid unless a leak is
0 344 to determine how often to
ii

suspected, or an unusual noise is

change the lubricant. heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
What to Use Front Axle for 2.5L Shown, Front problem. Have it inspected and
Axle for 3.6L Similar repaired.
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353 to determine what All axle assemblies are filled by
ii

1. Drain Plug volume of fluid during production.

kind of lubricant to use.
2. Fill Plug They are not filled to reach a certain
Front Axle To get an accurate reading, the level. When checking the fluid level
vehicle should be on a level on any axle, variations in the
When to Check and Change surface. readings can be caused by factory
Lubricant fill differences between the minimum
If the level is below the bottom of and the maximum fluid volume.
It is not necessary to regularly the fill plug (2) hole, located on the
check front axle fluid unless a leak Also, if a vehicle has just been
front axle, some lubricant will need driven before checking the fluid
is suspected, or an unusual noise is to be added. Add enough lubricant level, it may appear lower than
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 281

normal because fluid has traveled To get an accurate reading, the 2. Apply both the parking brake
out along the axle tubes and has vehicle should be on a level and the regular brake.
not drained back to the sump area. surface. Do not use the accelerator
Therefore, a reading taken If the level is below the bottom of pedal, and be ready to turn off
five minutes after the vehicle has the fill plug (2) hole, located on the the engine immediately if it
been driven will appear to have a rear axle, some lubricant will need starts.
lower fluid level than a vehicle that to be added. Add enough lubricant
has been stationary for an hour or 3. For automatic transmission
to raise the level to the bottom of vehicles, try to start the engine
two. The rear axle assembly must the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to
be supported on a flat, level surface in each gear. The vehicle
overtighten the plug. should start only in P (Park) or
to get a true reading.
What to Use N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
How to Check Lubricant in any other position, contact
Refer to Recommended Fluids and your dealer for service.
Lubricants 0 353 to determine what
ii

kind of lubricant to use. For manual transmission

vehicles, put the shift lever in
Starter Switch Check Neutral, push the clutch pedal
down halfway, and try to start
the engine. The vehicle should
{ Warning start only when the clutch
pedal is pushed down all the
When you are doing this
way to the floor. If the vehicle
inspection, the vehicle could
starts when the clutch pedal is
move suddenly. If the vehicle
not pushed all the way down,
moves, you or others could be contact your dealer for service.
Rear Axle for 2.5L Shown, Rear injured.
Axle for 3.6L Similar
1. Before starting this check, be
1. Drain Plug sure there is enough room
2. Fill Plug around the vehicle.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

282 Vehicle Care

Automatic Transmission Ignition Transmission Park Brake and P (Park)

Shift Lock Control Lock Check Mechanism Check
Function Check While parked, and with the parking
brake set, try to turn the ignition to { Warning
{ Warning LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
position. When you are doing this check,
When you are doing this the vehicle could begin to move.
. For automatic transmission You or others could be injured
inspection, the vehicle could vehicles, the ignition should turn
move suddenly. If the vehicle and property could be damaged.
to LOCK/OFF only when the Make sure there is room in front
moves, you or others could be shift lever is in P (Park).
injured. of the vehicle in case it begins to
. For manual transmission roll. Be ready to apply the regular
vehicles, the ignition should turn brake at once should the vehicle
1. Before starting this check, be to LOCK/OFF only when you begin to move.
sure there is enough room press the key release button.
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface. On all vehicles, the ignition key Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
should come out only in LOCK/OFF. vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
2. Apply the parking brake. Be your foot on the regular brake, set
ready to apply the regular Contact your dealer if service is
required. the parking brake.
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move. . To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
3. With the engine off, turn the running and the transmission in
ignition on, but do not start the
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
engine. Without applying the
pressure from the regular brake
regular brake, try to move the pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
shift lever out of P (Park) with held by the parking brake only.
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 283

. To check the P (Park) 2. Press the button (2) in the
mechanism's holding ability: Caution (Continued) middle of the wiper arm
With the engine running, shift to connector, and pull the wiper
P (Park). Then release the the vehicle warranty. Do not allow blade away from the arm
parking brake followed by the the wiper arm to touch the connector (1).
regular brake. windshield.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
Contact your dealer if service is 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
required. To replace the windshield wiper
blade: blade replacement.
Wiper Blade Replacement 1. Pull the windshield wiper
Windshield wiper blades should be assembly away from the
inspected for wear or cracking. windshield.

Replacement blades come in

different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper
windshield wiper blade length and
type, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 355 . ii

Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage
the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

284 Vehicle Care

Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn

Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement Signal, Sidemarker, and
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs Parking Lamps
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, 0 286 .
ii

the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure

If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure Driver Side
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package. 1. Low-Beam Headlamp
2. High-Beam Headlamp
3. Front Turn Signal/
Sidemarker/Parking Lamp
See your dealer for passenger side
replacement.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 285

Headlamp Taillamps, Turn Signal,

1. Open the hood. Stoplamps, and Back-Up
2. Remove the headlamp bulb Lamps
cover by turning it 1. Open the tailgate.
counterclockwise.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.
4. Unplug the electrical connector
from the old bulb by releasing
4. Pull the rear lamp assembly
the clip on the bulb socket.
straight back to remove it from
Turn Signal/Sidemarker/ the vehicle.
Parking Lamp 5. Turn the bulb socket
1. Open the hood. counterclockwise.
2. Turn the bulb socket 6. Pull the bulb straight out from
counterclockwise to remove it 2. Remove the two rear lamp the socket.
from the headlamp assembly assembly screws.
7. Replace the bulb, then insert
and pull it straight out. 3. Pull the rear lamp assembly the bulb socket into the rear
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it outboard away from the box lamp assembly and turn
straight out of the bulb socket. side until the retainers release. clockwise.
There will be a noise when the
retainers release.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

286 Vehicle Care

Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp

9. Verify the retainer ring is in the 1. Remove the two screws and lift
proper position. If the retainer off the lamp assembly.
ring is out of position, it will not
engage. Reset the retainer by 2. Turn the bulb socket
pulling it forward with a tool. counterclockwise and pull it
straight out.
10. Push the rear lamp assembly 1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs
straight in until it is seated 2. Center High-Mounted 3. Pull the bulb straight out from
against the vehicle. Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb the socket.
11. Make sure the rear lamp To replace one of these bulbs: Replacement Bulbs
assembly is flush with the
box side. Exterior Lamp Bulb
Number
12. Reinstall the two rear lamp
assembly screws. Back-up Lamp 921 (W16W)
Back-up Lamp* 1156
Cargo Lamp 921 (W16W)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 287

Exterior Lamp Bulb Electrical System Windshield Wipers

Number If the wiper motor overheats due to
Center 921LL Electrical System heavy snow or ice, the windshield
High-Mounted Overload wipers will stop until the motor cools
Stoplamp and will then restart.
(CHMSL) The vehicle has fuses to protect
Although the circuit is protected
against an electrical system
Front Turn Signal 7444NA-T from electrical overload, overload
overload. Fuses also protect power
Lamp and due to heavy snow or ice may
devices in the vehicle.
Parking Lamp cause wiper linkage damage.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one Always clear ice and heavy snow
Sidemarker Lamp W5W LL of the identical size and rating. from the windshield before using the
High-Beam 9005 LL If there is a problem on the road and windshield wipers.
Headlamp a fuse needs to be replaced, there If the overload is caused by an
is a fuse puller in the Engine electrical problem and not snow or
Low-Beam H11 LL
Compartment Fuse Block. Replace ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Headlamp
the fuse as soon as possible with
Stoplamp/Taillamp/ 7443 W21/ one of the same amperage rating. Fuses
Turn Signal Lamp 5W LL-T
Headlamp Wiring The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
Stoplamp/Turn 1157 protected from short circuits by
Signal Lamp/ An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in fuses. This greatly reduces the
Taillamp* chance of fires caused by electrical
some cases to remain off. Have the
* Chassis Cab Models headlamp wiring checked right away problems.
if the lamps go on and off or Look at the silver-colored band
For replacement bulbs not listed remain off. inside the fuse. If the band is broken
here, contact your dealer. or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

288 Vehicle Care

If a fuse goes out, replace the fuse

as soon as you can. Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
Engine Compartment component on the vehicle may
Fuse Block damage it. Always keep the
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, covers on any electrical
see the Duramax diesel component.
supplement.
The engine compartment fuse block A fuse puller is available inside this
is in the engine compartment, on fuse block.
the driver side of the vehicle.

Lift the cover to access the fuse

block.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 289

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

290 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equipped Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and (2 pin) (2 pin)
features shown.
Mini Fuses Usage F14 Not Used F36 Center High
(2 pin) Mounted
F15 Not Used
Stop Lamp
F01 Traction Control F16 Not Used
Module Power F37 Right High-Beam
F17 Front Axle Actuator Headlamp
F02 Engine Control
F18 Not Used F38 Left High-Beam
Module Power
F19 Aeroshutters Headlamp
F03 Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch F39 Not Used
F20 Not Used
F04 Not Used F23 Not Used F40 Not Used

F05 Fuel Module F29 Not Used F46 Not Used

Ignition F47 Miscellaneous 2
F30 Heated Seat
F07 Cargo Lamp Ignition
Power 1
F08 Fuel Injectors F48 Fog Lamps (If
F31 Not Used
- Even Equipped)
F32 Heated Seat
F09 Fuel Injectors F49 Not Used
Power 2
- Odd F50 Trailer Park Lamps
F33 Body Control
F10 Engine Control Module 3 F51 Horn
Module
F34 Fuel System F52 Not Used
F11 Miscellaneous 1 Control Module
F53 Not Used
Ignition
F35 Not Used
F54 Not Used
F13 Traction Control
Module F55 Not Used
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 291

Mini Fuses Usage J-Case Usage J-Case Usage

(2 pin) Fuses (Low Fuses (Low
Profile) Profile)
F56 Washer Pump
F06 Wipers F59 Not Used
F57 Not Used
F12 Starter
F58 Not Used Midi Fuses Usage
F21 Front Blower
F60 Mirrors Defogger F72 Not Used
F22 Antilock Brake
F61 Not Used F73 Not Used
System Valves
F62 Canister Vent F74 Generator
F24 Trailer
Solenoid
F25 Transfer Case F75 Not Used
F63 Not Used
Electronic Control
F64 Trailer Micro Usage
F26 Antilock Brake
Reverse Lamp Relays
System Pump
F65 Left Trailer Stop/ K01 Air Conditioning
F27 Trailer Brake
Turn Lamps Compressor Clutch
Control Module
F66 Right Trailer Stop/ K02 Starter
F28 Rear Window
Turn Lamps
Defogger K03 Not Used
F67 Electric Power
F41 Not Used K04 Wipers Speed
Steering
F42 Not Used K05 Wipers Control
F68 Not Used
F43 Cooling Fan K06 Cargo Lamp
F69 Battery Regulated
Voltage Control F44 Not Used K08 Not Used
F70 Not Used F45 Brake K09 Not Used
Vacuum Pump
F71 Not Used
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

292 Vehicle Care

Micro Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

Relays Block
K10 Not Used
K11 Center High
Mounted
Stop Lamp
K12 Not Used
K13 Vacuum Pump
K14 Park Lamps

Mini Relays Usage

K07 Powertrain
K15 Run/Crank The instrument panel fuse block is
K17 Rear Window behind the passenger side cowl side
Defogger trim panel. Remove the plastic nut
at the front of the cover, then pull
the cover away from the trim panel
Solid State Usage to access the fuse block.
Relay
K16 Not Used
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 293

The vehicle may not be equipped

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Micro Usage
Fuse
(2 Pin)
F01 Body Control
Module 1
F04 Steering Wheel
Controls
F05 Body Control
Module 2
F08 Mirror Window
Module
F09 Instrument Cluster
F10 Not Used
F11 Body Control
Module 8
F12 Not Used
F14 Radio/HMI
F15 Body Control
Module 6
F16 Not Used
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

294 Vehicle Care

Micro Usage Micro Usage Micro Usage

Fuse Fuse J-Case
(2 Pin) (2 Pin) Fuse
F17 Body Control F36 Discrete Logic Ignition F02 Not Used
Module 4 Sensor
F03 Not Used
F19 Not Used F38 Not Used
F06 Not Used
F20 Amplifier (if equipped)
Micro Usage F07 Not Used
F21 Not Used Fuse F39 Auxiliary Power
F22 Not Used (3 Pin) Outlet 2
F24 Heating, Ventilation, F13 OnStar/Heating, F41 Auxiliary Power Outlet
and Air Conditioning Ventilation, and Air 1/Lighter
Ignition Conditioning
F42 Left Power Window
F25 Body Control F18 Airbag
F43 Driver Power Seat
Module 7 F23 Data Link
F45 Right Power Window
F26 Not Used Connector/USDB
F46 Passenger
F27 Not Used F28 Instrument Panel/
Power Seat
Sensing and
F29 Miscellaneous Ignition
Diagnostic Module
F31 Front Camera Ignition J-Case Usage
Fuse
F32 Steering Wheel F33 Not Used
Controls Backlighting F30 Not Used
F34 Not Used F40 Auxiliary Power Outlet
F35 Park, Reverse, F44 Auxiliary Power Outlet
Neutral, Drive, Low
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 295

Mini Fuse Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)

(2 Pins)
F37 Not Used Tires . Underinflated tires pose
Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as
Micro Usage high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The
Relay leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could
the warranty manual for cause serious injury.
K1 Retained Accessory Check all tires frequently
Power/Accessory information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get to maintain the
K2 Run/Crank recommended pressure.
service. For additional
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be
manufacturer. checked when the tires
are cold.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole.
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 205 .
ii

(Continued)
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

296 Vehicle Care

and weather conditions. Original for details regarding winter tire

Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's availability and proper tire selection.
specific tire performance criteria Also, see Buying New Tires 0 310 .
. Replace any tires that
ii

have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be

have been damaged by molded onto the sidewall. Original
impacts with potholes, decreased dry road traction,
equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter
curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter
. of this TPC code, which will
Improperly repaired tires tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
be “MS.” handling and braking.
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires:
authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is . Use tires of the same brand and
center should repair, tread type on all four wheel
expected. All-season tires provide
replace, dismount, and adequate performance for most positions.
mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they . Use only radial ply tires of the
. Do not spin the tires in may not offer the same level of same size, load range, and
excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter speed rating as the original
(35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
See Winter Tires 0 296 .
surfaces such as snow,
ii

Winter tires with the same speed

mud, ice, etc. Excessive Winter Tires rating as the original equipment tires
spinning may cause the may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
equipped with winter tires. Winter tires with a lower speed rating are
tires are designed for increased chosen, never exceed the tire's
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered maximum speed capability.
roads. Consider installing winter
This vehicle may come with
tires on the vehicle if frequent
all-season tires. These tires are
driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall
roads is expected. See your dealer
performance on most road surfaces
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 297

All-Terrain Tires GM's TPC specifications meet or

exceed all federal safety
This vehicle may have all-terrain
tires. These tires provide good
guidelines.
performance on most road surfaces, (3) DOT (Department of
weather conditions, and for off-road Transportation) : The
driving. See Off-Road Driving Department of Transportation
0 197 .
ii

(DOT) code indicates that the

The tread pattern on these tires may tire is in compliance with the
wear more quickly than other tires. U.S. Department of
Consider rotating the tires more Transportation Motor Vehicle
frequently than at 12 000 km Safety Standards.
(7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
is noted when the tires are DOT Tire Date of
inspected. See Tire Inspection (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four
0 307 .
ii
combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two
Tire Sidewall Labeling particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week (01–
aspect ratio, construction type, 52) and the last two digits, the
Useful information about a tire is and service description. See the
molded into its sidewall. The year. For example, the third
“Tire Size” illustration later in this week of the year 2010 would
examples show a typical section.
passenger vehicle tire and a have a four-digit DOT date
compact spare tire sidewall. (2) TPC Spec (Tire of 0310.
Performance Criteria (4) Tire Identification Number
Specification) : Original (TIN) : The letters and numbers
equipment tires designed to following the DOT (Department
GM's specific tire performance of Transportation) code are the
criteria have a TPC specification Tire Identification Number (TIN).
code molded onto the sidewall. The TIN shows the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

298 Vehicle Care

manufacturer and plant code, replaced. This spare tire should emergency use when a regular
tire size, and date the tire was not be driven on over 112 km/h road tire has lost air and gone
manufactured. The TIN is (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) flat. If the vehicle has a compact
molded onto both sides of the when pulling a trailer, with the spare tire, see Compact Spare
tire, although only one side may proper inflation pressure. See Tire 0 325 and If a Tire Goes
ii

have the date of manufacture. Full-Size Spare Tire 0 326 .

ii Flat 0 315 .
ii

(5) Tire Ply Material : The type (3) Tire Identification Number
of cord and number of plies in (TIN) : The letters and numbers
the sidewall and under the tread. following the DOT (Department
(6) Uniform Tire Quality of Transportation) code are the
Grading (UTQG) : Tire Tire Identification Number (TIN).
manufacturers are required to The TIN shows the
grade tires based on three manufacturer and plant code,
performance factors: treadwear, tire size, and date the tire was
traction, and temperature manufactured. The TIN is
resistance. For more information molded onto both sides of the
see Uniform Tire Quality tire, although only one side may
Grading 0 312 . ii
Compact Spare Tire Example have the date of manufacture.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation (1) Tire Ply Material : The type (4) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit : Maximum load that of cord and number of plies in Load Limit : Maximum load that
can be carried and the the sidewall and under the tread. can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to maximum pressure needed to
(2) Temporary Use Only : The
support that load. support that load.
compact spare tire or temporary
(8) Temporary Use Only : Only use tire should not be driven at
use a temporary spare tire until speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
the road tire is repaired and The compact spare tire is for
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 299

(5) Tire Inflation : The Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
temporary use tire or compact number that indicates the tire
spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size height-to-width measurements.
420 kPa (60 psi). For more The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size
information on tire pressure and typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
inflation see Tire Pressure tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would
0 302 .ii mean that the tire's sidewall is
(6) Tire Size : A combination of 60 percent as high as it is wide.
letters and numbers define a (4) Construction Code : A letter
tire's width, height, aspect ratio, code is used to indicate the type
construction type, and service of ply construction in the tire.
description. The letter T as the The letter R means radial ply
first character in the tire size (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; the letter D means
means the tire is for temporary The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
use only. metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B
(7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger construction.
Specification) : Original vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
equipment tires designed to standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches.
GM's specific tire performance and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These
criteria have a TPC specification (2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load
code molded onto the sidewall. number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the
GM's TPC specifications meet or width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents
exceed all federal safety sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
guidelines. is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

300 Vehicle Care

Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code
Air Pressure : The amount of the rim. includes the Tire Identification
air inside the tire pressing Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also
the tire. Air pressure is identify the tire manufacturer,
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and
or psi (pounds per square inch). date of production.
the tread.
Accessory Weight : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
accessories. Some examples of 0 205 .
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) ii

automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See
conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 0 205 .
ii

0 302 .ii

GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight

Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 205 .
ii

Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the

cords between the plies and the Intended Outboard Sidewall :
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire
tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
steel or other reinforcing that must always face outward
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle.
materials.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 301

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire
some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 302 and Vehicle
ii

vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 205 . ii

Load Index : An assigned Limits 0 205 . ii

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic

number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that
that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at
carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of
Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread.
The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire
which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads
The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated.
molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears Sidewall : The portion of a tire
Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An
maximum permissible inflation alphanumeric code assigned to
pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire. speed at which a tire can
Weight : The sum of curb operate.
weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between
vehicle capacity weight, and the tire and the road surface.
production options weight. some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided.
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

302 Vehicle Care

Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the

bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution
bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor
of a tire when only 1.6 mm weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good.
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires
When It Is Time for New Tires Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air,
0 309 .ii

permanently attached to a can result in:

UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle . Tire overloading and
Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original overheating which could
information system that provides equipment tire size and lead to a blowout.
consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading . Premature or
treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear.
determined by tire Load Limits 0 205 . ii
. Poor handling.
manufacturers using
. Reduced fuel economy.
government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
The ratings are molded into the Overinflated tires, or tires that
Tires need the correct amount of
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform have too much air, can
air pressure to operate
Tire Quality Grading 0 312 . result in:
ii

effectively.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The . Unusual wear.
number of designated seating . Poor handling.
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated . Rough ride.
cargo load. See Vehicle Load . Needless damage from
Limits 0 205 . ii
road hazards.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 303

The Tire and Loading How to Check Return the valve caps on the
Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type valve stems to prevent leaks
indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure. and keep out dirt and moisture.
tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be
inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire. Tire Pressure Monitor
recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure System
minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning The Tire Pressure Monitor System
support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
load carrying capacity. See for at least three hours or no technology to check tire pressure
Vehicle Load Limits 0 205 . ii

more than 1.6 km (1 mi). levels. The TPMS sensors monitor

How the vehicle is loaded the air pressure in your tires and
Remove the valve cap from the transmit tire pressure readings to a
affects vehicle handling and ride tire valve stem. Press the tire
comfort. Never load the vehicle receiver located in the vehicle.
gauge firmly onto the valve to
with more weight than it was Each tire, including the spare (if
get a pressure measurement. provided), should be checked
designed to carry. If the cold tire inflation pressure monthly when cold and inflated to
When to Check matches the recommended the inflation pressure recommended
pressure on the Tire and by the vehicle manufacturer on the
Check the tires once a month or
Loading Information label, no vehicle placard or tire inflation
more. Do not forget to check the
further adjustment is necessary. pressure label. (If your vehicle has
spare tire. If the vehicle has a tires of a different size than the size
If the inflation pressure is low,
compact spare tire, it should be indicated on the vehicle placard or
add air until the recommended
at 420 kPa (60 psi). See tire inflation pressure label, you
pressure is reached. If the
Compact Spare Tire 0 325 and should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure is high, press
ii

Full-Size Spare Tire 0 326 for inflation pressure for those tires.)
on the metal stem in the center
ii

additional information. As an added safety feature, your

of the tire valve to release air.
vehicle has been equipped with a
Re-check the tire pressure with tire pressure monitoring system
the tire gauge.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

304 Vehicle Care

(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor
pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a
of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for
Operation
under-inflated. approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
Accordingly, when the low tire remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
pressure telltale illuminates, you This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the
should stop and check your tires as subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure
soon as possible, and inflate them long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are
to the proper pressure. Driving on a When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel
significantly under-inflated tire illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire
causes the tire to overheat and can able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation pressure as intended. TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire malfunctions may occur for a variety the tires and transmit the tire
tread life, and may affect the of reasons, including the installation pressure readings to a receiver
vehicle's handling and stopping of replacement or alternate tires or located in the vehicle.
ability. wheels on the vehicle that prevent
Please note that the TPMS is not a the TPMS from functioning properly.
substitute for proper tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
maintenance, and it is the driver's telltale after replacing one or more
responsibility to maintain correct tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to
pressure, even if under-inflation has ensure that the replacement or
not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function When a low tire pressure condition
pressure telltale. properly. is detected, the TPMS illuminates
See Tire Pressure Monitor the low tire pressure warning light
Your vehicle has also been located on the instrument cluster.
equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 304 .
If the warning light comes on, stop
ii

indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement as soon as possible and inflate the
system is not operating properly. 0 371 .
ii
tires to the recommended pressure
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 305

shown on the Tire and Loading A Tire and Loading Information label TPMS Malfunction Light and
Information label. See Vehicle Load shows the size of the original Message
Limits 0 205 .
ii equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when The TPMS will not function properly
A message to check the pressure in if one or more of the TPMS sensors
a specific tire displays in the Driver they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 205 , for an example of the are missing or inoperable. When the
Information Center (DIC). The low ii

system detects a malfunction, the

tire pressure warning light and the Tire and Loading Information label
and its location. Also see Tire low tire pressure warning light
DIC warning message come on at flashes for about one minute and
each ignition cycle until the tires are Pressure 0 302 . ii

then stays on for the remainder of

inflated to the correct inflation The TPMS can warn about a low the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
pressure. Using the DIC, tire tire pressure condition but it does message also displays. The
pressure levels can be viewed. For not replace normal tire malfunction light and DIC warning
additional information and details maintenance. See Tire Inspection message come on at each ignition
about the DIC operation and 0 307 , Tire Rotation 0 308 , and
ii ii
cycle until the problem is corrected.
displays, see Driver Information Tires 0 295 .
ii
Some of the conditions that can
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123 or ii
cause these to come on are:
Driver Information Center (DIC) Caution . One of the road tires has been
(Uplevel) 0 126 and Tire Messages
ii

0 135 . replaced with the spare tire. The

ii
Tire sealant materials are not all
spare tire does not have a
The low tire pressure warning light the same. A non-approved tire
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
may come on in cool weather when sealant could damage the TPMS light and the DIC message
the vehicle is first started, and then sensors. TPMS sensor damage should go off after the road tire
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This caused by using an incorrect tire is replaced and the sensor
could be an early indicator that the sealant is not covered by the matching process is performed
air pressure is getting low and vehicle warranty. Always use only successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
needs to be inflated to the proper the GM approved tire sealant Matching Process” later in this
pressure. available through your dealer or section.
included in the vehicle.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

306 Vehicle Care

. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or passenger side front tire, passenger
process was not done or not being near facilities using radio side rear tire, and driver side rear.
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the See your dealer for service or to
rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. relearn tool can also be purchased.
message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a Activation Tool at
sensor matching process. See low tire condition. See your dealer www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
“TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction call 1-800-GM TOOLS
Process” later in this section. light and DIC message come on (1-800-468-6657).
. One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on. There are two minutes to match the
missing or damaged. The first tire/wheel position, and
malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching five minutes overall to match all four
message should go off when the Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes
TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique longer, the matching process stops
the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification and must be restarted.
performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new The TPMS sensor matching
your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the process is:
. Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. Also, 1. Set the parking brake.
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the TPMS sensor matching process 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
other than those recommended should be performed after replacing with the engine off.
could prevent the TPMS from a spare tire with a road tire
3. If the vehicle has an uplevel
functioning properly. See Buying containing the TPMS sensor. The
DIC, make sure the Tire
New Tires 0 310 . malfunction light and the DIC
ii
Pressure info page option is
message should go off at the next
turned on. The info pages on
ignition cycle. The sensors are
the DIC can be turned on and
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
off through the Settings menu.
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 307

See Driver Information Center A message asking if the 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
(DIC) (Base Level) 0 123 orii process should begin should tire, and repeat the procedure
Driver Information Center (DIC) appear. Press the SET/CLR in Step 7. The horn sounds two
(Uplevel) 0 126 .
ii button again to confirm the times to indicate the sensor
4. If the vehicle has an uplevel selection. identification code has been
DIC, use the DIC controls on The horn sounds twice to matched to the driver side rear
the right side of the steering signal the receiver is in relearn tire, and the TPMS sensor
wheel to scroll to the Tire mode and the TIRE matching process is no longer
Pressure screen under the DIC LEARNING ACTIVE message active. The TIRE LEARNING
info page. displays on the DIC screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.
If the vehicle has a base level 6. Start with the driver side
DIC, use the MENU button to front tire. 11. Turn the ignition switch to
select the Vehicle Information LOCK/OFF.
7. Place the relearn tool against
menu in the DIC. Use the the tire sidewall, near the valve 12. Set all four tires to the
thumbwheel to scroll to the Tire stem. Then press the button to recommended air pressure
Pressure Menu item screen. activate the TPMS sensor. level as indicated on the Tire
5. If the vehicle has an uplevel A horn chirp confirms that the and Loading Information label.
DIC, press and hold the V sensor identification code has
(Set/Reset) button located in been matched to this tire and Tire Inspection
the center of the DIC controls. wheel position. We recommend that the tires,
If the vehicle has a base level 8. Proceed to the passenger side including the spare tire, if the
DIC, press the SET/CLR button front tire, and repeat the vehicle has one, be inspected
to begin the sensor matching procedure in Step 7. for signs of wear or damage at
process. 9. Proceed to the passenger side least once a month.
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

308 Vehicle Care

Replace the tire if: Tires are rotated to achieve a Use this rotation pattern when
. The indicators at three or uniform wear for all tires. The rotating the tires.
more places around the tire first rotation is the most Do not include the spare tire in
can be seen. important. the tire rotation.
. There is cord or fabric Anytime unusual wear is Adjust the front and rear tires to
showing through the tire's noticed, rotate the tires as soon the recommended inflation
rubber. as possible, check for proper tire pressure on the Tire and
inflation pressure, and check for Loading Information label after
. The tread or sidewall is damaged tires or wheels. If the the tires have been rotated. See
cracked, cut, or snagged unusual wear continues after the Tire Pressure 0 302 and Vehicle
deep enough to show cord or
ii

rotation, check the wheel Load Limits 0 205 .

fabric.
ii

alignment. See When It Is Time

. for New Tires 0 309 and Wheel Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
The tire has a bump, bulge, ii

Replacement 0 313 . System. See Tire Pressure

or split. ii

Monitor Operation 0 304 . ii

. The tire has a puncture, cut,

Check that all wheel nuts are
or other damage that cannot
properly tightened. See “Wheel
be repaired well because of
Nut Torque” under Capacities
the size or location of the
and Specifications 0 358 .
damage.
ii

Tire Rotation { Warning

Tires should be rotated every Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See parts to which it is fastened, can
Maintenance Schedule 0 344 . ii
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 309

equipped, be replaced after six

Warning (Continued) years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
off and cause an accident. When digits of the DOT Tire Identification
changing a wheel, remove any Number (TIN) which is molded into
rust or dirt from places where the one side of the tire sidewall. The
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In first two digits represent the week
an emergency, a cloth or a paper (01-52) and the last two digits, the
towel can be used; however, use year. For example, the third week of
a scraper or wire brush later to the year 2010 would have a
remove all rust or dirt. four-digit DOT date of 0310.
Vehicle Storage
Lightly coat the center of the Treadwear indicators are one way to
Tires age when stored normally
wheel hub with wheel bearing tell when it is time for new tires.
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
grease after a wheel change or Treadwear indicators appear when
a vehicle that will be stored for at
tire rotation to prevent corrosion the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
or rust build-up. Do not get or less of tread remaining. Some
area away from direct sunlight to
grease on the flat wheel commercial truck tires may not have
slow aging. This area should be free
treadwear indicators. See Tire
mounting surface or on the Inspection 0 307 and Tire Rotation
of grease, gasoline, or other
wheel nuts or bolts. substances that can deteriorate
ii

0 308 for additional information.

rubber.
ii

When It Is Time for New The rubber in tires ages over time.
Parking for an extended period can
This also applies to the spare tire,
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
Factors, such as maintenance, never used. Multiple factors
driving. When storing a vehicle for
temperatures, driving speeds, including temperatures, loading
at least a month, remove the tires or
vehicle loading, and road conditions conditions, and inflation pressure
raise the vehicle to reduce the
affect the wear rate of the tires. maintenance affect how fast aging
weight from the tires.
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

310 Vehicle Care

Buying New Tires and snow. See Tire Sidewall

Labeling 0 297 for additional { Warning
GM has developed and matched
ii

information. Tires could explode during

specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed GM recommends replacing worn improper service. Attempting
were designed to meet General tires in complete sets of four. to mount or dismount a tire
Motors Tire Performance Criteria Uniform tread depth on all tires could cause injury or death.
Specification (TPC Spec) will help to maintain the Only your dealer or authorized
system rating. When performance of the vehicle. tire service center should
replacement tires are needed, Braking and handling mount or dismount the tires.
GM strongly recommends performance may be adversely
buying tires with the same TPC affected if all the tires are not
Spec rating. replaced at the same time. { Warning
If proper rotation and
GM's exclusive TPC Spec maintenance have been done, Mixing tires of different sizes,
system considers over a dozen all four tires should wear out at brands, or types may cause
critical specifications that impact about the same time. See Tire loss of control of the vehicle,
the overall performance of the Rotation 0 308 for information resulting in a crash or other
vehicle, including brake system vehicle damage. Use the
ii

on proper tire rotation. However,

performance, ride and handling, if it is necessary to replace only correct size, brand, and type
traction control, and tire one axle set of worn tires, place of tires on all wheels.
pressure monitoring the new tires on the rear axle. This vehicle may have a
performance. GM's TPC Spec different size spare than the
number is molded onto the tire's road tires originally installed
sidewall near the tire size. If the on the vehicle. When new, the
tires have an all-season tread vehicle included a spare tire
design, the TPC Spec number and wheel assembly with a
will be followed by MS for mud
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 311

tires’ maximum speed capability Different Size Tires and

Warning (Continued) when using winter tires with a Wheels
similar overall diameter as the lower speed rating.
If wheels or tires are installed that
road tires and wheels, so it is If the vehicle tires must be are a different size than the original
all right to drive on it. The replaced with a tire that does not equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
spare tire was developed for have a TPC Spec number, make performance, including its braking,
use on this vehicle and will not sure they are the same size, ride and handling characteristics,
affect vehicle handling. load range, speed rating, and stability, and resistance to rollover
construction (radial) as the may be affected. If the vehicle has
original tires. electronic systems such as antilock
{ Warning Vehicles that have a tire
brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars,
traction control, electronic stability
Using bias-ply tires on the pressure monitoring system control, or All-Wheel Drive, the
vehicle may cause the wheel could give an inaccurate performance of these systems can
rim flanges to develop cracks low-pressure warning if non-TPC also be affected.
after many miles of driving. Spec rated tires are installed.
A tire and/or wheel could fail See Tire Pressure Monitor { Warning
suddenly and cause a crash. System 0 303 . ii

If different sized wheels are used,

Use only radial-ply tires with The Tire and Loading there may not be an acceptable
the wheels on the vehicle. Information label indicates the level of performance and safety if
original equipment tires on the tires not recommended for those
Winter tires with the same speed vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits wheels are selected. This
rating as the original equipment 0 205 for the label location and
ii increases the chance of a crash
tires may not be available for H, more information about the Tire and serious injury. Only use GM
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated and Loading Information label. specific wheel and tire systems
tires. Never exceed the winter (Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

312 Vehicle Care

nominal rim diameters of Treadwear

Warning (Continued) 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), The treadwear grade is a
developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production comparative rating based on the
have them properly installed by a tires. wear rate of the tire when tested
GM certified technician. While the tires available on under controlled conditions on a
General Motors passenger cars specified government test
See Buying New Tires 0 310 andii
and light trucks may vary with course. For example, a tire
Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they graded 150 would wear one and
0 259 .
ii
must also conform to federal one-half (1½) times as well on
safety requirements and the government course as a tire
Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire graded 100. The relative
Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) performance of tires depends
standards. upon the actual conditions of
The following information relates
Quality grades can be found their use, however, and may
to the system developed by the
where applicable on the tire depart significantly from the
United States National Highway
sidewall between tread shoulder norm due to variations in driving
Traffic Safety Administration
and maximum section width. For habits, service practices and
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
example: differences in road
treadwear, traction, and
characteristics and climate.
temperature performance. This Treadwear 200 Traction AA
applies only to vehicles sold in Temperature A Traction
the United States. The grades The traction grades, from
are molded on the sidewalls of All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
most passenger car tires. The and C. Those grades represent
Uniform Tire Quality Grading Requirements In Addition To
These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet
(UTQG) system does not apply pavement as measured under
to deep tread, winter tires, controlled conditions on
compact spare tires, tires with
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 313

specified government test passenger car tires must meet the left or right, depending on the
surfaces of asphalt and under the Federal Motor Safety crown of the road and/or other road
concrete. A tire marked C may Standard No. 109. Grades B and surface variations such as troughs
have poor traction performance. A represent higher levels of or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
Warning: The traction grade performance on the laboratory
road, the tires and wheels may need
assigned to this tire is based on test wheel than the minimum to be rebalanced. See your dealer
straight-ahead braking traction required by law. Warning: The for proper diagnosis.
tests, and does not include temperature grade for this tire is
acceleration, cornering, established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement
hydroplaning, or peak traction properly inflated and not
characteristics. overloaded. Excessive speed, Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
Temperature
loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
The temperature grades are A combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced.
(the highest), B, and C, buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
representing the tire's resistance Some aluminum wheels can be
to the generation of heat and its Wheel Alignment and Tire repaired. See your dealer if any of
ability to dissipate heat when Balance these conditions exist.
tested under controlled Your dealer will know the kind of
conditions on a specified indoor The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed.
laboratory test wheel. Sustained provide the longest tire life and best Each new wheel should have the
high temperature can cause the overall performance. Adjustments to same load-carrying capacity,
material of the tire to degenerate wheel alignment and tire balancing diameter, width, offset, and be
and reduce tire life, and are not necessary on a regular mounted the same way as the one it
excessive temperature can lead basis. Consider an alignment check replaces.
to sudden tire failure. The grade if there is unusual tire wear or the
C corresponds to a level of vehicle is significantly pulling to one
performance which all side or the other. Some slight pull to
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

314 Vehicle Care

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel Used Replacement Wheels

nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Warning (Continued)
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
{ Warning parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause you to
Replacing a wheel with a used
lose control of the vehicle and
{ Warning one is dangerous. How it has
you or others may be injured in a
been used or how far it has been
Using the wrong replacement crash.
driven may be unknown. It could
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use another type of traction
nuts can be dangerous. It could When replacing wheels, use a device only if its manufacturer
affect the braking and handling of new GM original equipment recommends it for use on the
the vehicle. Tires can lose air, wheel. vehicle and tire size combination
and cause loss of control, causing and road conditions. Follow that
a crash. Always use the correct manufacturer's instructions. To
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel Tire Chains help avoid damage to the vehicle,
nuts for replacement. drive slowly, readjust, or remove
{ Warning the device if it is contacting the
vehicle, and do not spin the
Caution If the vehicle has 255/65R17 AT, vehicle's wheels.
265/60R18, 265/65R17 or 265/
The wrong wheel can also cause 70R16 size tires, do not use tire If you do find traction devices that
problems with bearing life, brake chains. They can damage the will fit, install them on the rear
cooling, speedometer or vehicle because there is not tires.
odometer calibration, headlamp enough clearance. Tire chains
aim, bumper height, vehicle used on a vehicle without the
ground clearance, and tire or tire proper amount of clearance can
chain clearance to the body and cause damage to the brakes,
chassis. suspension, or other vehicle
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 315

leak out slowly. But if there ever is a

Caution blowout, here are a few tips about Warning (Continued)
what to expect and what to do:
If the vehicle has a tire size other blowout and a serious crash.
than 255/65R17 AT, 265/60R18, If a front tire fails, the flat tire Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
265/65R17 or 265/70R16, use tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle that has been driven on while
chains only where legal and only toward that side. Take your foot off severely underinflated or flat.
when you must. Use chains that the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized
are the proper size for the tires. steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or
maintain lane position, and then
Install them on the tires of the replace the flat tire as soon as
gently brake to a stop, well off the
rear axle. Do not use chains on possible.
road, if possible.
the tires of the front axle. Tighten
them as tightly as possible with A rear blowout, particularly on a
the ends securely fastened. Drive curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
{ Warning
slowly and follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions. If you used in a skid. Stop pressing the Lifting a vehicle and getting under
can hear the chains contacting accelerator pedal and steer to it to do maintenance or repairs is
the vehicle, stop and retighten straighten the vehicle. It may be dangerous without the
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake appropriate safety equipment and
them. If the contact continues,
to a stop, well off the road, training. If a jack is provided with
slow down until it stops. Driving
if possible. the vehicle, it is designed only for
too fast or spinning the wheels
with chains on will damage the changing a flat tire. If it is used for
vehicle. { Warning anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
Driving on a flat tire will cause
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
If a Tire Goes Flat permanent damage to the tire.
is provided with the vehicle, only
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
It is unusual for a tire to blowout use it for changing a flat tire.
driven on while severely
while driving, especially if the tires underinflated or flat may cause a
are maintained properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it is much more likely to (Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

316 Vehicle Care

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 2. Flat Tire

and wheel damage by driving slowly Warning (Continued)
The following information explains
to a level place, well off the road, how to use the jack and change
if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle a tire.
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 146 . is raised.
ii

5. Do not allow passengers to Tire Changing

{ Warning remain in the vehicle. Removing the Spare Tire and
6. Place wheel blocks, Tools
Changing a tire can be if equipped, on both sides of
dangerous. The vehicle can slip Crew Cab
the tire at the opposite
off the jack and roll over or fall corner of the tire being To access and remove the jack and
causing injury or death. Find a changed. tools:
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
moving:
use the following example as a
1. Set the parking brake firmly. guide to assist in the placement of
2. Put an automatic the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. For four-wheel-drive
vehicles, be sure the
transfer case is in a drive
gear– not in N (Neutral).
(Continued) 1. Lift the rear seat to access the
tool bag.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 317

2. Remove the straps to remove Extended Cab

the tool bag.
3. Fold the rear seat to access
the jack.

3. Turn the knob on the jack (1)

counterclockwise to lower the
1. Jack Cover jack head to release the jack
2. Tool Bag Cover from its holder.
To access and remove the jack and 4. Turn the wing nut (2)
4. Turn the knob on the jack (2) tools: counterclockwise to remove the
counterclockwise to lower the jack and wheel blocks.
jack head to release the jack 1. Pull the bottom of the jack
cover (1) forward to remove it. 5. Turn the wing nut (3)
from its holder. counterclockwise to remove the
5. Turn the wing nut (1) 2. Pull the lower access pocket tool bag.
counterclockwise to remove the forward and then upward to
remove the tool bag cover (2). Use the jack handle extensions and
jack and wheel blocks. the wheel wrench to remove the
underbody-mounted spare tire.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

318 Vehicle Care

Insert the ignition key, turn, and Do not use the chiseled end of
pull straight out to remove the the wheel wrench.
spare tire lock (8), if equipped. Be sure the hoist end of the
extension (10) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to
lower the spare tire.
4. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel
wrench until the spare tire can
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem be pulled out from under the
2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7)
Pointed Down) vehicle.
and the two jack handle
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer extensions (6), as shown. 5. Pull the spare tire out from
3. Hoist Cable under the vehicle.
4. Hoist Assembly
5. Hoist Shaft
6. Jack Handle Extensions
7. Wheel Wrench
8. Spare Tire Lock (If
Equipped)
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
1. Open the spare tire lock cover
3. Insert the hoist end (open
on the bumper.
end) (10) of the extension 6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
through the hole (9) in the rear with some slack in the cable to
bumper. access the tire/wheel retainer.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 319

Tilt the retainer and pull it 5. Wheel Wrench

through the center of the wheel 1. Do a safety check before
along with the cable and proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
spring. Flat 0 315 .ii

7. Put the spare tire near the

flat tire.
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
Use the following pictures and
instructions to remove the flat tire
and raise the vehicle.
3. Use the wheel wrench and turn
it counterclockwise to loosen
2. If the wheel has a center cap the wheel nuts. Do not remove
that covers the lug nuts, place the wheel nuts yet.
the chisel end of the wheel
wrench in each of the slots in
the cap, and gently pry it out.

1. Jack
2. Wheel Blocks
3. Jack Handle
4. Jack Handle Extensions
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

320 Vehicle Care

{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.

Front Position Rear Position { Warning

4. Position the jack under the 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, Raising the vehicle with the jack
vehicle, as shown. If the flat position the jack under the rear improperly positioned can
tire is on the front of the axle about 5 cm (2 in) inboard damage the vehicle and even
vehicle, position the jack on the of the shock absorber bracket. make the vehicle fall. To help
depression in the vehicle's Make sure that the jack head is avoid personal injury and vehicle
frame, behind the flat tire. positioned so that the rear axle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
is resting securely between the head into the proper location
grooves that are on the before raising the vehicle.
jack head.
6. Turn the wheel wrench
clockwise to raise the vehicle.
Raise the vehicle far enough
off the ground so there is
enough room for the spare tire
to fit under the wheel well.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 321

11. Tighten each wheel nut by

hand. Then use the wheel
wrench to tighten the nuts until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
12. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
vehicle. Lower the jack
completely.

{ Warning
7. Remove all the wheel nuts and 8. Remove any rust or dirt from If wheel studs are damaged, they
take off the flat tire. the wheel bolts, mounting can break. If all the studs on a
surfaces, and spare wheel. wheel broke, the wheel could
{ Warning 9. Install the spare tire. come off and cause a crash.
If any stud is damaged because
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the of a loose-running wheel, it could
parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning be that all of the studs are
make wheel nuts become loose Never use oil or grease on bolts damaged. To be sure, replace all
after time. The wheel could come or nuts because the nuts might studs on the wheel. If the stud
off and cause an accident. When come loose. The vehicle's wheel holes in a wheel have become
changing a wheel, remove any could fall off, causing a crash. larger, the wheel could collapse in
rust or dirt from places where the operation. Replace any wheel if
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In its stud holes have become larger
an emergency, a cloth or a paper 10. Put the wheel nuts back on or distorted in any way. Inspect
towel can be used; however, use with the rounded end of the
hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for
a scraper or wire brush later to nuts toward the wheel.
damage. Because of loose
remove all rust or dirt. (Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

322 Vehicle Care

13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a

Warning (Continued) Caution crisscross sequence, as
shown, by turning the wheel
running wheels, piloting pad Improperly tightened wheel nuts wrench clockwise.
damage may occur and require can lead to brake pulsation and
replacement of the entire hub, for rotor damage. To avoid expensive When reinstalling the regular wheel
proper centering of the wheels. brake repairs, evenly tighten the and tire, also reinstall the center
When replacing studs, hubs, wheel nuts in the proper cap. Place the cap on the wheel
wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to sequence and to the proper and push it into place until it seats.
The cap may only go on one way.
use GM original equipment parts. torque specification. See
Be sure to line up any tabs on the
Capacities and Specifications
center cap with corresponding
0 358 for the wheel nut torque
ii

indentations on the wheel.

{ Warning specification.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
Wheel nuts that are improperly or and Tools
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
{ Warning
be tightened with a torque wrench Storing a jack, a tire, or other
to the proper torque specification equipment in the passenger
after replacing. Follow the torque compartment of the vehicle could
specification supplied by the cause injury. In a sudden stop or
aftermarket manufacturer when collision, loose equipment could
using accessory locking wheel strike someone. Store all these in
nuts. See Capacities and the proper place.
Specifications 0 358 for original
ii

equipment wheel nut torque

specifications.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 323

2. Pull the cable and spring

Caution through the center of the
wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer
Storing an aluminum wheel with a plate down and through the
flat tire under your vehicle for an center of the wheel.
extended period of time or with
the valve stem pointing up can Make sure the retainer is fully
damage the wheel. Always stow seated across the underside of
the wheel with the valve stem the wheel.
pointing down and have the
wheel/tire repaired as soon as
possible.
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down)
Caution
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
The tire hoist can be damaged if 3. Hoist Cable
there is no tension on the cable 4. Hoist Assembly
when using it. To have the 5. Hoist Shaft
3. Attach the wheel wrench (7)
necessary tension, the spare or 6. Jack Handle Extensions
and extensions (6) together, as
road tire and wheel assembly 7. Wheel Wrench shown.
must be installed on the tire hoist 8. Spare Tire Lock (If
to use it. Equipped)
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
Store the tire under the rear of the 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
vehicle in the spare tire carrier. 1. Put the tire on the ground at
the rear of the vehicle with the
valve stem pointed down, and
to the rear.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

324 Vehicle Care

and then try to turn the tire.

If the tire moves, use the wheel
wrench to tighten the cable.
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock,
if the vehicle has one.
To store the jack and tools, reverse
the steps for removing them.

4. Insert the hoist end (10)

through the hole (9) in the rear
bumper and onto the hoist
shaft.
Do not use the chiseled end of
the wheel wrench.
5. Raise the tire part way upward.
Make sure the retainer is
seated in the wheel opening. 1. Wheel Wrench
6. Raise the tire fully against the 2. Jack Handle
underside of the vehicle by 3. Jack Handle Extensions
turning the wheel wrench 4. Wing Nut
clockwise until you hear two For extended cab models, be sure
clicks or feel it skip twice. You to replace the wheel wrench (1),
cannot overtighten the cable. jack handle (2), and two jack handle
7. Make sure the tire is stored extensions (3) in the bag, as shown,
securely and flush in the so it can be properly stored in the
radius (2) of the spare tire storage compartment.
support bracket (1). Push, pull,
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 325

Be sure to fully tighten the wing recommended that the vehicle Do not mix the compact spare tire or
nut (4) so the tool bag cover can be speed be limited to 80 km/h wheel with other wheels or tires.
properly and securely closed. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
the spare tire, have the standard tire and its wheel together.
Compact Spare Tire repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire Caution
to the storage area.
{ Warning Tire chains will not fit the compact
When using a compact spare tire,
Driving with more than one the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and spare. Using them can damage
compact spare tire at a time could Traction Control systems may the vehicle and the chains. Do not
result in loss of braking and engage until the spare tire is use tire chains on the compact
handling. This could lead to a recognized by the vehicle, spare.
crash and you or others could be especially on slippery roads. Adjust
injured. Use only one compact driving to reduce possible
spare tire at a time. wheel slip. Caution

Caution If the vehicle has four-wheel drive

If this vehicle has a compact spare and a different size spare tire is
tire, it was fully inflated when new; When the compact spare is installed, do not drive in
however, it can lose air over time. four-wheel drive until the flat tire
installed, do not take the vehicle
Check the inflation pressure is repaired and/or replaced. The
through an automatic car wash
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
with guide rails. The compact vehicle could be damaged and
(60 psi).
spare can get caught on the rails the repairs would not be covered
Stop as soon as possible and check which can damage the tire, wheel, by the warranty. Never use
that the spare tire is correctly and other parts of the vehicle. four-wheel drive when a different
inflated after being installed on the size spare tire is installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is vehicle.
designed for temporary use only. Do not use the compact spare on
The vehicle will perform differently other vehicles.
with the spare tire installed and it is
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

326 Vehicle Care

Full-Size Spare Tire Caution

After installing the spare tire on the
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
If this vehicle came with a full-size and check that the spare tire is
spare tire, it was fully inflated when If the vehicle has four-wheel drive correctly inflated.
new, however, it can lose air over and a different size spare tire is
time. Check the inflation pressure installed, do not drive in Have the damaged or flat road tire
regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 302 ii four-wheel drive until the flat tire repaired or replaced and installed
and Vehicle Load Limits 0 205 . For
ii is repaired and/or replaced. The back onto the vehicle as soon as
instructions on how to remove, vehicle could be damaged and possible so the spare tire will be
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire available in case it is needed again.
the repairs would not be covered
Changing 0 316 . ii
by the warranty. Never use Do not mix tires and wheels of
If equipped with a temporary use four-wheel drive when a different different sizes, because they will not
full-size spare tire, it is indicated on size spare tire is installed on the fit. Keep your spare tire and its
the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall vehicle. wheel together. If the vehicle has a
Labeling 0 297 . This spare tire
ii
spare tire that does not match the
should not be driven on over original road tires and wheels in size
The vehicle may have a different and type, do not include the spare in
112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h size spare tire than the road tires
(55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at the tire rotation.
originally installed on the vehicle.
the proper inflation pressure. Repair This spare tire was developed for
and replace the road tire as soon as use on this vehicle, so it is all right
it is convenient, and stow the spare to drive on it. If the vehicle has
tire for future use. four-wheel drive and a different size
spare tire is installed, drive only in
two-wheel drive.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 327

Jump Starting { Warning

Jump Starting - North Batteries can hurt you. They can
America be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North burn you.
America 0 279 .ii . They contain gas that can
If the battery has run down, try to explode or ignite.
use another vehicle and some . They contain enough
jumper cables to start your vehicle. electricity to burn you.
Be sure to use the following steps to
If you do not follow these steps 1. Discharged Battery
do it safely.
exactly, some or all of these Negative Grounding Stud
things can hurt you.
{ Warning 2. Discharged Battery Positive
Terminal
WARNING: Battery posts, 3. Good Battery Negative
terminals, and related Caution Terminal
accessories contain lead and lead 4. Good Battery Positive
Ignoring these steps could result Terminal
compounds, chemicals known to in costly damage to the vehicle
the State of California to cause that would not be covered by the The jump start negative grounding
cancer and birth defects or other vehicle warranty. Trying to start stud (1) for the discharged battery is
reproductive harm. Batteries also the vehicle by pushing or pulling it to the left of the windshield washer
contain other chemicals known to will not work, and it could damage fluid reservoir.
the State of California to cause the vehicle. The jump start positive terminal on
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER the discharged battery (2) is located
HANDLING. See California in the engine compartment on the
Proposition 65 Warning 0 259 . ii

driver side of the vehicle.

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

328 Vehicle Care

The jump start positive terminal (3)

and negative terminal (4) are on the Caution { Warning
battery of the vehicle providing the
jump start. If any accessories are left on or Using a match near a battery can
plugged in during the jump cause battery gas to explode.
The positive jump start connection starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this,
for the discharged battery is under a damaged. The repairs would not and some have been blinded.
trim cover. Open the cover to be covered by the vehicle Use a flashlight if you need more
expose the terminal. warranty. Whenever possible, turn light.
1. Check the other vehicle. off or unplug all accessories on Battery fluid contains acid that
It must have a 12-volt battery either vehicle when jump starting. can burn you. Do not get it on
with a negative ground system.
you. If you accidentally get it in
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. your eyes or on your skin, flush
Caution Turn off all lights and the place with water and get
accessories in both vehicles, medical help immediately.
If the other vehicle does not have
except the hazard warning
a 12-volt system with a negative flashers if needed.
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that { Warning
has a 12-volt system with a { Warning
Fans or other moving engine
negative ground for jump starting. An electric fan can start up even parts can injure you badly. Keep
when the engine is not running your hands away from moving
2. Position the two vehicles so and can injure you. Keep hands, parts once the engine is running.
that they are not touching. clothing, and tools away from any
3. Set the parking brake firmly underhood electric fan.
5. Connect one end of the red
and put the shift lever in positive (+) cable to the
P (Park) with an automatic positive (+) terminal on the
transmission, or N (Neutral) discharged battery.
with a manual transmission.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 329

6. Connect the other end of the Towing the Vehicle

red positive (+) cable to the Caution
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery. If the jumper cables are Caution
connected or removed in the
7. Connect one end of the black wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled
negative (–) cable to the may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The
negative (–) terminal of the vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by
good battery. covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty.
8. Connect the other end of the Always connect and remove the Do not lash or hook to
black negative (–) cable to the jumper cables in the correct order, suspension components. Use the
negative (–) grounding stud for making sure that the cables do proper straps around the tires to
the discharged battery. not touch each other or other secure the vehicle.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle metal.
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
Jumper Cable Removal car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. If
least four minutes.
Reverse the sequence exactly when a wheel lift tow truck is used, the
10. Try to start the vehicle that had removing the jumper cables. drive wheels cannot contact the
the dead battery. If it will not road while the vehicle is being
start after a few tries, it After starting the disabled vehicle towed. A wheel dolly must be used
probably needs service. and removing the jumper cables, to lift all drive wheels off the ground.
allow it to idle for several minutes.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

330 Vehicle Care

Recreational Vehicle Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means warranty. If using a shield, only components could be damaged.
towing the vehicle behind another use one that attaches to the The repairs would not be covered
vehicle, such as a motor home. The towing vehicle. by the vehicle warranty.
two most common types of
recreational vehicle towing are Dinghy Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy be towed with all four wheels on the
towing is towing the vehicle with all Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles ground.
four wheels on the ground. Dolly
towing is towing the vehicle with two Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.
Follow the tow vehicle
manufacturer’s instructions. See
your dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and equipment
recommendations.

Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict Caution
airflow and cause damage to the Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive
transmission. The repairs would If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is vehicles that have an N (Neutral)
not be covered by the vehicle towed with all four wheels on the and a Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 (n)
(Continued) ground, the drivetrain setting.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 331

(Drive). There should be no 9. Shift the transmission to

{ Warning movement of the vehicle while P (Park).
shifting.
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into 5. Shift the transmission into D Caution
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle (Drive). Turn the engine off.
Then shift the transmission into If the steering column is locked,
to roll even if the transmission is vehicle damage may occur.
in P (Park). You or others could P (Park).
be injured. Set the parking brake 6. Wait for at least 10 seconds,
before shifting the transfer case then restart the engine. 10. Move the steering wheel to
to N (Neutral). make sure the steering column
7. Shift the transmission to D is unlocked.
(Drive), then turn the engine off
To dinghy tow: again. 11. With a foot on the brake pedal,
release the parking brake.
1. Position the vehicle being Keep the ignition key in the
towed behind the tow vehicle, Caution
towed vehicle in ACC/
facing forward and on a level ACCESSORY to prevent the
Failure to disconnect the negative
surface. steering column from locking.
battery cable or to have it contact
2. Securely attach the vehicle the terminals can cause damage Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
being towed to the tow vehicle. to the vehicle.
Before disconnecting the towed
3. Apply the parking brake and vehicle:
start the engine. 8. Disconnect the negative
1. Park on a level surface.
4. Shift the transfer case to battery cable at the battery and
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into secure the nut and bolt. Cover 2. Set the parking brake, then
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel the negative battery post with a shift the transmission to
Drive 0 226 . Check that the
ii
non-conductive material to P (Park), and move the ignition
vehicle is in N (Neutral) by prevent any contact with the key to OFF.
shifting the transmission to negative battery terminal. 3. Connect the battery.
R (Reverse) and then to D
4. Apply the brake pedal.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

332 Vehicle Care

5. Shift the transfer case out of Dolly Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
N (Neutral) to Two-Wheel Drive be towed with the rear wheels on
High. See “Shifting out of Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the ground. Two-wheel-drive
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel the Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive transmissions have no provisions
Drive 0 226 . See your dealer if
ii
Vehicles for internal lubrication while being
the transfer case cannot be towed.
shifted out of N (Neutral). To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive
6. Check that the vehicle is in vehicle, the vehicle must be towed
Two-Wheel Drive High by with the rear wheels on the dolly.
shifting the transmission to See “Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off
R (Reverse) and then to D the Ground)” later in this section.
(Drive). There should be
movement of the vehicle while Front Towing (Front Wheels Off
the Ground) – Four-Wheel-Drive
shifting.
Vehicles
7. Shift the transmission to
P (Park) and turn off the
ignition.
8. Disconnect the vehicle from the
tow vehicle.
Caution
9. Release the parking brake. If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is
10. Reset any lost presets. towed with the rear wheels on the
ground, the transmission could be
The outside temperature damaged. The repairs would not
display will default to 0 °C be covered by the vehicle
(32 °F) but will reset with warranty. Never tow the vehicle
normal usage. with the rear wheels on the
ground. To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive
vehicle from the front:
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 333

1. Attach the dolly to the tow 7. Shift the transfer case to 1. Drive the rear wheels onto the
vehicle following the dolly N (Neutral). See “Shifting into dolly.
manufacturer's instructions. N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel 2. Set the parking brake. See
2. Drive the front wheels onto the Drive 0 226 for the proper
ii

Parking Brake 0 233 . ii

dolly. procedure.
3. Put the transmission in
3. Shift the transmission to 8. Release the parking brake only P (Park).
P (Park). after the vehicle being towed is
firmly attached to the tow 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
4. Set the parking brake. vehicle. following the manufacturer's
instructions.
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
{ Warning 5. Use a clamping device
Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off designed for towing to ensure
Shifting a four-wheel-drive the Ground) that the front wheels are locked
vehicle's transfer case into into the straight position.
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
to roll even if the transmission is 6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
in P (Park). You or others could Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
{ Warning
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
5. Use a clamping device vehicle's transfer case into
designed for towing to ensure N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
that the front wheels are locked to roll even if the transmission is
into the straight position. in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly before shifting the transfer case
following the manufacturer's
To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive to N (Neutral).
instructions.
vehicle from the rear:
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

334 Vehicle Care

To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive Appearance Care

vehicle from the rear: Caution (Continued)
1. Drive the rear wheels onto the Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all
dolly. manufacturer directions regarding
2. Set the parking brake. See
Locks correct product usage, necessary
Parking Brake 0 233 . ii Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any
3. Put the transmission in
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product.
P (Park).
locks greased after using. See
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Recommended Fluids and
following the manufacturer's Lubricants 0 353 .ii
Caution
instructions.
Washing the Vehicle Avoid using high-pressure
5. Use a clamping device
designed for towing to ensure To preserve the vehicle's finish, washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
that the front wheels are locked wash it often and out of direct to the surface of the vehicle. Use
into the straight position. sunlight. of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
6. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into Caution in damage or removal of paint
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel and decals.
Do not use petroleum-based,
Drive 0 226 for the proper
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
ii

procedure. This symbol e is on any

agents as they can damage the
7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic underhood compartment electrical
parts. If damage occurs, it would center that should not be power
not be covered by the vehicle washed. This could cause damage
warranty. Approved cleaning that would not be covered by the
products can be obtained from vehicle warranty.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 335

If using an automatic car wash, remain on painted surfaces. Wash To keep the paint finish looking new,
follow with the car wash the vehicle as soon as possible. keep the vehicle garaged or
instructions. The windshield wiper If necessary, use non-abrasive covered whenever possible.
and rear window wiper, if equipped, cleaners that are marked safe for
must be off. Remove any painted surfaces to remove foreign Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
accessories that may be damaged Moldings
matter.
or interfere with the car wash Occasional hand waxing or mild
equipment. Caution
polishing should be done to remove
Rinse the vehicle well, before residue from the paint finish. See Failure to clean and protect the
washing and after, to remove all your dealer for approved cleaning bright metal moldings can result
cleaning agents completely. If they products. in a hazy white finish or pitting.
are allowed to dry on the surface, Do not apply waxes or polishes to This damage would not be
they could stain. uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, covered by the vehicle warranty.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
chamois or an all-cotton towel to as damage can occur.
The bright metal moldings on the
avoid surface scratches and water
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or
spotting. Caution stainless steel. To prevent damage
Finish Care always follow these cleaning
Machine compounding or instructions:
Application of aftermarket clearcoat aggressive polishing on a
sealant/wax materials is not basecoat/clearcoat paint finish . Be sure the molding is cool to
recommended. If painted surfaces may damage it. Use only the touch before applying any
are damaged, see your dealer to non-abrasive waxes and polishes cleaning solution.
have the damage assessed and that are made for a basecoat/ . Use only approved cleaning
repaired. Foreign materials such as clearcoat paint finish on the solutions for aluminum, chrome
calcium chloride and other salts, ice vehicle. or stainless steel. Some
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree cleaners are highly acidic or
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from contain alkaline substances and
industrial chimneys, etc., can can damage the moldings.
damage the vehicle's finish if they
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

336 Vehicle Care

. Always dilute a concentrated . Washer fluids and other cleaning
cleaner according to the Caution agents in higher concentrations
manufacturer’s instructions. than suggested by the
Using silicone-based products manufacturer.
. Do not use cleaners that are not may damage the bedliner, reduce
intended for automotive use. the slip-resistant texture, and . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the attract dirt. or other harsh cleaners.
vehicle after washing to protect . Ice scrapers or other hard items.
and extend the molding finish. .
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ Aftermarket appearance caps or
Spray-In Bedliner Care Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and covers while the lamps are
Stripes illuminated, due to excessive
A spray-in bedliner is a permanent heat generated.
coating that bonds to the truck bed Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
and cannot be removed. Promptly soft cloth, and a car washing soap
rinse the bedliner surface following to clean exterior lamps, lenses and Caution
a chemical spill to avoid permanent emblems, decals, and stripes. Failure to clean lamps properly
damage. Follow instructions under "Washing can cause damage to the lamp
Spray-in bedliners can fade from the Vehicle" previously in this
cover that would not be covered
oxidation, road dirt, heavy-duty section.
by the vehicle warranty.
hauling, and hard water stains. Lamp covers are made of plastic,
Clean it periodically by washing off and some have a UV protective
the loose dirt and using a mild coating. Do not clean or wipe them Caution
detergent. To restore the original while they are dry.
appearance, apply the bedliner Using wax on low gloss black
conditioner available through your Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers: finish stripes can increase the
dealer. gloss level and create a
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 337

Air Intakes require more frequent application.

Black marks from rubber material on Caution
Clear debris from the air intakes,
painted surfaces can be removed by
between the hood and windshield, Chrome wheels and other chrome
rubbing with a clean cloth. See
when washing the vehicle. trim may be damaged if the
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353 . vehicle is not washed after driving
Windshield and Wiper Blades ii

on roads that have been sprayed

Clean the outside of the windshield Tires with magnesium, calcium,
with glass cleaner. or sodium chloride. These
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free clean the tires. chlorides are used on roads for
cloth or paper towel soaked with conditions such as ice and dust.
windshield washer fluid or a mild Caution Always wash the chrome with
detergent. Wash the windshield soap and water after exposure.
thoroughly when cleaning the Using petroleum-based tire
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and dressing products on the vehicle
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax may damage the paint finish and/ Caution
treatments may cause wiper or tires. When applying a tire
streaking. dressing, always wipe off any To avoid surface damage, do not
Replace the wiper blades if they are overspray from all painted use strong soaps, chemicals,
worn or damaged. Damage can be surfaces on the vehicle. abrasive polishes, cleaners,
caused by extreme dusty brushes, or cleaners that contain
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, acid on aluminum or
snow, and ice. Wheels and Trim — Aluminum chrome-plated wheels. Use only
or Chrome approved cleaners. Also, never
Weatherstrips drive a vehicle with aluminum or
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on soap and water to clean the wheels. chrome-plated wheels through an
weatherstrips to make them last After rinsing thoroughly with clean automatic car wash that uses
longer, seal better, and not stick or water, dry with a soft, clean towel. silicone carbide tire cleaning
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips A wax may then be applied. (Continued)
once a year. Hot, dry climates may
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

338 Vehicle Care

Inspect power steering for proper fluid will decrease the life of the
Caution (Continued) hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, transfer case and/or axles and
chafing, etc. should be replaced.
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be Visually check constant velocity joint Sheet Metal Damage
covered by the vehicle warranty. boots and axle seals for leaks.
If the vehicle is damaged and
Body Component Lubrication requires sheet metal repair or
Brake System Lubricate all key lock cylinders, replacement, make sure the body
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel repair shop applies anti-corrosion
Visually inspect brake lines and material to parts repaired or
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, fuel door hinge, and power assist
step hinges, unless the components replaced to restore corrosion
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect protection.
disc brake pads for wear and rotors are plastic. Applying silicone grease
for surface condition. Inspect drum on weatherstrips with a clean cloth Original manufacturer replacement
brake linings/shoes for wear or will make them last longer, seal parts will provide the corrosion
cracks. Inspect other brake parts, better, and not stick or squeak protection while maintaining the
including drums, wheel cylinders, vehicle warranty.
Underbody Maintenance
calipers, parking brake, master Finish Damage
cylinder, brake fluid reservoir, At least twice a year, spring and fall,
vacuum pipes, electric vacuum use plain water to flush any Quickly repair minor chips and
pump including bracket and vent corrosive materials from the scratches with touch-up materials
hose, if equipped. underbody. Take care to thoroughly available from your dealer to avoid
clean any areas where mud and corrosion. Larger areas of finish
Steering, Suspension, and other debris can collect. damage can be corrected in your
Chassis Components dealer's body and paint shop.
Do not directly power wash the
Visually inspect steering, transfer case and/or front/rear axle Chemical Paint Spotting
suspension, and chassis output seals. High pressure water
components for damaged, loose, can overcome the seals and Airborne pollutants can fall upon
or missing parts or signs of wear at contaminate the fluid. Contaminated and attack painted vehicle surfaces
least once a year. causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 339

dark spots etched into the paint Before using cleaners, read and . Do not use solvents or cleaners
surface. Refer to “Finish Care” follow to all safety instructions on containing solvents.
previously in this section. the label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get Interior Glass
Interior Care proper ventilation. To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
To prevent damage, do not clean dampened with water. Wipe droplets
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
the interior using the following left behind with a clean dry cloth.
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
cleaners or techniques: If necessary, use a commercial
Immediately remove any soils. glass cleaner after cleaning with
Newspapers or dark garments can . Never use a razor or any other plain water.
transfer color to the vehicle’s sharp object to remove a soil
interior. from any interior surface.
Caution
Use a soft bristle brush to remove . Never use a brush with stiff
dust from knobs and crevices on the bristles. To prevent scratching, never use
instrument cluster. Using a mild abrasive cleaners on automotive
. Never rub any surface
soap solution, immediately remove glass. Abrasive cleaners or
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect aggressively or with too much
pressure. aggressive cleaning may damage
repellent from all interior surfaces or the rear window defogger.
permanent damage may result. . Do not use laundry detergents or
Use cleaners specifically designed dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, Cleaning the windshield with water
for the surfaces being cleaned to during the first three to six months
prevent permanent damage. Apply use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. of ownership will reduce tendency
cleaners directly to the cleaning to fog.
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any A concentrated soap solution will
switches or controls. Remove create streaks and attract dirt. Speaker Covers
cleaners quickly. Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap. Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
. Do not heavily saturate the
be damaged. Clean spots with water
upholstery when cleaning. and mild soap.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

340 Vehicle Care

Coated Moldings 2. Remove excess moisture by Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces

gently wringing until water does and Vehicle Information and
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
not drip from the cleaning cloth. Radio Displays
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
3. Start on the outside edge of the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
soil and gently rub toward the surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
dampened with water.
center. Rotate the cleaning use a soft bristle brush to remove
. When heavily soiled, use warm cloth to a clean area frequently dirt that can scratch the surface.
soapy water. to prevent forcing the soil in to Then gently clean by rubbing with a
the fabric. microfiber cloth. Never use window
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
4. Continue gently rubbing the cleaners or solvents. Periodically
Start by vacuuming the surface soiled area until there is no hand wash the microfiber cloth
using a soft brush attachment. If a longer any color transfer from separately, using mild soap. Do not
rotating vacuum brush attachment is the soil to the cleaning cloth. use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
being used, only use it on the floor thoroughly and air dry before
carpet. Before cleaning, gently 5. If the soil is not completely
next use.
remove as much of the soil as removed, use a mild soap
possible: solution followed only by plain
water. Caution
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no If the soil is not completely Do not attach a device with a
more soil can be removed. removed, it may be necessary to suction cup to the display. This
use a commercial upholstery may cause damage and would
. For solid soils, remove as much
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small not be covered by the vehicle
as possible prior to vacuuming. hidden area for colorfastness before warranty.
To clean: using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
formation occurs, clean the entire
colorfast cloth with water.
fabric or carpet.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint After cleaning use a paper towel to
transfer to the fabric or carpet. blot excess moisture.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 341

Instrument Panel, Leather, Care of Safety Belts

Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued)
Keep belts clean and dry.
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and the appearance and feel of
Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not { Warning
Surfaces recommended.
Use a soft microfiber cloth Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
dampened with water to remove It may severely weaken them. In
Do not use cleaners that increase
dust and loose dirt. For a more a crash, they might not be able to
gloss, especially on the instrument
thorough cleaning, use a soft panel. Reflected glare can decrease provide adequate protection.
microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield Clean safety belts only with mild
mild soap solution. under certain conditions. soap and lukewarm water.

Caution Caution Floor Mats

Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics { Warning
well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air
may cause permanent damage. If a floor mat is the wrong size or
freshener comes in contact with is not properly installed, it can
Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in
surfaces after cleaning and allow interfere with the pedals.
the vehicle, blot immediately and Interference with the pedals can
them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do cause unintended acceleration
with a mild soap solution. and/or increased stopping
not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
silicone or wax-based products. distance which can cause a crash
would not be covered by the and injury. Make sure the floor
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
solvents can permanently change mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

342 Vehicle Care

Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the

proper floor mat usage: Floor Mats
. The original equipment floor Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
mats were designed for your to unlock each retainer and remove.
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
. Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
. Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
it over. retainer openings over the carpet
. Do not place anything on top of retainers and snapping into position.
the driver side floor mat. Make sure the floor mat is properly
. Use only a single floor mat on secured in place.
the driver side. Verify the floor mat does not
. Do not place one floor mat on interfere with the pedals.
top of another.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 343

Service and General Information Your dealer recognizes the

importance of providing
Maintenance This maintenance section applies to
vehicles with a gasoline engine. For
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
diesel engine vehicles, see technicians, the dealer is the place
General Information "Maintenance Schedule" in the for routine maintenance such as oil
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 343 Duramax diesel supplement. changes and tire rotations and
Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Schedule investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 344 the required maintenance for the blades.
Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
Special Application protect against major repair Caution
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper
Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly
and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered
Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty.
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks,
Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids,
Recommended Fluids, and lubricants are important to
Lubricants, and Parts who can perform required
maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working
Recommended Fluids and condition.
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 replacement parts. They have
Maintenance Replacement up-to-date tools and equipment for
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Maintenance Records Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 356 transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

344 Service and Maintenance

keep the vehicle in good working Severe Service Maintenance

condition, improves fuel economy, In addition to the normal service
and reduces vehicle emissions. schedule, some vehicles require
Schedule
Because of the way people use service more often. Severe service Owner Checks and Services
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. is for vehicles that are:
There may need to be more At Each Fuel Stop
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
frequent checks and services. in hot weather. . Check the engine oil level. See
Normal Service Engine Oil 0 265 .
. Mainly driven in hilly or
ii

All maintenance services, including mountainous terrain. Once a Month

those listed under Additional . Frequently towing a trailer. . Check the tire inflation
Required Services, are for pressures. See Tire Pressure
vehicles that: . Used for high-speed or
competitive driving. 0 302 .ii

. Carry passengers and cargo . Inspect the tires for wear. See
within recommended limits on . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service. Tire Inspection 0 307 .ii

the Tire and Loading Information

label. See Vehicle Load Limits . Check the windshield washer
0 205 .
ii { Warning fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 276 .ii

. Are driven on reasonable road

Performing maintenance work can
surfaces within legal driving Engine Oil Change
be dangerous and can cause
limits. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
serious injury. Perform
. Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the SOON message displays, have the
Fuel 0 245 . ii
required information, proper tools, engine oil and filter changed within
and equipment are available. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
If they are not, see your dealer to under the best conditions, the
have a trained technician do the engine oil life system may not
work. See Doing Your Own indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
Service Work 0 260 .
filter must be changed at least once
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 345

a year and the oil life system must Tire Rotation and Required . Inspect tire wear. See Tire
be reset. Your trained dealer Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 307 .ii

technician can perform this work. 7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the the vehicle, and perform the See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
last service. Reset the oil life following services. See Tire 0 269 .
ii

system when the oil is changed. Rotation 0 308 .

. Inspect brake system. See
ii

See Engine Oil Life System 0 267 . ii . Check engine oil level and oil Exterior Care 0 334 . ii

life percentage. If needed,

Passenger Compartment Air . Visually inspect steering,
change engine oil and filter, and
Filter reset oil life system. See Engine suspension, and chassis
Oil 0 265 and Engine Oil Life components for damaged, loose,
The passenger compartment air
or missing parts or signs of
ii

filter removes dust, pollen, and System 0 267 .

wear. See Exterior Care 0 334 .
ii

other airborne irritants from outside

ii

. Check engine coolant level. See

air that is pulled into the vehicle. . Check restraint system
Engine Coolant 0 272 .
components. See Safety System
ii

The filter should be replaced as part

of routine scheduled maintenance. . Check windshield washer fluid Check 0 55 .ii

Inspect the passenger compartment level. See Washer Fluid 0 276 .

. Visually inspect fuel system for
ii

air filter every 36 000 km . Visually inspect windshield wiper damage or leaks.
(22,500 mi) or two years, whichever blades for wear, cracking,
comes first. Replace if necessary. . Visually inspect exhaust system
or contamination. See Exterior
More frequent replacement may be and nearby heat shields for
Care 0 334 . Replace worn or
loose or damaged parts.
ii

needed if the vehicle is driven in damaged wiper blades. See

areas with heavy traffic, areas with Wiper Blade Replacement . Lubricate body components. See
poor air quality, or areas with high 0 283 .
ii Exterior Care 0 334 . ii

dust levels. Replacement may also

be needed if there is a reduction in . Check tire inflation pressures. . Check starter switch. See Starter
air flow, excessive window fogging, See Tire Pressure 0 302 . ii Switch Check 0 281 . ii

or odors.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

346 Service and Maintenance

. Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check
0 282 .
ii

. Check ignition transmission lock.

See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 282 . ii

. Check parking brake and

automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 282 .
ii

. Check accelerator pedal for

damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Verify spare tire key lock
operation and lubricate as
needed. See Tire Changing
0 316 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 347

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance or environmental allergens. (2) Or every four years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required Passenger compartment air filter comes first. If driving in dusty
Services - Normal replacement may also be needed if conditions, inspect the filter at each
(1) Or every two years, whichever there is reduced airflow, window oil change or more often as needed.
comes first. More frequent fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer (3) Check all fuel and vapor lines
passenger compartment air filter can help determine when to replace and hoses for proper hook-up,
replacement may be needed if the filter. routing, and condition.
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

348 Service and Maintenance

(4) Do not directly power wash the

transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and/or axles
and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 271 .
ii

(6) Or every 10 years, whichever

comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Replace brake/clutch fluid every
five years. See Brake Fluid 0 278 . ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 349

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
4WD. (4)
@ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake/clutch fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance driving in areas with heavy traffic, fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
Schedule Additional Required poor air quality, high dust levels, can help determine when to replace
Services - Severe or environmental allergens. the filter.
(1) Or every two years, whichever Passenger compartment air filter (2) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. More frequent replacement may also be needed if comes first. If driving in dusty
passenger compartment air filter there is reduced airflow, window conditions, inspect the filter at each
replacement may be needed if oil change or more often as needed.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

350 Service and Maintenance

(3) Check all fuel and vapor lines Special Application Additional
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition. Services Maintenance and Care
(4) Do not directly power wash the . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
transfer case and/or front/rear axle Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
output seals. High pressure water components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly
can overcome the seals and 3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle
contaminate the transfer case fluid. . performance, additional
Have underbody flushing service
Contaminated fluid will decrease the maintenance services may be
performed. See "Underbody
life of the transfer case and/or axles required.
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
and should be replaced.
0 334 .
ii It is recommended that your dealer
(5) Or every five years, whichever perform these services — their
comes first. See Cooling System trained dealer technicians know
0 271 .
ii your vehicle best. Your dealer can
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever also perform a thorough
comes first. Inspect for fraying, assessment with a multi-point
excessive cracking, or damage; inspection to recommend when your
replace, if needed. vehicle may need attention.

(7) Replace brake/clutch fluid every The following list is intended to

five years. See Brake Fluid 0 278 . ii
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 351

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 353 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of ii

cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,

. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

352 Service and Maintenance

of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades

or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 339 and
ii

and kept in good condition to

Exterior Care 0 334 . provide a clear view.
Tires
ii

Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can Windshield
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 353

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
recommended fluids and lubricants section in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. AC Delco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil
0 265 .
ii

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 272 .ii

Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Manual Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Floor Shift Linkage Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB.
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

354 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Front (If Equipped With Four-Wheel SAE 75W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, in
Drive) and Rear Axle Canada 88863090).
Transfer Case (If Equipped With DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Four-Wheel Drive)
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate Canada 10953474).
Hinge and Linkage, Tailgate Handle
Pivot Points, Hinges, Latch Bolt
Linkage, and Fuel Door Hinge
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 355

Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 94775933 A3195C
Oil Filter
2.5L L4 12640445 PF64
3.6L V6 19303249 PF2130
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23135671 CF196
Spark Plugs
2.5L L4 12627160 41–115
3.6L V6 12622561 41–109
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 23117447 -
Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 23117448 -
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

356 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Technical Data 357

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, on the inside of the glove
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) box, has the following information:
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 . Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification Number (VIN).
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 . Model designation.
Vehicle Data . Paint information.
Capacities and
. Production options and special
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 360 equipment.
This legal identifier is in the front
Do not remove this label from the
corner of the instrument panel, on
vehicle.
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 358 for the vehicle's engine code.
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

358 Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353 .ii

Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
2.5L L4 9.1 L 9.6 qt
3.6L V6 12.4 L 13.1 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.5L L4 4.7 L 5.0 qt
3.6L V6 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank 80 L 21 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.9 L 2.0 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Technical Data 359

Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
2.5L L4 A 0.95–1.10mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
3.6L V6 3 0.95–1.10mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

360 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

V6 Engines
L4 Engines If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 361

Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 364
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 364 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 373 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 374 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 368 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 of your dealership or the general
manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

362 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 363

Limited wants you to be aware of its The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico
participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre
Chevrolet Motor Division
Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada Limited
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code: CA1-163-005
Center
has committed to binding arbitration 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
P.O. Box 33170
of owner disputes involving Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
factory-related vehicle service Your inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com
claims. The program provides for by the Vehicle Identification
the review of the facts involved by 1-800-222-1020
Number (VIN).
an impartial third party arbiter, and 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
may include an informal hearing Telephone Devices (TTYs))
before the arbiter. The program is Customer Assistance Roadside Assistance:
designed so that the entire dispute Offices 1-800-243-8872
settlement process, from the time Chevrolet encourages customers to From U.S. Virgin Islands:
you file your complaint to the final call the toll-free number for
decision, should be completed in 1-800-496-9994
assistance. However, if a customer
about 70 days. We believe our wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, Canada
impartial program offers advantages the letter should be addressed to:
over courts in most jurisdictions General Motors of Canada Limited
because it is informal, quick, and Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
free of charge. CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
For further information concerning
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
www.gm.ca
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call 1-800-263-3777 (English)
the General Motors Customer Care 1-800-263-7854 (French)
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
1-800-263-7854 (French), Telephone devices (TTYs))
or write to: Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

364 Customer Information

Overseas Membership Benefits Chevrolet Owner Centre

Please contact the local General E : Download owner manuals and (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
Motors Business Unit. view vehicle-specific how-to videos. Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
G: View maintenance schedules, . Chat live with online help
Customer Assistance for alerts, and OnStar Vehicle representatives.
Text Telephone (TTY) Diagnostic Information. Schedule
. Locate owner resources such as
Users service appointments.
lease-end, financing, and
To assist customers who are deaf,
I : View and print dealer-recorded warranty information.
service records and self-recorded
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired . Retrieve your favorite articles,
service records.
and who use Text Telephones quizzes, tips, and multimedia
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY D : Select a preferred dealer and galleries organized into the
equipment available at its Customer view locations, maps, phone Featured Articles and Auto Care
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in numbers, and hours. Sections.
the U.S. can communicate with r : Track your vehicle’s warranty . Download owner manuals.
Chevrolet by dialing: information.
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in . Find the
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. J : View active recalls by Vehicle Chevrolet-recommended
Identification Number (VIN). See maintenance services.
Online Owner Center Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
0 357 .
ii

GM Mobility
Online Owner Experience H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com
Reimbursement Program
Satellite radio (if equipped), and
The Chevrolet online owner OnStar account information (if
experience allows interaction with equipped).
Chevrolet and keeps important F : Chat with online help
vehicle-specific information in one representatives.
place.
See my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 365

This program is available to Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of
qualified applicants for cost the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
When calling Roadside Assistance,
reimbursement of eligible General Motors North America and
have the following information
aftermarket adaptive equipment Chevrolet reserve the right to make
ready:
required for the vehicle, such as any changes or discontinue the
hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Your name, home address, and Roadside Assistance program at
scooter lift for the vehicle. home telephone number. any time without notification.
For more information on the limited . Telephone number of your General Motors North America and
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or location. Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
call the GM Mobility Assistance . Location of the vehicle. services or payment to an owner or
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text driver if they decide the claims are
Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license made too often, or the same type of
1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle. claim is made many times.
General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle Services Provided
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle. . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
for details. TTY users call Delivery of enough fuel for the
. Description of the problem.
1-800-263-3830. vehicle to get to the nearest
Coverage service station.
Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the . Lock-Out Service: Service to
Program duration of the vehicle’s powertrain unlock the vehicle if you are
warranty. locked out. A remote unlock may
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call be available if you have OnStar.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the For security reasons, the driver
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a must present identification
person driving the vehicle without before this service is given.
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, permission from the owner is not
call 1-800-268-6800. covered. . Emergency Tow from a Public
Service is available 24 hours a day, Road or Highway: Tow to the
365 days a year. nearest Chevrolet dealer for
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

366 Customer Information

warranty service, or if the vehicle Services Not Included in . Trip Interruption Benefits and
was in a crash and cannot be Roadside Assistance Assistance: Must be over
driven. Assistance is not given 150 km from where your trip was
. Impound towing caused by
when the vehicle is stuck in the started to qualify. General
sand, mud, or snow. violation of any laws. Motors of Canada Limited
. . Legal fines. requires pre-authorization,
Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare . original detailed receipts, and a
Mounting, dismounting,
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, copy of the repair orders. Once
or changing of snow tires,
must be in good condition and authorization has been received,
chains, or other traction devices.
properly inflated. It is the owner's the Roadside Assistance advisor
Service is not provided if a vehicle will help to make arrangements
responsibility for the repair or
is in an area that is not accessible and explain how to receive
replacement of the tire if it is not
to the service vehicle or is not a payment.
covered by the warranty.
regularly traveled or maintained .
. Battery Jump Start: Service to Alternative Service: If
public road, which includes ice and
jump start a dead battery. assistance cannot be provided
winter roads. Off-road use is not
right away, the Roadside
. Trip Interruption Benefits and covered.
Assistance advisor may give
Assistance: If your trip is Services Specific to permission to get local
interrupted due to a warranty Canadian-Purchased Vehicles emergency road service. You will
event, incidental expenses may receive payment, up to $100,
be reimbursed within the . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement after sending the original receipt
Powertrain warranty period. is up to 7 liters. If available, to Roadside Assistance.
Items considered are reasonable diesel fuel delivery may be Mechanical failures may be
and customary hotel, meals, restricted. Propane and other covered, however any cost for
rental car, or a vehicle being fuels are not provided through parts and labor for repairs not
delivered back to the customer, this service. covered by the warranty are the
up to 805 km (500 mi). . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle owner responsibility.
registration is required.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 367

Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options

Appointments Program Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
if you are unable to do so, your
service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating
dealer may offer the following
request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
transportation options:
scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service
of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
This includes one-way or round-trip
dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada),
shuttle service within reasonable
inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or
time and distance parameters of
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled hybrid-specific warranties in both
your dealer's area.
into the service department the U.S. and Canada.
immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation Public Transportation or Fuel
can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in Reimbursement
unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are
safety related. If it is, please call warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is
your dealership, let them know this, Courtesy Transportation is not a used, the expense must be
and ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited supported by original receipts and
If your dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet within the maximum amount allowed
the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Limited Warranty and by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
urged to do so as early in the work Owner Assistance Information” customers arrange their own
day as possible to allow for furnished with each new vehicle transportation, limited
same-day repair. provides detailed warranty coverage reimbursement for reasonable fuel
information. expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

368 Customer Information

Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine
For an overnight warranty repair, the unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM
dealer may provide an available or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Transportation at any time and to Recycled original equipment parts
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim may also be used for repair. These
Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and parts are typically removed from
be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its vehicles that were total losses in
well as a signed and completed sole discretion. prior crashes. In most cases, the
rental agreement and meet state/ parts being recycled are from
provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle.
provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a A recycled original equipment GM
Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to
minimum age requirements, damage repaired by a qualified maintain the vehicle's originally
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. technician using the proper designed appearance and safety
Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement performance; however, the history of
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision these parts is not known. Such parts
excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale are not covered by the GM New
beyond the completion of the repair value, and safety performance can Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
are also your responsibility. be compromised in subsequent related failures are not covered by
It may not be possible to provide a collisions. that warranty.
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
Additional Program Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may
Information parts made with the same materials not have been tested for the vehicle.
All program options, such as shuttle and construction methods as the As a result, these parts may fit
service, may not be available at parts with which the vehicle was poorly, exhibit premature durability/
every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM corrosion problems, and may not
for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to perform properly in subsequent
ensure that the vehicle's designed collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
appearance, durability, and safety covered by the GM New Vehicle
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 369

Limited Warranty, and any vehicle specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
failure related to such parts is not When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
covered by that warranty. recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see
Repair Facility original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance Program
GM also recommends that you If such insurance coverage is not 0 365 .
ii

choose a collision repair facility that available from your current

meets your needs before you ever insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
need collision repairs. Your dealer to another insurance carrier. . Driver name, address, and
may have a collision repair center If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
with GM-trained technicians and company may require you to have . Driver license number.
state-of-the-art equipment, or be insurance that ensures repairs with
able to recommend a collision repair Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as
. Vehicle make, model, and
Insuring the Vehicle you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs. model year.
Protect your investment in the GM . Vehicle Identification
vehicle with comprehensive and If a Crash Occurs Number (VIN).
collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call
are significant differences in the . Insurance company and policy
emergency services for help. Do not number.
quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all
various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of. . General description of the
Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position damage to the other vehicle.
reduced protection to the GM puts you in danger, or you are Choose a reputable repair facility
vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police that uses quality replacement parts.
damage repairs through the use of officer. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
aftermarket collision parts. Some
section.
insurance companies will not
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

370 Customer Information

If the airbag has inflated, see What repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins
Will You See after an Airbag even if your insurance coverage
Service Bulletins give additional
Inflates? 0 61 . does not pay the full cost.
technical service information
ii

Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service
Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks.
you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions
In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and
damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle.
that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no
repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. Owner Information
repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control Owner publications are written
vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as specifically for owners and intended
Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within to provide basic operational
required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. information about the vehicle. The
be original equipment parts, either Owner Manual includes the
new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications Maintenance Schedule for all
original GM parts. Remember, models.
recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information
the GM vehicle warranty. (U.S. and Canada Only) In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals Manual.
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits, Service Manuals have the diagnosis RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
your insurance company may and repair information on the $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
initially value the repair using engines, transmission, axle, shipping fees.
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
the repair professional, and insist on steering, body, etc.
Genuine GM parts. Remember, RETAIL SELL PRICE:
if the vehicle is leased, you may be $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
obligated to have the vehicle shipping fees.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 371

Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Technical Service Bulletins and Statement Defects
Manuals are available for current
This vehicle has systems that
and past model GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications
to the United States
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ICES‐001.
a crash or could cause injury or
Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately
two conditions: inform the National Highway
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar
notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the
investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. device.
a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign.
funds. authorized service facility could void
However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment.
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

372 Customer Information

To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada Vehicle Data

the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 80 rue Noel Recording and
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
1-800-424-9153); go to Privacy
http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to: Reporting Safety Defects The vehicle has a number of
to General Motors computers that record information
Administrator, NHTSA about the vehicle’s performance and
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or how it is driven. For example, the
Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to
this, notify General Motors. monitor and control engine and
You can also obtain other transmission performance, to
information about motor Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
monitor the conditions for airbag
vehicle safety from Chevrolet Motor Division deployment and deploy them in a
http://www.safercar.gov. Chevrolet Customer Assistance crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Center antilock braking to help the driver
Reporting Safety Defects P.O. Box 33170 control the vehicle. These modules
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 may store data to help the dealer
to the Canadian
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 technician service the vehicle.
Government (English) or 1-800-263-7854 Some modules may also store data
If you live in Canada, and you (French), or write: about how the vehicle is operated,
believe that the vehicle has a safety such as rate of fuel consumption or
General Motors of Canada Limited average speed. These modules may
defect, notify Transport Canada
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: retain personal preferences, such as
immediately, and notify General
CA1-163-005 radio presets, seat positions, and
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
1908 Colonel Sam Drive temperature settings.
Transport Canada at
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 373

Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near Note
to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
. How various systems in your
investigation.
vehicle were operating;
To read data recorded by an EDR,
. Whether or not the driver and
special equipment is required, and
passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is
buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle
. How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as
depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the
or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
. How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

374 Customer Information

OnStar® Infotainment System

If the vehicle is equipped with If the vehicle is equipped with a
OnStar® and has an active navigation system as part of the
subscription, additional data may be infotainment system, use of the
collected through the OnStar system may result in the storage of
system. This includes information destinations, addresses, telephone
about the vehicle’s operation; numbers, and other trip information.
collisions involving the vehicle; the See the infotainment manual for
use of the vehicle and its features; information on stored data and for
and, in certain situations, the deletion instructions.
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional Information
0 379 .
ii
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

OnStar 375

OnStar OnStar Overview Conditions and Privacy Statement

for more details including system
limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
OnStar Services status light is:
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 . Solid Green: System is ready.
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 = Voice Command Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Q Blue OnStar Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
> Red Emergency Button . Off: System is off. Press Q
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a twice to speak with an OnStar
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor.
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor.
services may require a paid Press = to:
subscription and data plan. OnStar
requires the vehicle battery and . Make a call, end a call,
electrical system, cellular service, or answer an incoming call.
and GPS satellite signals to be . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
available and operating. OnStar acts voice commands.
as a link to existing emergency
service providers. OnStar may . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
collect information about you and Navigation voice commands.
your vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar’s Terms &
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

376 OnStar
. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name OnStar Services Security
or SSID and password,
if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar subscription plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Navigation
Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially OnStar navigation requires a
7 to: trained Advisors are available specific OnStar subscription plan.
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a directions or have them sent to the
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. vehicle’s navigation screen,
. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors if equipped.
Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider Turn-by-Turn Navigation
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank. 1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

OnStar 377

2. Request directions to be 2. Say “Repeat.” System Connections

downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with The following OnStar services help
3. Follow the voice-guided with staying connected.
commands. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination For coverage maps, see
Using Voice Commands www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
During a Planned Route 1. Press =. System responds: www.onstar.ca (Canada).
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If
Cancel Route
2. Say “Get my destination.” Equipped)
1. Press =. System responds: System responds with the
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. The vehicle may have a built-in
address and distance to the Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
2. Say “Cancel route.” System destination, then responds with to the Internet and web content at
responds: “Do you want to “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
cancel directions?” Destination Download devices can be connected. A data
3. Say “Yes.” System responds: plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
Subscribers can have directions controls only when it is safe to
“OK, request completed, thank sent to the vehicle’s navigation
you, goodbye.” do so.
screen, if equipped.
Route Preview 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to information, press =, wait for
1. Press =. System responds: download directions to the vehicle’s the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. navigation system, if equipped. After settings.” On some vehicles,
the call ends, the navigation screen touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
2. Say “Route preview.” System will provide prompts to begin driving
responds with the next three screen.
directions. Routes that are sent to
maneuvers. the navigation screen can only be 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
Repeat canceled through the navigation the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
system. password, and on some
1. Press =. System responds: vehicles, the connection type
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

378 OnStar

(no Internet connection, 3G, . Locate the vehicle on a map Make a Call
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (U.S. market only).
(poor, good, excellent). 1. Press =. System responds:
. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot “OnStar ready.”
3. To change the SSID or on/off, manage settings, and
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
password, press Q or call monitor data consumption,
if equipped. “Call. Please say the name or
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect number to call.”
with an Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information
® and compatibility, see 3. Say the entire number without
OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App pausing, including a “1” and the
(If Equipped) www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada). area code. System responds:
Download the OnStar RemoteLink “OK, calling.”
mobile app to select Apple® iOS, Remote Services
Android™, BlackBerry®,
Calling 911 Emergency
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
or Windows® mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn 1. Press =. System responds:
OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps. “OnStar ready.”
following services from a mobile
device: OnStar AtYourService 2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, OnStar Advisors can provide special number to call.”
if factory-equipped. offers from restaurants and retailers
on your route, help locate hotels, 3. Say “911” without pausing.
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped System responds: “911.”
or book a room.
with automatic locks.
OnStar Hands-Free Calling 4. Say “Call.” System responds:
. Activate the horn and lamps. “OK, dialing 911.”
. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil Make and receive calls with the
life, or tire pressure, built-in wireless calling service,
if factory-equipped with the Tire which requires available minutes.
Pressure Monitor System.
. Send directions to the vehicle.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

OnStar 379

Retrieve My Number Diagnostics OnStar Additional

1. Press =. System responds: Advanced Diagnostics provides a Information
“OnStar ready.” status of the vehicle’s key systems
with a monthly e-mail, or by In-Vehicle Audio Messages
2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar pressing Q. Real-time Diagnostic Audio messages may play important
Hands-Free Calling number is,” Alerts can be sent by e-mail or text. information at the following times:
then says the number. The Proactive Alerts feature (if
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
available) can help predict and alert
End a Call of potential upcoming maintenance
Q to set up an account.
issues with select components on . With the OnStar Basic Plan,
Press =. System responds: “Call every 60 days.
the vehicle, before they become a
ended.” problem. . After change in ownership and
Verify Minutes and Expiration OnStar can also monitor and report at 90 days.
tire pressure, if the vehicle is
Press = and say “Minutes” then Transferring Service
equipped with a Tire Pressure
“Verify” to check how many minutes Monitoring System.
remain and their expiration date. Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can cancel or change account
information.
Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar services if
the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
transferred, or if the lease ends.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

380 OnStar

Reactivation for Subsequent . Press Q to speak with an See Radio Frequency Statement
Owners Advisor. 0 371 .
ii

Press Q and follow the prompts to OnStar services cannot work unless Services for People with
speak to an Advisor as soon as the vehicle is in a place where Disabilities
possible. The Advisor will update OnStar has an agreement with a
Advisors provide services to help
vehicle records and explain OnStar wireless service provider for service
Subscribers with physical disabilities
service options. in that area. The wireless service
and medical conditions.
provider must also have coverage,
How OnStar Service Works network capacity, reception, and Press Q to help:
Automatic Crash Response, technology compatible with OnStar
. Locate a gas station with an
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot attendant to pump gas.
Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Advanced Diagnostics, Remote work unless GPS signals are . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
Services, Roadside Assistance, available, unobstructed, and that meets accessibility needs.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation, and compatible with the OnStar . Provide directions to the closest
Hands-Free Calling are available on hardware. OnStar services may not
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
most vehicles. Not all OnStar work if the OnStar equipment is not
situations.
services are available everywhere properly installed or it has not been
or on all vehicles. For more properly maintained. If equipment or TTY Users
information, a full description of software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may OnStar has the ability to
OnStar services, system limitations, communicate to deaf,
and OnStar terms and conditions: not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar — such as hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, customers while in the vehicle. The
(1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and available dealer-installed TTY
architecture of the vehicle, damage system can provide in-vehicle
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services,
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada). except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
phone network congestion or
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

OnStar 381

OnStar Personal Identification vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas
Number (PIN) five days, OnStar can contact
Cellular reception is required for
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar to send remote signals to
to help gain access to the vehicle.
OnStar services. The PIN will need the vehicle. Do not place items over
to be changed the first time when Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent
speaking with an Advisor. To System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal
change the OnStar PIN, contact an reception.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. buildings; in parking garages; Message
Warranty around airports; in tunnels and
If there is limited cellular coverage
underpasses; or in an area with
OnStar equipment may be or the cellular network has reached
very dense trees. If GPS signals
warranted as part of the vehicle maximum capacity, this message
are not available, the OnStar
warranty. system should still operate to may come on. Press Q to try the
call OnStar. However, OnStar call again or try again after driving a
Languages few miles into another cellular area.
could have difficulty identifying
The vehicle can be programmed to the exact location.
respond in multiple languages.
Vehicle and Power Issues
. In emergency situations, OnStar
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS
Advisors are available in English, electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency
Spanish, and French. Available and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders.
languages may vary by country. available and operating for features
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems
Potential Issues loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected.
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Advisor may give a verbal route or
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
may ask for a call back after the
Assistance after the vehicle has
vehicle is driven into an open area.
been off continuously for five days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

382 OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at may unlawfully intercept or access
the time of installation. These transmissions and private
The OnStar system is integrated
updates or changes may also cause communications without consent.
into the electrical architecture of the
a system to automatically
vehicle. Do not add any electrical OnStar - Software
communicate with GM servers to
equipment. See Add-On Electrical Acknowledgements
collect information about vehicle
Equipment 0 257 . Added electrical
system status, identify whether
ii

equipment may interfere with the Certain OnStar components include

updates or changes are available, libcurl and unzip software and other
operation of the OnStar system and
or deliver updates or changes. An third party software. Below are the
cause it to not operate.
active OnStar agreement constitutes notices and licenses associated with
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third
or changes and agreement that party software please see http://
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver either OnStar or GM may remotely
software updates or changes to the www.lg.com/global/support/
deliver them to the vehicle. opensource/index and https://
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/support/
may enhance or maintain safety, getdocuments.html
The complete OnStar Privacy
security, or the operation of the libcurl:
Statement may be found at
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
www.onstar.com (U.S.), COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
Software updates or changes may
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We NOTICE
affect or erase data or settings that
recommend that you review it. If you
are stored in the vehicle, such as Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
have any questions, call
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations, All rights reserved.
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify,
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any
settings. These updates or changes the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is
may also collect personal via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the
information. Such collection is cannot be assured. Third parties
described in the OnStar privacy
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

OnStar 383

above copyright notice and this unzip: This software is provided “as is,”
permission notice appear in all This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind,
copies. Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect,
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES inability to use this software.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE use this software for any purpose,
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications,
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions:
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer,
CONTRACT, TORT OR Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions.
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright
THE SOFTWARE. Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in
Except as contained in this notice, documentation and/or other
the name of a copyright holder shall Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the
not be used in advertising or distribution. The sole exception
otherwise to promote the sale, use Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution
or other dealings in this Software of a standard UnZipSFX binary
without prior written authorization of Rich Wales, Mike White.
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
the copyright holder.
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

384 OnStar

self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail

permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
been removed from the binary the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
or disabled. “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own
operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 385

Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and When Should an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 58
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 257 Airbags
Additional Information Adding Equipment to the
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Additional Maintenance Passenger Status Indicator . . . .114
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Adjustments Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Agreements System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Trademarks and License . . . . . 181 Alarm
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 269 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Air Filter, Passenger All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Antenna
Airbag System Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 233
How Does an Airbag Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Appearance Care
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 62 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
What Makes an Airbag Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Armrest
What Will You See after an Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

386 Index

Audio Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 C

Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Brake Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 151 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .117 California
Automatic Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 189 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Perchlorate Materials
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 California
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Proposition
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 268 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .259, 279, 327
Automatic Transmission Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Camera
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 211 Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Shift Lock Control Function Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Center High-Mounted Capacities and
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Carbon Monoxide
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
B
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Battery
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Headlamps, Front Turn Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Signal, Sidemarker, and Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 100
Voltage and Charging
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Center High-Mounted
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Battery - North America . . . .279, 327
Stoplamps, and Back-up Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 283
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 115
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . 171, 172, 176 Check
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 282
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 387

Check (cont'd) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 D

Malfunction Indicator Traction and Electronic Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 368
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Child Restraints Control Light Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 373
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 70 Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Daytime Running
Lower Anchors and Tethers Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Coolant Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 95 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Diagnostics
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Engine Temperature Gauge . . .112 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Cleaning Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Courtesy Transportation Door
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 187 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . .107, 109 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 360
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Text Telephone (TTY) Driver Information
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 368 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .123, 126
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Customer Information Driving
Compartments Service Publications Characteristics and
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 370 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Customer Satisfaction Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Connections For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 24
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 202
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

388 Index

Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) Filter,

If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 204 Coolant Temperature Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 146
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Cooling System Messages . . . 131 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Fluid
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 268
E
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Electrical Equipment,
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Four-Wheel Drive
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Electrical System
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Engine Compartment Fuse
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 220 Fog Lamps
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Forward Collision Alert
Instrument Panel Fuse
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 373 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .226, 279
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Frequency Statement
Emergency
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 143 Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Engine
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 144 Front Fog Lamp
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Check and Service Engine F
Front Seats
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Fan
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 262 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 389

Fuel (cont'd) General Information Heater

Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 343 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Filling a Portable Fuel Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Heating and Air
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187, 189
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 GM Mobility Reimbursement Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 202
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 237
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 121 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 118
H
Requirements, California . . . . . 246 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 234
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 146
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Headlamps
Engine Compartment Fuse How to Wear Safety Belts
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Instrument Panel Fuse Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Daytime Running I
G Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Gauges Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Ignition Transmission Lock
Engine Coolant Headlamps, Front Turn Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Signal, Sidemarker, and Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Indicator
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 122 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 144 Infants and Young Children,
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 122 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Warning Lights and Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . .107, 109
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

390 Index

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 38 Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)

Internet Radio Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Pandora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Lane Departure High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 144
Lane Departure Warning Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . .119
J
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Jack
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . .113
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
LATCH System Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Jump Starting - North
Replacing Parts after a StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
K LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 132 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Traction Control System
Keyless Entry Light (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 120
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 28 Hill Decent Control . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Lighting Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
L Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Locks
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 297 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Lamps Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 144 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Antilock Brake System Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Exterior Lamps Off Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .117 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 121
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . .115 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 for Children (LATCH
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 121 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 391

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Messages (cont'd) N

Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Navigation
Object Detection System . . . . . 133 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
M
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 133 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Maintenance
Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 O
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Maintenance and Care Object Detection System
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 344 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Recommended Fluids and Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 115 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Messaging
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Oil
Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Mirrors
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 267
Automatic Dimming
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Messages Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 68
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Battery Voltage and Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 OnStar® Additional
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 38
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 131 OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Monitor System, Tire
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

392 Index

Ordering Port Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 240

Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 370 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Outlets Power Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Recognition
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
P
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 214 Recommended Fluids and
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . . . 158
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Park
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Records
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 55 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Privacy Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 330
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 372 Reimbursement Program,
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Program GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Brake and P (Park)
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 367 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 282
Proposition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 219
65 Warning, Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Passenger Airbag Status
California . . . . . . . . . . . .259, 279, 327 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Replacement Parts
Passenger Compartment Air R
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 371
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 62 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 68
Perchlorate Materials Radios
Replacing LATCH System
Requirements, California . . . . . . 259 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Personalization Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Replacing Safety Belt System
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Phone Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Reporting Safety Defects
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . 171, 172, 176 Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 372
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 393

Reporting Safety Defects (cont'd) Safety Defects Reporting Service (cont'd)

General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 372 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 260
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Restraints U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 356
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Maintenance, General
Retained Accessory Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 357
Ride Control Systems Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 367 Publications Ordering
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Seats Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Roads Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 367
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Services
Roadside Assistance Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 46 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 45 Shift Lock Control Function
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 360 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Check, Automatic
Running the Vehicle While Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Shifting
Securing Child Restraints . . . . 89, 95 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
S
Security Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Signals, Turn and
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
How to Wear Safety Belts
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Spare Tire
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Service Special Application Services . . . . 350
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Accessories and Specifications and
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 56
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 187 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 55
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

394 Index

StabiliTrak T Tires (cont'd)

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Terminology and Definitions . . 300
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Uniform Tire Quality
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Taillamps Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 364 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 313
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 35 When It Is Time for New
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Steering System Messages . . . . . 134 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Storage Areas All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Towing
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 249
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 249
Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 330
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 99 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 256
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Traction
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Control System (TCS)/
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Forward Collision Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 304 Traction Control/Electronic
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 374 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 303 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Trademarks and License
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico-
9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 395

Trailer V Warning (cont'd)

Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 256 Vehicle Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 244
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Transmission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Warnings
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 357 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Wheels
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 313
Transportation Program, Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 136 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 When It Is Time for New
Truck-Camper Loading Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 74
Turn and Lane-Change Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 119 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Vehicle Care Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Turn Signal Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Vehicle Data Recording and Windshield
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
U
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Winter
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 312
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 283
Updates W
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Warning
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3